ANZ Group Holdings Limited logo

ANZ 2018 Half Year Results Documents

Half Year Results1 May 2018ANZFinancials

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

ABN 11 005 357 522








Half Year

31 March 2018







Consolidated Financial Report

Dividend Announcement

and Appendix 4D





The Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement contains information required by Appendix 4D of the Australian Securities

Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. It should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s 2017 Annual Report, and is lodged with the ASX under listing rule

4.2A.

RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET APPENDIX 4D


2



Name of Company: Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

ABN 11 005 357 522




Report for the half year ended 31 March 2018




Operating Results

1




AUD million



Operating income from continuing operations 6% to 10,175






Net statutory profit attributable to shareholders



14% to 3,323






Cash profit

2

-16% to 2,876



Cash profit from continuing operations



4% to 3,493









Dividends

3



Cents


Franked


per


amount

4



share


per share



Proposed Interim dividend


80


100%













Record date for determining entitlements to the proposed 2018 interim dividend 15 May 2018




Payment date for the proposed 2018 interim dividend 2 July 2018









Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan


Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in

respect of the 2018 interim dividend. For the 2018 interim dividend, ANZ intends to provide shares under the DRP through an on-market purchase and

BOP through the issue of new shares. The 'Acquisition Price' to be used in determining the number of shares to be provided under the DRP and BOP will

be calculated by reference to the arithmetic average of the daily volume weighted average sale price of all fully paid ANZ ordinary shares sold in the

ordinary course of trading on the ASX and Chi-X during the ten trading days commencing on 18 May 2018, and then rounded to the nearest whole cent.

Shares provided under the DRP and BOP will rank equally in all respects with existing fully paid ANZ ordinary shares. Election notices from shareholders

wanting to commence, cease or vary their participation in the DRP or BOP for the 2018 interim dividend must be received by ANZ's Share Registrar by

5.00pm (Australian Eastern Standard Time) on 16 May 2018. Subject to receiving effective contrary instructions from the shareholder, dividends payable

to shareholders with a registered address in the United Kingdom (including the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man) or New Zealand will be converted to

Pounds Sterling or New Zealand Dollars respectively at an exchange rate calculated on 18 May 2018.







1

Unless otherwise noted, all comparisons are to the half year ended 31 March 2017.

2

Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group. The non-core

items are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments and fall into one of the three categories: gains or losses included in

earnings arising from changes in tax, legal or accounting legislation or other non-core items not associated with the ongoing operations of the Group; treasury shares, revaluation of policy

liabilities, economic hedging and similar accounting items that represent timing differences that will reverse through earnings in the future; and accounting reclassifications between

individual line items that do not impact reported results, such as policyholders tax gross up. Cash profit is not a measure of cash flow or profit determined on a cash basis. The net after

tax adjustment was a reduction to statutory profit of $447 million made up of several items. Refer pages 67 to 71 for further details.

3

There is no conduit foreign income attributed to the dividends.

4

It is proposed that the interim dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents per ordinary share.

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED ABN 11 005 357 522


3



CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL REPORT, DIVIDEND ANNOUNCEMENT AND APPENDIX 4D

Half year ended 31 March 2018




CONTENTS PAGE




Disclosure Summary 5

Summary 7

Group Results 17

Divisional Results 43

Profit Reconciliation 67

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 73

Supplementary Information 109

Definitions 119

ASX Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index 122

Alphabetical Index 123



















This Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D has been prepared for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

(the “Company” or “Parent Entity”) together with its subsidiaries which are variously described as “ANZ”, “Group”, “ANZ Group”, “the consolidated entity”,

“the Bank”, “us”, “we” or “our”.

All amounts are in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated. The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been reviewed by the Group’s

auditors, KPMG. The Company has a formally constituted Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The signing of the Condensed Consolidated

Financial Statements was approved by resolution of a Committee of the Board of Directors on 30 April 2018.

When used in this Results Announcement the words “estimate”, “project”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “should” and similar expressions, as

they relate to ANZ and its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these

forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. ANZ does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions

to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED ABN 11 005 357 522


4

This page has been left blank intentionally

DISCLOSURE SUMMARY


5


SUMMARY OF 2018 HALF YEAR RESULTS AND ASSOCIATED DISCLOSURE MATERIALS


The following disclosure items were lodged separately with the ASX and NZX and can be accessed via the ANZ Shareholder Centre on the Group

website http://www.shareholder.anz.com/ within the disclosures for 2018 Half Year Results.


 Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement & Appendix 4D

 Results Presentation and Investor Discussion Pack

 News Release

 APS 330 Pillar III Disclosure at 31 March 2018

 Key Financial Data

 UK DTR Submission

DISCLOSURE SUMMARY


6

This page has been left blank intentionally

SUMMARY


7


CONTENTS Page


Guide to Half Year Results 9

Statutory Profit Results - including discontinued operations 11

Cash Profit Results - including discontinued operations 12

Key Balance Sheet Metrics - including discontinued operations 13

Large/Notable Items - continuing operations 14

Full Time Equivalent Staff - including discontinued operations 16

Other Non-Financial Information - including discontinued operations 16

SUMMARY


8

This page has been left blank intentionally

SUMMARY


9

Guide to Half Year Results


Presentation of Information

As a result of the sales outlined below, the financial results of the Wealth Australia businesses being divested and associated Group reclassification and

consolidation impacts are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. This impacts the current and comparative financial

information for Wealth Australia and TSO and Group Centre divisions.

The comparative Group Income Statements and Statements of Comprehensive Income have been restated to show discontinued operations separately

from continuing operations in a separate line item ‘profit from discontinued operations’. Included in the March 2018 half year in ‘profit from discontinued

operations’ is a $632 million loss relating to the reclassification of Wealth Australia businesses to held for sale.

Sale of Wealth Australia Businesses

 Sale to IOOF Holdings Limited (IOOF)

On 17 October 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its OnePath pensions and investments (OnePath P&I) and aligned dealer groups

(ADG) businesses to IOOF. The aligned dealer groups business consists of aligned advice businesses that operate under their own Australian

Financial Services licences. Completion is expected in the first half of the 2019 financial year, subject to certain conditions including regulatory

approvals and completing the extraction of the OnePath P&I business from OnePath Life Insurance.

 Sale to Zurich Financial Services Australia (Zurich)

On 12 December 2017, ANZ announced that it had agreed to the sale of its life insurance business to Zurich to further simplify ANZ’s Wealth

Australia division. The transaction is subject to closing conditions and regulatory approval and ANZ expects it to close in the first half of the 2019

financial year.

The retained Wealth Australia business includes lenders mortgage insurance, share investing, financial planning and general insurance distribution.

SUMMARY


10

Cash Profit Results





Total - inclusive of discontinued operations


Continuing operations Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17


Net interest income

7,350

7,456 7,416

7,350

7,456 7,419 -1% -1%

Other operating income

2,090

2,730 2,887

2,458

2,384 2,557 3% -4%

Operating income

9,440

10,186 10,303

9,808

9,840 9,976 0% -2%

Operating expenses

(4,654)

(4,717) (4,731)

(4,411)

(4,480) (4,487) -2% -2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

4,786

5,469 5,572

5,397

5,360 5,489 1% -2%

Credit impairment charge

(408)

(479) (720)

(408)

(479) (720) -15% -43%

Profit before income tax

4,378

4,990 4,852

4,989

4,881 4,769 2% 5%

Income tax expense

(1,495)

(1,456) (1,433)

(1,489)

(1,420) (1,406) 5% 6%

Non-controlling interests

(7)

(7) (8)

(7)

(7) (8) 0% -13%

Cash Profit 2,876

3,527 3,411

3,493

3,454 3,355 1% 4%


Average interest earning assets

765,186

752,073 743,906

765,186

752,073 743,906 2% 3%


Average deposits and other borrowings

612,291

607,390 601,218

612,291

607,390 601,218 1% 2%


Funds under management

1

80,178

77,985 76,509

30,596

28,925 27,258 6% 12%


Common Equity Tier 1

2






APRA Basel

11.0%

10.6% 10.1%

11.0%

10.6% 10.1%


Internationally Comparable Basel 3

16.3%

15.8% 15.2%

16.3%

15.8% 15.2%


Earnings per share (basic)

98.3

120.4 116.7

119.4

117.9 114.8 1% 4%


Ordinary share dividend payout ratio

80.4%

66.6% 68.9%

66.2%

68.0% 70.0%

Profitability Ratios





Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity

3


9.8%

12.0% 11.8%

11.9%

11.7% 11.6%

Return on average assets

0.62%

0.76% 0.74%

0.79%

0.78% 0.77%

Net interest margin

1.93%

1.98% 2.00%

1.93%

1.98% 2.00%

Efficiency Ratios





Operating expenses to operating income

49.3%

46.3% 45.9%

45.0%

45.5% 45.0%

Operating expenses to average assets

1.00%

1.02% 1.03%

0.99%

1.02% 1.03%

FTE

4

41,580

44,896 46,046

39,540

42,873 44,015 -8% -10%









1.

Funds under management for continuing operations relates to New Zealand Wealth and Private Bank in Australia division.

2.

Common Equity Tier 1 is not impacted by discontinued operations until sale completion.

3.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.

4.

Discontinued FTE is based on an estimate. Actual FTE that will transfer to IOOF and Zurich on sale completion is currently being determined.

SUMMARY


11

Statutory Profit Results - including discontinued operations





Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

7,350

7,456 7,419


-1% -1%

Other operating income

2,825

2,347 2,176


20% 30%

Operating income

10,175

9,803 9,595


4% 6%

Operating expenses

(4,411)

(4,480) (4,487)


-2% -2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,764

5,323 5,108


8% 13%

Credit impairment charge

(408)

(479) (719)


-15% -43%

Profit before income tax

5,356

4,844 4,389


11% 22%

Income tax expense

(1,426)

(1,427) (1,447)


0% -1%

Non-controlling interests

(7)

(7) (8)


0% -13%

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing operations 3,923

3,410 2,934


15% 34%

Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations

(600)

85 (23)


large large

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 3,323

3,495 2,911


-5% 14%



Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents)


Half Year


Movement


Reference

Page

Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Basic

88

114.2

119.9 100.2


-5% 14%

Diluted 88

108.6

114.7 96.7 -5% 12%




Half Year


Reference Page Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Ordinary Share Dividends (cents)

Interim - 100% franked

1

87

80

- 80

Final - 100% franked

1

87

-

80 -

Total - 100% franked

1

87

80

80 80

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio

2

87

69.6%

67.2% 80.7%

Profitability Ratios


<3

Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity

3


11.3%

11.9% 10.1%

Return on average assets

4


0.71%

0.76% 0.64%

Net interest margin

1.93%

1.98% 2.00%

Efficiency Ratios


Operating expenses to operating income

46.8%

45.9% 47.3%

Operating expenses to average assets

4


1.00%

1.02% 1.03%

Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)


Individual credit impairment charge ($M) 92

430

554 786

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) ($M) 92

(22)

(75) (67)

Total credit impairment charge ($M) 92

408

479 719

Individual credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances

4


0.15%

0.19% 0.26%

Total credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances

4


0.14%

0.16% 0.24%

1.

Fully franked for Australian tax purposes and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents per ordinary share for the proposed 2018 interim dividend (2017 final dividend: NZD 10

cents; 2017 interim dividend: NZD 9 cents).

2.

Dividend payout ratio is calculated using the proposed 2018 interim, 2017 final and 2017 interim dividends.

3.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.

4.

Average assets and average gross loans and advances include assets held for sale.

SUMMARY


12

Cash Profit Results - including discontinued operations

1





Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income


7,350

7,456 7,419


-1% -1%

Other operating income


2,458

2,384 2,557


3% -4%

Operating income


9,808

9,840 9,976


0% -2%

Operating expenses


(4,411)

(4,480) (4,487)


-2% -2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax


5,397

5,360 5,489


1% -2%

Credit impairment charge


(408)

(479) (720)


-15% -43%

Profit before income tax


4,989

4,881 4,769


2% 5%

Income tax expense


(1,489)

(1,420) (1,406)


5% 6%

Non-controlling interests


(7)

(7) (8)


0% -13%

Cash profit from continuing operations


3,493

3,454 3,355


1% 4%

Cash profit from discontinued operations


(617)

73 56


large large

Cash profit


2,876

3,527 3,411


-18% -16%



Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents)


Half Year


Movement


Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Basic

98.3

120.4 116.7


-18% -16%

Diluted

94.2

115.2 111.9 -18% -16%




Half Year



Reference

Page Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Ordinary Share Dividends

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio

2


80.4%

66.6% 68.9%

Profitability Ratios




Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity

3


9.8%

12.0% 11.8%

Return on average assets

4


0.62%

0.76% 0.74%

Net interest margin

1.93%

1.98% 2.00%

Efficiency Ratios




Operating expenses to operating income

49.3%

46.3% 45.9%

Operating expenses to average assets

4


1.00%

1.02% 1.03%

Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)




Individual credit impairment charge ($M) 27

430

554 787

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) ($M) 27

(22)

(75) (67)

Total credit impairment charge ($M) 27

408

479 720

Individual credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances

4


0.15%

0.19% 0.27%

Total credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances

4


0.14%

0.16% 0.25%


Cash Profit/(Loss) By Division


Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia


1,915

1,857 1,759 3% 9%

Institutional

793

859 1,065 -8% -26%

New Zealand

726

692 677 5% 7%

Wealth Australia

44

37 58 19% -24%

Asia Retail & Pacific

106

65 (222) 63% large

TSO and Group Centre

(91)

(56) 18 63% large

Discontinued Operations

(617)

73 56 large large

Cash profit by division


2,876

3,527 3,411 -18% -16%

1.

Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the results of the ongoing business activities of the Group. Refer to pages

67 to 71 for the reconciliation between statutory and cash profit. Refer to pages 14 to 15 for information on large notable items included in cash profit.

2.

Dividend payout ratio is calculated using the proposed 2018 interim, 2017 final and 2017 interim dividends.

3.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.

4.

Average assets and average gross loans and advances include assets held for sale.

SUMMARY


13

Key Balance Sheet Metrics - including discontinued operations

1





As at


Movement


Reference

Page Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Capital Management




Common Equity Tier 1



- APRA Basel 3 38

11.0%

10.6% 10.1%

- Internationally Comparable Basel 3

2

38

16.3%

15.8% 15.2%

Credit risk weighted assets ($B) 112

342.8

336.8 341.8 2% 0%

Total risk weighted assets ($B) 38

395.8

391.1 397.0 1% 0%

Leverage Ratio 40

5.4%

5.4% 5.3%

Balance Sheet: Key Items




Gross loans and advances ($B)

595.5

584.1 580.4 2% 3%

Net loans and advances ($B)

591.9

580.3 576.3 2% 3%

Total assets ($B)

935.1

897.3 896.5 4% 4%

Customer deposits ($B)

472.8

467.6 468.2 1% 1%

Total equity ($B)

59.5

59.1 57.9 1% 3%



Half Year Average


Movement

Liquidity Risk

Reference

Page Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Liquidity Coverage Ratio 36

134%

135% 135% -1% -1%

Net Stable Funding Ratio 37

114.9%

113.9% 112.5% 1% 2%






As at


Movement


Reference

Page Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Impaired Assets




Gross impaired assets ($M) 29

2,034

2,384 2,940 -15% -31%

Gross impaired assets as a % of gross loans and advances

0.34%

0.41% 0.51%

Net impaired assets ($M) 29

1,018

1,248 1,671 -18% -39%

Net impaired assets as a % of shareholders' equity

1.7%

2.1% 2.9%




Individual provision ($M) 28

1,016

1,136 1,269 -11% -20%

Individual provision as a % of gross impaired assets

50.0%

47.7% 43.2%

Collective provision ($M) 28

2,579

2,662 2,785 -3% -7%

Collective provision as a % of credit risk weighted assets

0.75%

0.79% 0.81%

Net Assets


Net tangible assets attributable to ordinary shareholders ($B)

3


53.0

51.9 50.6 2% 5%

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)

18.27

17.66 17.24 3% 6%



As at


Movement

Net Loans And Advances By Division

Mar 18

$B

Sep 17

$B

Mar 17

$B

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia

339.4

333.6 325.5 2% 4%

Institutional

137.9

131.6 132.1 5% 4%

New Zealand

111.3

107.9 104.9 3% 6%

Wealth Australia

1.7

1.7 1.8 0% -6%

Asia Retail & Pacific

2.2

5.5 12.4 -60% -82%

TSO and Group Centre

(0.7)

- (0.4) n/a 75%

Discontinued Operations

0.1

- - n/a n/a

Net loans and advances by division 591.9

580.3 576.3 2% 3%

1.

Balance Sheet amounts and metrics include assets and liabilities held for sale.

2.

See page 38 for further details regarding the differences between APRA Basel 3 and Internationally Comparable Basel 3 standards.

3.

Equals total shareholders’ equity less total non-controlling interests, goodwill and other intangible assets.

SUMMARY


14

Large/Notable items - continuing operations

Large/notable items included in cash profit are described below.

Divestment impacts

The Group announced the following divestments in line with the Group’s strategy to create a simpler, better capitalised, better balanced and more agile

bank. The financial impacts from these divestments are summarised below:


Gain/(Loss) on sale from divestments Divested business results

Cash Profit Impact

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Asia Retail and Wealth businesses

85

14 (284)

24

117 145

SRCB

(86)

- -

-

- 58

MCC

121

- -

-

24 15

UDC

18

- -

-

- -

Total 138

14 (284)

24

141 218

 Asia Retail and Wealth businesses

The Group announced that it had agreed to sell its Retail and Wealth businesses in Singapore, Hong Kong, China, Taiwan and Indonesia to

Singapore’s DBS Bank on 31 October 2016, and its Retail business in Vietnam to Shinhan Bank Vietnam on 21 April 2017. The Group successfully

completed the transition of businesses in China, Singapore and Hong Kong in the September 2017 half, and Vietnam, Taiwan, and Indonesia in the

March 2018 half. The Group recognised the following impacts:

 In the March 2018 half, the Group recognised a $85 million gain relating to the sale of the remaining Asia Retail and Wealth businesses, net of

costs associated with the sale and tax expenses.

 In the September 2017 half, the Group recognised a $14 million gain on the partial completion of the Asia Retail and Wealth sale comprising sale

premium and recoveries, net of related sale costs.

 In the March 2017 half year, the Group recognised a $284 million loss relating to the reclassification of assets to held for sale in addition to costs

associated with the sale and tax expenses.

 Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB)

On 3 January 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its 20% stake in Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB). On 18 September 2017,

the Group announced a revision to the 3 January 2017 arrangement in which Baoshan Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. (Bao) replaced Shanghai Sino-Poland

Enterprise Management Development Corporation Limited to join China COSCO Shipping Corporation Limited (COSCO) to acquire ANZ’s 20%

stake in SRCB. Under the updated arrangement, COSCO and Bao each acquired a 10% stake in SRCB. The key financial terms of the revised sale

agreement were unchanged from the original transaction announcement. The sale was completed in the March 2018 half and the Group recognised

a net loss of $86 million. This reflects equity accounted earnings of $58 million in the March 2017 half which increased the carrying value prior to the

reclassification to held for sale, and additional foreign exchange and tax expenses related to the delay in sale completion. Allowing for the impact of

equity accounted earnings, the net loss on sale was $28 million.

 Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC)

On 18 October 2017, the Group announced it had entered into an agreement with its joint venture partner Metropolitan Bank & Trust Company

(Metrobank) in relation to its 40% stake in the Philippines based Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC). The Group has agreed to sell 20% of its stake,

and entered into a put option to sell the remaining 20% stake exercisable in the fourth quarter of FY18 on the same terms for the same consideration.

The first 20% stake sale was completed in the March 2018 half and the Group recognised a net $121 million gain.

 UDC Finance (UDC)

On 11 January 2017, the Group announced that it had entered into a conditional agreement to sell UDC to HNA Group (HNA). On 21 December

2017, the Group announced that it had been informed that New Zealand’s Overseas Investment Office had declined HNA’s application to acquire

UDC and the agreement with HNA was terminated in January 2018. In the March 2018 half, an $18 million cost recovery was recognised in respect

of the terminated transaction process.

On 20 March 2018, the Group announced that it was continuing to examine a broad range of options for UDC’s future including an Initial Public

Offering (IPO) and trade sale.

Other large/notable items

 Derivative valuation adjustments

In determining the fair value of derivative positions, adjustments are made to the risk free value to include factors such as the impact of credit and

funding. Following changes made to the credit valuation adjustment (CVA) methodology in 2016 and changes previously made to align funding

valuation adjustment (FVA) with emerging market practices these adjustments became more susceptible to changes in market inputs which can

fluctuate significantly. Decreasing credit spreads and increasing yields drove significant gains in 2017. In the March and September 2017 half, a $113

million gain and a $47 million gain was recognised respectively to reflect the impact of funding and credit valuation adjustments, net of associated

hedges and tax expenses. The derivative valuation adjustments in the March 2018 half are immaterial and therefore not included as a large/notable

item.

 Gain on sale of 100 Queen Street, Melbourne

The Group sold the 100 Queen Street office tower and former head office in Melbourne, Australia during the March 2017 half. The transaction

resulted in a net gain on sale of $112 million.

SUMMARY


15

Large/Notable items - continuing operations


Within continuing cash profit, the Group has recognised some large/notable items. These items are shown in the tables below.




March 2018 Half Year


March 2017 Half Year


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Continuing cash

profit

$M

Gain/(Loss) on sale

from divestments

$M

Divested business

results

$M


Continuing cash

profit

$M

Gain/(Loss) on sale

from divestments

$M

Divested business

results

$M

Derivative valuation

adjustments

$M

Gain on sale of 100

Queen St,

Melbourne

$M

Cash Profit



Net interest income

7,350

- 53


7,419 - 249 - -

Other operating income

2,458

238 38


2,557 (324) 194 162 114

Operating income

9,808

238 91


9,976 (324) 443 162 114

Operating expenses

(4,411)

- (35)


(4,487) - (120) - -

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,397

238 56


5,489 (324) 323 162 114

Credit impairment charge

(408)

- (26)


(720) - (71) - -

Profit before income tax

4,989

238 30


4,769 (324) 252 162 114

Income tax expense

(1,489)

(100) (6)


(1,406) 40 (34) (49) (2)

Non-controlling interests

(7)

- -


(8) - - - -

Cash profit from continuing operations 3,493

138 24


3,355 (284) 218 113 112




March 2018 Half Year September 2017 Half Year


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Continuing cash

profit

$M

Gain/(Loss) on sale

from divestments

$M

Divested business

results

$M

Continuing cash

profit

$M

Gain/(Loss) on sale

from divestments

$M

Divested business

results

$M

Derivative valuation

adjustments

$M

Gain on sale of 100

Queen St,

Melbourne

$M

Cash Profit

Net interest income

7,350

- 53


7,456 - 193 - -

Other operating income

2,458

238 38


2,384 14 127 67 -

Operating income

9,808

238 91


9,840 14 320 67 -

Operating expenses

(4,411)

- (35)


(4,480) - (97) - -

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,397

238 56


5,360 14 223 67 -

Credit impairment charge

(408)

- (26)


(479) - (53) - -

Profit before income tax

4,989

238 30


4,881 14 170 67 -

Income tax expense

(1,489)

(100) (6)


(1,420) - (29) (20) -

Non-controlling interests

(7)

- -


(7) - - - -

Cash profit from continuing operations 3,493

138 24


3,454 14 141 47 -

SUMMARY


16

Full Time Equivalent Staff - including discontinued operations


As at 31 March 2018, ANZ employed 41,580 people worldwide (Sep 17: 44,896; Mar 17: 46,046) on a full-time equivalent basis (FTEs).


Division


As at


Movement


Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia

13,701

13,885 13,898 -1% -1%

Institutional

6,505

6,783 6,950 -4% -6%

New Zealand

6,319

6,372 6,417 -1% -2%

Wealth Australia

2,388

2,512 2,512 -5% -5%

Asia Retail & Pacific

1,199

3,664 4,637 -67% -74%

TSO and Group Centre

11,468

11,680 11,632 -2% -1%

Total 41,580

44,896 46,046


-7% -10%


Average FTE 44,029

45,674 46,462


-4% -5%



Geography


As at


Movement


Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia

19,351

19,657 19,712 -2% -2%

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

14,511

17,484 18,573 -17% -22%

New Zealand

7,718

7,755 7,761 0% -1%

Total 41,580

44,896 46,046 -7% -10%



Other Non-Financial Information - including discontinued operations



Half Year


Movement

Shareholder value - ordinary shares


Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Share price ($)



- high

27.35

32.95 32.44 -17% -16%

- low

26.81

27.18 25.78 -1% 4%

- closing



26.86

29.60 31.82 -9% -16%

Closing market capitalisation of ordinary shares ($B)

77.9

86.9 93.4 -10% -17%

Total shareholder returns (TSR)

-6.8%

-1.8% 22.4% large large






As at Mar 18

Credit Ratings


Short-Term Long-Term Outlook


Moody's Investor Services


P-1 Aa3 Stable

Standard & Poor's A-1+ AA- Negative

Fitch Ratings F1+ AA- Stable

GROUP RESULTS


17



CONTENTS Page


Cash Profit 18

Group Performance 19

Net Interest Income - continuing operations 20

Other Operating Income - continuing operations 22

Operating Expenses - continuing operations 24

Investment Spend - continuing operations 25

Software Capitalisation - continuing operations 26

Credit Risk - including discontinued operations 27

Income Tax Expense - continuing operations 31

Impact of Foreign Currency Translation - continuing operations 32

Earnings Related Hedges - including discontinued operations 33

Earnings per Share - continuing operations 33

Dividends - continuing operations 34

Economic Profit - continuing operations 34

Condensed Balance Sheet - including discontinued operations 35

Liquidity Risk - including discontinued operations 36

Funding - including discontinued operations 37

Capital Management - including discontinued operations 38

Leverage Ratio - including discontinued operations 40

Other Regulatory Developments 40

GROUP RESULTS


18

Non-IFRS Information

The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report & Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis

other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory

Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

Cash Profit

Cash profit represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and

Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory

profit (refer to Definitions for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is subject to review

within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not subject to review or audit by the

external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that recurring adjustments have been determined on a consistent basis across

each period presented, and the adjustments for the sale impact of the Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB) in the March 2018, September 2017

and March 2017 half year are appropriate.

The Group Results section is reported on a cash profit basis for continuing operations unless otherwise stated. For continuing operations,

comparatives have been restated accordingly. For information on discontinued operations please refer the Guide to Half Year Results on page

9 and 10.



Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing

operations


3,923

3,410 2,934 15% 34%



LO

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

1



Revaluation of policy liabilities


(10)

(8) 33 25% large

Economic hedges


(124)

31 178 large large

Revenue hedges


40

6 (105) large large

Structured credit intermediation trades

(3)

(2) (1) 50% large

Sale of SRCB


(333)

17 316 large large

Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit for continuing operations

(430)

44 421 large large

Cash profit from continuing operations


3,493

3,454 3,355 1% 4%

1.

Refer to pages 67 to 71 for analysis of the adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit.


Group performance - cash profit


Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

7,350

7,456 7,419 -1% -1%

Other operating income

2,458

2,384 2,557 3% -4%

Operating income

9,808

9,840 9,976 0% -2%

Operating expenses

(4,411)

(4,480) (4,487) -2% -2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,397

5,360 5,489 1% -2%

Credit impairment charge

(408)

(479) (720) -15% -43%

Profit before income tax

4,989

4,881 4,769 2% 5%

Income tax expense

(1,489)

(1,420) (1,406) 5% 6%

Non-controlling interests

(7)

(7) (8) 0% -13%

Cash profit from continuing operations


3,493

3,454 3,355 1% 4%





Half Year


Movement

Cash profit/(loss) by Division

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia


1,915

1,857 1,759


3% 9%

Institutional

793

859 1,065 -8% -26%

New Zealand

726

692 677 5% 7%

Wealth Australia

44

37 58 19% -24%

Asia Retail & Pacific

106

65 (222) 63% large

TSO and Group Centre

(91)

(56) 18 63% large

Cash profit from continuing operations


3,493

3,454 3,355 1% 4%

GROUP RESULTS


19

Group Performance


Group Cash Profit - March 2018 Half Year v March 2017 Half Year


 March 2018 v March 2017

Cash profit from continuing operations increased 4% compared with the March 2017 half reflecting the impact of large/notable items in the March

2018 half, rigorous cost management and a reduction in credit impairment charges.

 Net interest income decreased $69 million (-1%) largely due to a 7 basis point decrease in the net interest margin, partially offset by 3% growth

in average interest earning assets. The lower net interest margin reflects growth in lower margin liquid assets and lower earnings on capital, the

sale of Retail Asia and Wealth businesses, and the introduction of the major bank levy from July 2017. This was partially offset by higher deposit

margins and differentiated pricing in home loans. The increase in average interest earning assets reflects growth in ANZ’s home loans and

Institutional banking portfolios, partially offset by the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

 Other operating income decreased $99 million (-4%) largely the result of Markets income, and large/notable items which include divestment

impacts. Refer to page 22 and 23 for further details on key movements.

 Operating expenses decreased $76 million (-2%) primarily due to a reduction in personnel and premises expenses. Refer to page 24 for further

details on key movements.

 Credit impairment charges decreased $312 million (-43%) largely due to lower individual credit impairment charges. Refer to page 27 and 28 for

further details on key movements.


 March 2018 v September 2017

Cash profit from continuing operations increased 1% compared with the September 2018 half.

 Net interest income decreased $106 million (-1%) largely due to a 5 basis point decrease in the net interest margin, partially offset by 2% growth

in average interest earning assets. The lower net interest margin reflects growth in lower margin liquid assets and lower earnings on capital, the

sale of Retail Asia and Wealth businesses, and the introduction of the major bank levy from July 2017. This was partially offset by differentiated

pricing in home loans and higher deposit margins. The increase in average interest earning assets reflects growth in ANZ’s home loans and

Institutional banking portfolios, partially offset by the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

 Other operating income increased $74 million (+3%) largely the result of large/notable items including divestment activity. Refer to page 22 and

23 for further details on key movements.

 Operating expenses decreased $69 million (-2%) primarily due to lower non-lending losses and discretionary spend. Refer to page 24 for further

details on key movements.

 Credit impairment charges decreased $71 million (-15%) largely due to lower individual credit impairment charges. Refer to page 27 and 28 for

further details on key movements.

GROUP RESULTS


20

Net Interest Income - continuing operations




Half Year


Movement

Group


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Cash net interest income

1


7,350

7,456 7,419 -1% -1%

Average interest earning assets

2


765,186

752,073 743,906 2% 3%

Average deposits and other borrowings

2,3


612,291

607,390 601,218 1% 2%

Net interest margin (%) - cash

1.93

1.98 2.00 -5 bps -7 bps


Group (excluding Markets business unit)


Cash net interest income

1


6,981

7,014 6,941 0% 1%

Average interest earning assets

2


538,968

536,939 538,598 0% 0%

Average deposits and other borrowings

2,3


455,946

459,304 456,551 -1% 0%

Net interest margin (%) - cash

2.60

2.61 2.58 -1 bps 2 bps




Half Year


Movement

Cash profit net interest margin by major division


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia





Net interest margin (%)


2.78

2.73 2.73


5 bps 5 bps

Average interest earning assets


310,830

304,976 297,195


2% 5%

Average deposits and other borrowings


203,239

198,799 193,654


2% 5%







Institutional





Net interest margin (%)


0.91

0.99 1.08


-8 bps -17 bps

Average interest earning assets


333,919

318,464 313,933


5% 6%

Average deposits and other borrowings


257,874

249,308 244,541


3% 5%







New Zealand

1






Net interest margin (%)


2.37

2.31 2.30


6 bps 7 bps

Average interest earning assets

2



108,008

108,763 109,664


-1% -2%

Average deposits and other borrowings

2


79,669

78,747 79,190 1% 1%

1.

Cash net interest income includes income from continuing operations and income earned on assets prior to divestment.

2.

Average balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale from continuing operations.

3.

In the March 2018 half, certain instruments were reclassified from average non-deposit interest bearing liabilities to average deposit and other borrowings to better reflect their nature.

Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 17 half: $4,371 million; Mar 17 half: $3,881 million).


Group net interest margin - March 2018 Half Year v March 2017 Half Year


 March 2018 v March 2017

Net interest margin (-7 bps)

 Asset mix and funding mix (-1 bps): unfavourable asset mix from the impacts of customer switching and growth in Australia home loans.

 Funding costs (-2 bps): full impact of the major bank levy, partially offset by reduced wholesale funding costs.

 Deposit competition (+2 bps): improved deposit margins in Australia and Institutional divisions.

 Asset competition and risk mix (+2 bps): impact of home loans re-pricing in Australia and New Zealand, partially offset by lower Institutional

lending margins.

 Treasury (-2 bps): adverse impact to earnings on capital as the result of lower interest rates.

 Markets Balance Sheet activities (-5 bps): growth in the liquidity portfolio and lower earnings from markets activities.

GROUP RESULTS


21

 Asia Retail and Wealth (-1 bps): adverse impact from the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

Average interest earning assets (+$21.3 billion or +3%)

 Average net loans and advances (+$5.7 billion or +1%): excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, growth was +$10.2 billion or +2%

driven by growth in Australia and New Zealand home loans. This is partially offset by the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

 Average trading and available for sale assets (+$7.2 billion or +7%): excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, growth was +$8.3

billion or +8% driven by growth in the liquidity portfolio.

 Average cash and other liquids (+$8.4 billion or +10%): excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, growth was +$9.7 billion or +12%

driven by liquidity management requirements.

Average deposits and other borrowings (+$11.1 billion or +2%)

 Average deposits and other borrowings (+$11.1 billion or +2%): excluding the impact of foreign currency translation growth was +$17.8 billion or

+3% driven by growth in customer deposits in Australia and Institutional businesses, partially offset by the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth

businesses.

Group net interest margin - March 2018 Half Year v September 2017 Half Year


 March 2018 v September 2017

Net interest margin (-5 bps)

 Asset mix and funding mix (-3 bps): unfavourable asset mix from the impacts of customer switching and growth in Australia home loans, and

unfavourable funding mix on a higher proportion of wholesale funding.

 Funding costs (0 bps): impact of the major bank levy, offset by reduced wholesale funding costs.

 Deposit competition (+2 bps): improved deposit margins in Australia and Institutional divisions.

 Asset competition and risk mix (+1 bps): impact of home loans re-pricing in Australia and New Zealand, partially offset by lower Institutional

lending margins.

 Treasury (-1 bps): adverse impact to earnings on capital as the result of lower interest rates.

 Markets Balance Sheet activities (-3 bps): growth in the liquidity portfolio and lower earnings from markets activities.

 Asia Retail and Wealth (-1 bps): adverse margin impact from the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

Average interest earning assets (+$13.1 billion or +2%)

 Average net loans and advances (+$3.1 billion or +1%): excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, increase was +$5.4 billion (+1%),

driven by growth in Australia home loans and Institutional lending, partially offset by the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

 Average trading and available-for-sale assets (+$5.5 billion or +5%): excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, increase was +$6

billion (+6%) driven by growth in the liquidity portfolio.

 Average cash and other liquids (+$4.5 billion or +5%): excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, increase was +$4.7 billion (+5%)

driven by liquidity management requirements.

Average deposits and other borrowings (+$4.9 billion or +1%)

 Average deposits and other borrowings (+$4.9 billion or +1%): excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, increase was +$7.7 billion

(+1%) driven by growth in Australia and Institutional divisions, partially offset by the loss of deposits associated with the sale of Asia Retail and

Wealth businesses.

GROUP RESULTS


22

Other Operating Income - continuing operations




Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net fee and commission income

1



1,110

1,185 1,177


-6% -6%

Net funds management and insurance income

1



293

323 345


-9% -15%

Markets other operating income


551

550 886


0% -38%

Share of associates' profit

1



88

127 173


-31% -49%

Other

1



416

199 (24)


large large

Cash other operating income from continuing operations


2,458

2,384 2,557 3% -4%




Half Year Movement

Markets income

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

369

442 478 -17% -23%

Other operating income

551

550 886 0% -38%

Cash Markets income from continuing operations


920

992 1,364


-7% -33%




Half Year


Movement

Other operating income by division

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia


559

615 602


-9% -7%

Institutional

1,028

998 1,368 3% -25%

New Zealand

338

336 317 1% 7%

Wealth Australia

162

165 179 -2% -9%

Asia Retail & Pacific

184

168 (150) 10% large

TSO and Group Centre

187

102 241 83% -22%

Cash other operating income from continuing operations


2,458

2,384 2,557 3% -4%

1.

Excluding Markets.

Other operating income - March 2018 Half Year v March 2017 Half Year



 March 2018 v March 2017

Other operating income decreased by $99 million (-4%). Key drivers:

Net fee and commission income (-$67 million or -6%)

 $32 million decrease in the Asia Retail and Pacific division as a result of the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

 $31 million decrease in the Australia division primarily due to higher interchange costs, lower deposit fee income and the removal of ATM fees

during the March 2018 half.

Net funds management and insurance income (-$52 million or -15%)

 $33 million decrease in the Asia Retail and Pacific division as a result of the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

 $19 million decrease in Wealth Australia division primarily due to lower financial planning revenue and lower commission income.

GROUP RESULTS


23

Cash Markets income (-$444 million or -33%)

 $339 million decrease in Franchise Trading primarily attributable to a $151 million reduction in derivative credit and funding valuation

adjustments (net of associated hedges) following significant gains from narrowing credit spreads in the March 2017 half, and a $188 million

reduction due to challenging trading conditions when compared to the March 2017 half which benefited from a strengthening USD and rising

yield curves post the US election.

 $61 million decrease in Balance Sheet Trading driven by lower mark-to-market gains associated with credit spreads movements.

 $44 million decrease in Franchise Sales due to the impact of business transformational initiatives implemented during 2017 (client and product

rationalisation) and subdued client hedge activity due to the ongoing low interest rate environment and low foreign exchange volatility.

Share of associates’ profit (-$85 million or -49%)

 $73 million decrease due to cessation of equity accounting of SRCB from January 2017 ($58 million) and MCC from October 2017 ($15 million).

 $12 million net decrease in profits from associates of which $6 million relates to Ambank and $5 million to P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia.

Other (+$440 million)

 $423 million increase due to a non-recurring $324 million charge recognised on reclassification of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses to held for

sale in the March 2017 half, in addition to a $99 million gain recognised in the March 2018 half associated with sale completions.

 $119 million increase related to the sale of the Group’s 20% stake in MCC.

 $18 million increase relating to a cost recovery in respect of the UDC terminated transaction process.

 $114 million gain on sale of 100 Queen Street, Melbourne recognised in the March 2017 half.


 March 2018 v September 2017

Other operating income increased by $74 million (+3%). Key drivers:

Net fee and commission income (-$75 million or -6%)

 $35 million decrease in the Asia Retail and Pacific division following the progressive sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

 $32 million decrease in the Australia division primarily due to a reduction in deposit fees and the removal of ATM fees during the March 2018

half.

Net funds management and insurance income (-$30 million or -9%)

 $21 million decrease in the Asia Retail and Pacific division following the progressive sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

Cash Markets income (-$72 million or -7%)

 $77 million decrease in Franchise Trading attributable to a $56 million reduction in derivative credit and funding valuation adjustments (net of

associated hedges) from narrowing credit spreads relative to the September 2017 half, and a $21 million reduction due to challenging trading

conditions as a result of lower volatility, particularly in the first quarter of the March 2018 half.

Share of associates’ profit (-$39 million or -31%)

 $24 million decrease due to cessation of equity accounting of MCC from October 2017.

 $15 million net decrease in profits from associates of which $6 million relates to Ambank and $6 million to P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia.

Other (+$217 million)

 $119 million increase related to the sale of the Group’s 20% stake in MCC.

 $85 million increase in the net gain recognised on the progressive sale of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

 $18 million increase relating to a cost recovery in respect of the UDC terminated transaction process.

GROUP RESULTS


24

Operating Expenses - continuing operations



Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Personnel expenses

2,402

2,405 2,519 0% -5%

Premises expenses

395

430 432 -8% -9%

Technology expenses

815

803 799 1% 2%

Restructuring expenses

78

26 36 large large

Other expenses

721

816 701 -12% 3%

Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations 4,411

4,480 4,487 -2% -2%

Full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations

39,540

42,873 44,015 -8% -10%

Average full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations

41,991

43,658 44,390 -4% -5%




Half Year


Movement

Expenses by division


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia


1,812

1,713 1,669


6% 9%

Institutional


1,371

1,392 1,422


-2% -4%

New Zealand


588

593 600


-1% -2%

Wealth Australia


123

136 126


-10% -2%

Asia Retail & Pacific


146

280 334


-48% -56%

TSO and Group Centre


371

366 336


1% 10%

Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations


4,411

4,480 4,487 -2% -2%

Operating expenses - March 2018 Half Year v March 2017 Half Year




 March 2018 v March 2017

Operating expenses decreased by $76 million (-2%) reflecting the Group’s ongoing focus to re-shape the business, and improve cost efficiency.

 Personnel expenses decreased $117 million (-5%) due to a 5% reduction in average FTE partially offset by wage inflation.

 Premises expenses decreased $37 million (-9%) primarily driven by the reshaping of our Asia footprint.

 Technology expenses increased $16 million (+2%) largely to support an increased technology investment agenda.

 Restructuring expenses increased $42 million associated with the move to agile ways of working in the Australia division and other

transformation activities.

 Other expenses increased $20 million (+3%) largely related to higher consultancy fees associated with increased investment expenditure.


 March 2018 v September 2017

Operating expenses decreased by $69 million (-2%) reflecting strong cost management whilst delivering the Group’s strategy.

 Personnel expenses decreased $3 million (flat) mainly due to a 4% reduction in average FTE.

 Premises expenses decreased $35 million (-8%) primarily driven by the reshaping of our Asia footprint.

 Technology expenses increased $12 million (+1%) largely to support an increased technology investment agenda.

 Restructuring expenses increased $52 million associated with the move to agile ways of working in the Australia division and other

transformation activities.

 Other expenses decreased $95 million (-12%) as the result of lower non-lending losses and discretionary spend.

GROUP RESULTS


25

Investment Spend - continuing operations

Investment spend includes expenditure that develops and enhances the Group's capability to meet business, efficiency and strategic objectives.

Investment is categorised based on primary objective but may contribute to multiple investment categories. The analysis below aggregates all projects

over $1 million. Spend on projects less than $1 million was $57 million in the March 2018 half (Sep 17 half: $82 million; Mar 17 half: $84 million).



Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Expensed investment spend

317

303 208 5% 52%

Capitalised investment spend

165

227 160 -27% 3%

Investment spend from continuing operations 482

530 368


-9% 31%


Comprising Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Business initiatives

270

281 198 -4% 36%

Risk and compliance

110

120 94 -8% 17%

Infrastructure and other

102

129 76 -21% 34%

Investment spend from continuing operations 482

530 368


-9% 31%


Investment spend breakdown:

 March 2018 v March 2017: Investment has been maintained but mix recalibrated to drive a simpler, better balanced bank. Investment is focused

on data strategies, digital customer solutions and streamlining processes and platforms, whilst maintaining infrastructure/compliance spend.

 March 2018 v September 2017: Lower investment spend in the March 2018 half reflects the phasing of initiatives between the periods. Overall,

investment spend has been maintained.



Investment spend by division


Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia


194

197 130 -2% 49%

Institutional


88

104 60 -15% 47%

New Zealand


29

35 31 -17% -6%

Asia Retail & Pacific


1

2 1 -50% 0%

Wealth Australia


4

2 8 100% -50%

TSO and Group Centre


166

190 138 -13% 20%

Investment spend from continuing operations 482

530 368


-9% 31%

GROUP RESULTS


26

Software Capitalisation - continuing operations

As at 31 March 2018, the Group’s intangible assets included $1,775 million of costs incurred to acquire and develop software. Details are set out in the

table below:


Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Balance at start of period

1,856

1,917 2,196 -3% -15%

Software capitalised during the period

198

232 172 -15% 15%

Amortisation during the period

(281)

(271) (294) 4% -4%

Software impaired/written-off



- Reclassification of Asia Retail and Wealth to held for sale

1



-

- (154) n/a -100%

- Other

(5)

(16) (1) -69% large

Foreign exchange differences

7

(6) (2) large large

Total capitalised software from continuing operations 1,775

1,856 1,917


-4% -7%


Net book value by Division As at


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia

413

441 459 -6% -10%

Institutional

542

597 649 -9% -16%

New Zealand

20

24 26 -17% -23%

Wealth Australia

13

14 14 -7% -7%

TSO and Group Centre

787

780 769 1% 2%

Total from continuing operations 1,775

1,856 1,917


-4% -7%

1.

Reclassification of Asia Retail and Wealth to held for sale includes impairment of software supporting both the Institutional and Asia Retail and Wealth businesses. Only components relating

to the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses have been impaired which were recorded on the Institutional and Asia Retail and Pacific balance sheet. These impairment charges are recognised

as other operating income in the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement.

GROUP RESULTS


27

Credit Risk - including discontinued operations



Half Year Half Year Movement


Mar 18


Mar 17


Mar 18 v. Mar 17

Division

Individual

charge

$M

Collective

charge

$M

Total

charge

$M


Individual

charge

$M

Collective

charge

$M

Total

charge

$M


Individual

charge

%

Collective

charge

%

Total

charge

%

Australia 337 (25) 312 415 53 468 -19% large -33%

Institutional 28 21 49 225 (96) 129 -88% large -62%

New Zealand 34 (14) 20


61 (24) 37


-44% -42% -46%

Asia Retail & Pacific 31 (4) 27


86 (11) 75


-64% -64% -64%

TSO and Group Centre - - - - 11 11 n/a -100% -100%

Total 430 (22) 408

787 (67) 720 -45% -67% -43%



Half Year


Half Year


Movement


Mar 18


Sep 17


Mar 18 v. Sep 17

Division

Individual

charge

$M

Collective

charge

$M

Total

charge

$M


Individual

charge

$M

Collective

charge

$M

Total

charge

$M


Individual

charge

%

Collective

charge

%

Total

charge

%

Australia 337 (25) 312


449 (32) 417


-25% -22% -25%

Institutional 28 21 49 (29) (8) (37) large large large

New Zealand 34 (14) 20 55 (14) 41 -38% 0% -51%

Asia Retail & Pacific 31 (4) 27


79 (10) 69


-61% -60% -61%

TSO and Group Centre - - -


- (11) (11)


n/a -100% -100%

Total 430 (22) 408

554 (75) 479 -22% -71% -15%


Individual credit impairment charge



Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

New and increased individual credit impairments




Australia


528

619 601 -15% -12%

Institutional


92

123 315 -25% -71%

New Zealand


67

109 102 -39% -34%

Asia Retail & Pacific


41

97 104 -58% -61%

New and increased individual credit impairments

728

948 1,122 -23% -35%

Recoveries and write-backs

Australia

(191)

(170) (186) 12% 3%

Institutional

(64)

(152) (90) -58% -29%

New Zealand

(33)

(54) (41) -39% -20%

Asia Retail & Pacific

(10)

(18) (18) -44% -44%

Recoveries and write-backs

(298)

(394) (335) -24% -11%

Total individual credit impairment charge


430

554 787 -22% -45%

 March 2018 v March 2017

The individual credit impairment charge decreased $357 million (-45%) reflecting $394 million (-35%) decrease in new and existing provisions across

all divisions. Institutional division decreased $197 million (-88%) primarily driven by lower provisions arising from ongoing portfolio rebalancing

combined with a benign credit environment. Australia division decreased $78 million (-19%) driven by a combination of lower provisions and higher

write-backs. New Zealand division decreased $27 million (-44%) driven by lower provisions and a one-off large provision taken in the March 2017

half. Asia Retail & Pacific division decreased $55 million (-64%) due to the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses.

 March 2018 v September 2017

The individual credit impairment charge decreased $124 million (-22%) primarily driven by a $112 million (-25%) decrease in the Australia division

from lower new individual provisions and higher write-backs, and a $48 million (-61%) decrease in the Asia Retail & Pacific division following the

progressive sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses. This is partially offset by a $57 million increase in the Institutional division due to lower write-

backs in the March 2018 half.

GROUP RESULTS


28

Collective credit impairment charge




Half Year


Movement

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) by source

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Lending growth - excluding Asia Retail and Wealth businesses

4

(11) (25) large large

Lending growth - Asia Retail and Wealth businesses

(4)

(7) (5) -43% -20%

Risk profile

2

(91) (78) large large

Economic cycle adjustment

(24)

34 41 large large

Total collective credit impairment charge/(release)


(22)

(75) (67) -71% -67%

 March 2018 v March 2017

The reduction in the collective credit impairment release of $45 million is primarily driven by risk profile and lending growth releases in the March

2017 half largely due to portfolio rebalancing in the Institutional division, and the partial release of economic cycle adjustments relating to the

Australia and New Zealand divisions in the March 2018 half. The collective credit impairment charge driven by lending growth increased in the March

2018 half reflecting growth in Institutional Loans & Specialised Finance and New Zealand Commercial Agri, offset by reductions in the Australia

division in Business & Private Bank.

 March 2018 v September 2017

The reduction in the collective credit impairment release of $53 million is primarily driven by risk profile releases in the March 2017 half, and the

partial release of economic cycle adjustments relating to the Australia and New Zealand divisions in the March 2018 half. The collective credit

impairment charge driven by lending growth increased in the March 2018 half reflecting growth in Institutional Loans & Specialised Finance and New

Zealand Commercial Agri, offset by reductions in the Australia division in Business & Private Bank.


Provision for credit impairment



As at As at Movement


Mar 18


Sep 17


Mar 18 v. Sep 17

Division

Individual

provision

$M

Collective

provision

$M

1


Total

provision

$M


Individual

provision

$M

Collective

provision

$M

1


Total

provision

$M


Individual

provision

%

Collective

provision

%

Total

provision

%

Australia 577 1,113 1,690 633 1,139 1,772 -9% -2% -5%

Institutional 320 1,101 1,421


353 1,069 1,422


-9% 3% 0%

New Zealand 104 316 420


131 323 454


-21% -2% -7%

Asia Retail & Pacific 15 46 61 19 128 147 -21% -64% -59%

TSO and Group Centre - 3 3 - 3 3 n/a 0% 0%

Total 1,016 2,579 3,595


1,136 2,662 3,798


-11% -3% -5%



As at As at Movement


Mar 18


Mar 17


Mar 18 v. Mar 17

Division

Individual

provision

$M

Collective

provision

$M

1


Total

provision

$M


Individual

provision

$M

Collective

provision

$M

1


Total

provision

$M


Individual

provision

%

Collective

provision

%

Total

provision

%

Australia 577 1,113 1,690 579 1,171 1,750 0% -5% -3%

Institutional 320 1,101 1,421 539 1,085 1,624 -41% 1% -13%

New Zealand 104 316 420


135 335 470


-23% -6% -11%

Asia Retail & Pacific 15 46 61


16 180 196


-6% -74% -69%

TSO and Group Centre - 3 3 - 14 14 n/a -79% -79%

Total 1,016 2,579 3,595


1,269 2,785 4,054


-20% -7% -11%

1.

The collective provision includes amounts for off-balance sheet credit exposures of $522 million as at 31 March 2018 (Sep 17 half: $544 million; Mar 17 half: $574 million). The impact on

the Income Statement for the half year ended 31 March 2018 was a $26 million release (Sep 17 half: $20 million release; Mar 17 half: $46 million release).

GROUP RESULTS


29

Group Expected Loss

Management believe that disclosure of modelled expected loss data for individual provisions assists in assessing the longer term expected loss rates of

the lending portfolio as it removes the volatility of reported earnings created by the use of accounting losses. The expected loss methodology is used

internally for return on equity analysis and economic profit reporting.

Asia Retail and Wealth

On 31 October 2016, ANZ announced the sale of its Asia Retail and Wealth businesses in Singapore, Hong Kong, China, Taiwan and Indonesia and

Vietnam on 21 April 2017. The Group completed the transition of the businesses in China, Singapore and Hong Kong in the September 2017 half, and

Vietnam, Taiwan and Indonesia in the March 2018 half.


As at

Expected loss as a % of gross lending assets Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Australia division


0.31%

0.33% 0.33%

New Zealand division


0.21%

0.22% 0.26%

Institutional division


0.32%

0.30% 0.35%

Subtotal


0.29%

0.30% 0.33%

Asia Retail and Wealth businesses


-

2.75% 1.51%

Total Group


0.30%

0.32% 0.35%





Gross Impaired Assets

1





As at


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Impaired loans

1,863

2,118 2,478 -12% -25%

Restructured items

2


76

167 367 -54% -79%

Non-performing commitments and contingencies

95

99 95 -4% 0%

Gross impaired assets 2,034

2,384 2,940 -15% -31%

Individual provisions


Impaired loans

(990)

(1,118) (1,253) -11% -21%

Non-performing commitments and contingencies

(26)

(18) (16) 44% 63%

Net impaired assets 1,018

1,248 1,671 -18% -39%




Gross impaired assets by division



Australia

1,114

1,181 1,148 -6% -3%

Institutional

626

757 1,143 -17% -45%

New Zealand

244

307 409 -21% -40%

Asia Retail & Pacific

50

140 240 -64% -79%

Gross impaired assets 2,034

2,384 2,940 -15% -31%



Gross impaired assets by size of exposure

Less than $10 million

1,487

1,622 1,724 -8% -14%

$10 million to $100 million

547

655 1,106 -16% -51%

Greater than $100 million

-

107 110 -100% -100%

Gross impaired assets 2,034

2,384 2,940 -15% -31%

1.

Balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.

2.

Restructured items are facilities where the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer. Restructuring may consist of

reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.

 March 2018 v March 2017

Gross impaired assets decreased $906 million (-31%) driven by Institutional (-$517 million) and New Zealand (-$165 million) divisions, and Asia

Retail & Pacific division (-$190 million) following the sale of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses. The Group’s individual provision coverage ratio

on impaired assets was 50.0% at 31 March 2018 (Mar 17: 43.2%).

 March 2018 v September 2017

Gross impaired assets decreased $350 million (-15%) in the March 2018 half driven by Institutional (-$131 million), Australia (-$67million) and New

Zealand (-$63 million) divisions, combined with Asia Retail & Pacific division (-$90 million) following the sale of the Asia Retail and Wealth

businesses. The Group’s individual provision coverage ratio on impaired assets was 50.0% at 31 March 2018 (Sep 17: 47.7%).

GROUP RESULTS


30

New Impaired Assets

1




Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Impaired loans


917

1,315 1,637


-30% -44%

Restructured items


21

21 88


0% -76%

Non-performing commitments and contingencies

25

89 62 -72% -60%

Total new impaired assets


963

1,425 1,787 -32% -46%

New impaired assets by division

Australia

699

770 765 -9% -9%

Institutional

124

344 599 -64% -79%

New Zealand

101

216 296 -53% -66%

Asia Retail & Pacific

39

95 127 -59% -69%

Total new impaired assets


963

1,425 1,787 -32% -46%





 March 2018 v March 2017

New impaired assets decreased $824 million (-46%) primarily driven by Institutional division’s improved risk profile from portfolio rebalancing,

combined with a benign credit environment. Improvements in portfolio credit quality in the New Zealand Commercial and Agri business, and

reductions associated with the progressive sale of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses also contributed to a decrease in new impaired assets.

 March 2018 v September 2017

New impaired assets decreased by $462 million (-32%) primarily driven by Institutional division’s improved risk profile from portfolio rebalancing,

combined with a benign credit environment. Improvements in portfolio credit quality in the New Zealand Commercial and Agri business, and

reductions associated with the progressive sale of the Asia Retail and Wealth businesses also contributed to a decrease in new impaired assets.


Ageing analysis of net loans and advances that are past due but not impaired

1




As at


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

1-29 days

8,974

8,790 9,123 2% -2%

30-59 days

2,576

2,143 2,355 CS 20% 9%

60-89 days

1,233

1,148 1,148 7% 7%

>90 days

3,038

2,953 2,771 3% 10%

Total 15,821

15,034 15,397 5% 3%

1.

Balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.

 March 2018 v March 2017

Net loans and advances past due but not impaired increased $424 million (+3%) driven by growth in the Australia division home loan portfolio,

combined with seasonality which is consistent with trends observed in the March 2017 half. This was partially offset by the impact of the sale of Asia

Retail and Wealth businesses.

 March 2018 v September 2017

Net loans and advances past due but not impaired increased $787 million (+5%) driven by growth in the Australia division home loan portfolio,

combined with seasonal higher delinquencies compared to the September 2017 half.

GROUP RESULTS


31

Income Tax Expense - continuing operations




Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Income tax expense on cash profit


1,489

1,420 1,406


5% 6%

Effective tax rate (cash profit)

29.8%

29.1% 29.5%

 March 2018 v March 2017

The effective tax rate has increased from 29.5% to 29.8%. The increase of +30 bps is primarily due the non-tax deductible net loss on completion of

the sale of Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank in the March 2018 half (+176 bps) and a reduction in equity accounted earnings (+57 bps). This is

partially offset by an increase in offshore earnings in the March 2018 half (-82 bps) which attract a lower average tax rate, non-taxable profit on the

disposal of 20% of the Group’s stake in Metrobank Card Corporation (-74 bps) and a tax provision release (-46 bps). Offshore earnings in the March

2017 half were lower due to the reclassification of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses to held for sale.

 March 2018 v September 2017

The effective tax rate increased from 29.1% to 29.8%. The increase of +70 bps is primarily due to the non-tax deductible net loss on completion of

the sale of Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank in the March 2018 half (+176 bps) and a reduction in equity accounted earnings (+26 bps). This is

partially offset by non-taxable profit on the disposal of 20% of the Group’s stake in Metrobank Card Corporation (-74 bps) and a tax provision release

(-46 bps).

GROUP RESULTS


32

Impact of Foreign Currency Translation - continuing operations

The following tables present the Group’s cash profit results and net loans and advances neutralised for the impact of foreign currency translation.

Comparative data has been adjusted to remove the translation impact of foreign currency movements by retranslating prior period comparatives at

current period foreign exchange rates.


Cash Profit - March 2018 Half Year vs March 2017 Half Year


Half Year Movement


Actual

FX

unadjusted

FX

impact

FX

adjusted

FX

unadjusted

FX

adjusted



Mar 18

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

7,350

7,419 (67) 7,352 -1% 0%

Other operating income

2,458

2,557 6 2,563 -4% -4%

Operating income

9,808

9,976 (61) 9,915 -2% -1%

Operating expenses

(4,411)

(4,487) 42 (4,445) -2% -1%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,397

5,489 (19) 5,470 -2% -1%

Credit impairment charge

(408)

(720) 5 (715) -43% -43%

Profit before income tax

4,989

4,769 (14) 4,755 5% 5%

Income tax expense

(1,489)

(1,406) 4 (1,402) 6% 6%

Non-controlling interests

(7)

(8) - (8) -13% -13%

Cash profit 3,493

3,355 (10) 3,345 4% 4%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances

1


591,947

576,304 3,819 580,123 3% 2%

1.

Balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.


Cash Profit- March 2018 Half Year vs September 2017 Half Year

Half Year Movement


Actual

FX

unadjusted

FX

impact

FX

adjusted

FX

unadjusted

FX

adjusted



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Net interest income

7,350

7,456 (32) 7,424 -1% -1%

Other operating income

2,458

2,384 22 2,406 3% 2%

Operating income

9,808

9,840 (10) 9,830 0% 0%

Operating expenses

(4,411)

(4,480) 18 (4,462) -2% -1%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,397

5,360 8 5,368 1% 1%

Credit impairment charge

(408)

(479) - (479) -15% -15%

Profit before income tax

4,989

4,881 8 4,889 2% 2%

Income tax expense

(1,489)

(1,420) (3) (1,423) 5% 5%

Non-controlling interests

(7)

(7) 1 (6) 0% 17%

Cash profit 3,493

3,454 6 3,460 1% 1%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances

1


591,947

580,293 4,378 584,671 2% 1%

1.

Balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.

GROUP RESULTS


33

Earnings Related Hedges - including discontinued operations

Where it is considered appropriate, the Group takes out economic hedges against larger foreign exchange denominated revenue streams (primarily New

Zealand Dollar, US Dollar and US Dollar correlated). New Zealand Dollar exposure relates to the New Zealand geography and USD exposures relate to

Asia Pacific, Europe & America. Details of these hedges are set out below.




Half Year

NZD Economic hedges

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Net open NZD position (notional principal)

1



2,669

3,036 3,347

Amount taken to income (pre-tax statutory basis)

2



(50)

(34) 125

Amount taken to income (pre-tax cash basis)

3



7

(27) (19)

1.

Value in AUD at contracted rate.

2.

Unrealised valuation movement plus realised revenue from matured or closed out hedges.

3.

Realised revenue from closed out hedges.

As at 31 March 2018, the following hedges were in place to partially hedge future earnings against adverse movements in exchange rates:

 NZD 2.9 billion at a forward rate of approximately NZD 1.08 / AUD.

There were no USD hedges in place or impacting income for the March 2018 half.

During the March 2018 half:

 NZD 0.9 billion of economic hedges matured and a realised gain of $7 million (pre-tax) was recorded in cash profit.

 An unrealised loss of $57 million (pre-tax) on the outstanding NZD economic hedges was recorded in the statutory Income Statement during the

half. This unrealised loss has been treated as an adjustment to statutory profit in calculating cash profit as these are hedges of future NZD

revenues.


Earnings per Share - continuing operations




Half Year


Movement

Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Cash earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations

1





Basic



119.4

117.9 114.8


1% 4%

Diluted

113.4

112.9 110.1


0% 3%




Cash weighted average number of ordinary shares (M)

2






Basic

2,924.6

2,929.2 2,923.7


0% 0%

Diluted

3,204.3

3,183.7 3,180.8


1% 1%




Cash profit from continuing operations ($M)

3,493

3,454 3,355 1% 4%

Cash profit used in calculating diluted cash earnings per share ($M)

3,634

3,594 3,503 1% 4%

1.

Calculation is based on weighted average number of ordinary shares. No adjustment for the impact of discontinued operations.

2.

Cash weighted average number of ordinary shares includes treasury shares held in Wealth Australia as the associated gains and losses are included in cash profit.

GROUP RESULTS


34

Dividends - continuing operations




Half Year


Movement

Dividend per ordinary share (cents) - continuing operations


Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Interim (fully franked)

1



80

- 80


n/a 0%

Final (fully franked)

-

80 - n/a n/a

Total (fully franked)

80

80 80 0% 0%




Ordinary share dividends used in payout ratio ($M)

2


2,313

2,350 2,349 -2% -2%

Cash profit from continuing operations

3,493

3,454 3,355 1% 4%

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio (cash basis)

2



66.2%

68.0% 70.0%

1.

Interim dividend for 2018 is proposed.

2.

Dividend payout ratio is calculated using proposed 2018 interim dividend of $2,313 million, which is based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the dividend record date.

Dividend payout ratios for the September 2017 half and March 2017 half were calculated using actual dividend paid of $2,350 million and $2,349 million respectively.


The Directors propose an interim dividend of 80 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 2 July 2018. The proposed 2018 interim

dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes, and New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.


Economic Profit - continuing operations



Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing

operations


3,923

3,410 2,934


15% 34%

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing operations

(430)

44 421 large large

Cash Profit from continuing operations

3,493

3,454 3,355 1% 4%

Economic credit cost adjustment

(369)

(353) (211) 5% 75%

Imputation credits

600

687 707 -13% -15%

Economic return from continuing operations

3,724

3,788 3,851 -2% -3%

Cost of capital

(2,624)

(2,626) (2,588) 0% 1%

Economic profit from continuing operations


1,100

1,162 1,263 -5% -13%


Economic profit is a risk adjusted profit measure used to evaluate business unit performance and is considered in determining the variable component of

remuneration packages. This is used for internal management purposes and is not subject to audit.

Economic profit is calculated via a series of adjustments to cash profit. The economic credit cost adjustment replaces the actual credit loss charge with

internal expected loss based on the average loss per annum on the portfolio over an economic cycle. The benefit of imputation credits is recognised,

measured at 70% of Australian tax. The cost of capital is a major component of economic profit. At an ANZ Group level, this is calculated using average

ordinary shareholders’ equity (excluding non-controlling interests), multiplied by the cost of capital rate (currently 9.5% and applied across comparative

periods). At a business unit level, capital is allocated based on economic capital, whereby higher risk businesses attract higher levels of capital. This

method is designed to help drive appropriate risk management and ensure business returns align with the level of risk. Key risks covered include credit

risk, operating risk, market risk and other risks.

Economic profit decreased $163 million (-13%) against the March 2017 half driven by higher economic credit costs and lower imputation credits on lower

Australian profits, partially offset by higher cash profit.

Economic profit decreased $62 million (-5%) against the September 2017 half driven by lower imputation credits on lower Australian profits, partially

offset by higher cash profit.

GROUP RESULTS


35

Condensed Balance Sheet - including discontinued operations




As at


Movement

Assets

Mar 18

$B

Sep 17

$B

Mar 17

$B


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid

1


98.0

82.5 89.3 19% 10%

Trading and available for sale assets

1


115.3

113.0 108.8 2% 6%

Derivative financial instruments

1


70.9

62.5 63.9 13% 11%

Net loans and advances

1


588.9

574.3 564.0 3% 4%

Investments backing policy liabilities

1


-

38.0 37.6 -100% -100%

Assets held for sale

45.3

8.0 14.1 large large

Other

1


16.7

19.1 18.8 -12% -11%

Total assets 935.1

897.4 896.5 4% 4%

Liabilities


Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received

20.0

15.8 14.9 27% 34%

Deposits and other borrowings

1


616.2

595.6 581.4 3% 6%

Derivative financial instruments

70.6

62.3 65.1 13% 8%

Debt issuances and subordinated debt

114.9

108.0 109.1 6% 5%

Policy liabilities and external unit holder liabilities

1


-

41.9 41.3 -100% -100%

Liabilities held for sale

44.8

4.7 17.2 large large

Other

1


9.1

10.0 9.6 -9% -5%

Total liabilities 875.6

838.3 838.6 4% 4%

Total equity 59.5

59.1 57.9 1% 3%

1.

Balances exclude assets and liabilities held for sale.

 March 2018 v March 2017

 Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid increased $8.7 billion (+10%). Adjusting for a $1.5 billion increase due to foreign

currency translation, the $7.2 billion increase was primarily driven by increased liquidity portfolio holdings due to balance sheet growth in

Markets.

 Trading and available-for-sale assets increased $6.5 billion (+6%). Adjusting for a $0.5 billion increase due to foreign currency translation and

$1.0 billion decrease due to assets reclassified as held for sale, the $7.0 billion increase was primarily driven by increased liquidity portfolio

holdings due to balance sheet growth in Markets.

 Derivative financial assets and liabilities increased $7.0 billion (+11%) and $5.5 billion (+8%) respectively as foreign exchange rate and

interest rate movements resulted in higher derivative fair values.

 Net loans and advances increased $24.9 billion (+4%). Adjusting for a $3.8 billion increase due to foreign currency translation, the $21.1 billion

increase was primarily driven by growth in home loans across Australia (+$13.8 billion) and New Zealand (+$3.2 billion) divisions, and lending

growth in the Institutional division (+$4.9 billion).

 Deposits and other borrowings increased $34.8 billion (+6%). Adjusting for a $3.1 billion increase due to foreign currency translation, the $31.7

billion increase was primarily driven by growth in customer deposits across Institutional, Australia and New Zealand divisions (+$18.1 billion),

and a $21.6 billion increase in deposits from banks and commercial paper, partially offset by a reduction of $7.1 billion in certificates of

deposit.

 Debt issuances and subordinated debt increased $5.8 billion (+5%). Adjusting for a $0.5 billion increase due to foreign currency translation,

the $5.3 billion increase was primarily driven by senior debt issuances.

 March 2018 v September 2017

 Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid increased by $15.5 billion (+19%). Adjusting for a $2.2 billion increase due to foreign

currency translation, the $13.3 billion increase was primarily driven by increased liquidity portfolio holdings due to balance sheet growth in

Markets.

 Derivative financial assets and liabilities increased $8.4 billion (+13%) and $8.3 billion (+13%) respectively as foreign exchange rate and

interest rate movements resulted in higher derivative fair values.

 Net loans and advances increased $14.6 billion (+3%). Adjusting for a $4.4 billion increase due to foreign currency translation, the $10.2 billion

increase was primarily driven by growth in home loans across Australia (+$5.8 billion) and New Zealand (+1.0 billion) divisions, and lending

growth in Institutional division (+$4.3 billion).

 Deposits and other borrowings increased by $20.6 billion (+3%). Adjusting for a $5.9 billion increase due to foreign currency translation, the

$14.7 billion increase was primarily driven by growth in customer deposits across Australia and New Zealand divisions (+$5.3 billion), and a

$18.9 billion increase in deposits from banks and commercial paper, partially offset by a reduction of $7.9 billion in certificates of deposit and

reverse repurchase agreements.

 Debt issuances and subordinated debt increased $6.9 billion (+6%). Adjusting for a $0.9 billion increase due to foreign currency translation,

the $6.0 billion increase was primarily driven by senior debt issuances.


Investments backing policy liabilities, policy liabilities and external unit holder liabilities balances as at March 2018 reflect the reclassification of

assets and liabilities to held for sale. Refer to Note 11 to the financial statements for details of assets and liabilities held for sale.

GROUP RESULTS


36

Liquidity Risk - including discontinued operations

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due, including repaying depositors or maturing wholesale

debt, or that the Group has insufficient capacity to fund increases in assets. The timing mismatch of cash flows and the related liquidity risk is inherent in

all banking operations and is closely monitored by the Group and managed in accordance with the risk appetite set by the Board.

The Group’s approach to liquidity risk management incorporates two key components:

 Scenario modelling of funding sources

ANZ’s liquidity risk appetite is defined by the ability to meet a range of regulatory requirements and internal liquidity metrics mandated by the Board.

The metrics cover a range of scenarios of varying duration and level of severity. The objective of this framework is to:

 Provide protection against shorter-term extreme market dislocation and stress.

 Maintain structural strength in the balance sheet by ensuring that an appropriate amount of longer-term assets are funded with longer-term

funding.

 Ensure that no undue timing concentrations exist in the Group’s funding profile.

A key component of this framework is the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), which is a severe short term liquidity stress scenario mandated by banking

regulators including APRA. As part of meeting LCR requirements, ANZ has a Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) with the Reserve Bank of Australia

(RBA). The CLF has been established to offset the shortage of available High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) in Australia and provides an alternative

form of contingent liquidity. The total amount of the CLF available to a qualifying ADI is set annually by APRA. From 1 January 2018, ANZ’s CLF is

$46.9 billion (2017 calendar year end: $43.8 billion).

 Liquid assets

The Group holds a portfolio of high quality unencumbered liquid assets in order to protect the Group’s liquidity position in a severely stressed

environment, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. High Quality Liquid Assets comprise three categories, with the definitions consistent with

Basel 3 LCR:

 Highest-quality liquid assets (HQLA1): Cash, highest credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities eligible for repurchase

with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.

 High-quality liquid assets (HQLA2): High credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities, high quality corporate debt securities

and high quality covered bonds eligible for repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.

 Alternative liquid assets (ALA): Assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF and other eligible securities listed by the Reserve Bank of New

Zealand (RBNZ).

The Group monitors and manages the size and composition of its liquid assets portfolio on an ongoing basis in line with regulatory requirements and

the risk appetite set by the Board.



Half Year Average


Movement


Mar 18

$B

Sep 17

$B

Mar 17

$B


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Market Values Post Discount

1





HQLA1

2


131.8

128.7 127.1


2% 4%

HQLA2

4.9

4.7 4.3


4% 14%

Internal Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (Australia)

2


31.6

30.3 33.7


4% -6%

Internal Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (New Zealand)

3


6.2

1.1 0.6


large large

Other ALA

4


13.8

14.9 15.6


-7% -12%

Total Liquid Assets

188.3

179.7 181.3 5% 4%




Cash flows modelled under stress scenario



Cash outflows

180.5

174.5 172.7 3% 5%

Cash inflows

40.4

41.3 38.2 -2% 6%

Net cash outflows


140.1

133.2 134.5 5% 4%










Liquidity Coverage Ratio

5



134%

135% 135% -1% -1%

1.

Half year average basis, calculated as prescribed per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard (APS 210 Liquidity) and consistent with APS 330 requirements.

2.

RBA open repo arrangement netted down from CLF, with a corresponding increase in HQLA.

3.

Includes ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited LCR surplus, capped at Level 1 all currency LCR for 31 March 2018. Prior periods exclude ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited’s LCR surplus.

4.

Comprised of assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF, excluding internal RMBS, up to approved facility limit; and any liquid assets contained in the RBNZ's Liquidity Policy - Annex:

Liquidity Assets - Prudential Supervision Department Document BS13A12.

5.

All currency Level 2 LCR.

GROUP RESULTS


37

Funding - including discontinued operations

ANZ targets a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentrations by investor type, maturity, market source and currency.

$13.1 billion of term wholesale debt with a remaining term greater than one year as at 31 March 2018 was issued during the half year ended 31 March

2018.

The following table shows the Group’s total funding composition:



As at


Movement


Mar 18

$B

Sep 17

$B

Mar 17

$B


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Customer deposits and other liabilities

1



Australia


204.2

201.3 197.6 1% 3%

Institutional


190.7

189.0 181.5 1% 5%

New Zealand


79.2

75.3 74.3 5% 7%

Wealth Australia


-

- 0.3 n/a -100%

Asia Retail & Pacific


3.4

7.0 19.8 -51% -83%

TSO and Group Centre

1



(4.7)

(5.0) (5.3) -6% -11%

Customer deposits


472.8

467.6 468.2 1% 1%

Other funding liabilities

2,3



8.0

8.5 7.9 -6% 1%

Total customer liabilities (funding)


480.8

476.1 476.1 1% 1%

Wholesale funding

4




Debt issuances


97.5

90.3 88.8 8% 10%

Subordinated debt


17.2

17.7 20.3 -3% -15%

Certificates of deposit


50.3

55.2 57.4 -9% -12%

Commercial paper


24.1

18.0 9.5 33% large

Other wholesale borrowings

2,5,6



84.4

69.2 73.9 22% 14%

Total wholesale funding


273.5

250.4 249.9 9% 9%

Shareholders' equity


59.5

59.1 57.9 1% 3%

Total funding


813.8

785.6 783.9 4% 4%

1.

Includes term deposits, other deposits and an adjustment recognised in Group Centre to eliminate Wealth Australia investments in ANZ deposit products.

2.

Non-bank trade dated liabilities reclassified to align with current period presentation.

3.

Includes interest accruals, payables and other liabilities, provisions and net tax provisions, excluding other liabilities in Wealth Australia.

4.

Excludes liability for acceptances as they do not provide net funding.

5.

Includes borrowings from banks, securities sold under repurchase agreements, net derivative balances, special purpose vehicles and other borrowings.

6.

Includes RBA open repo arrangement netted down by the exchange settlement account cash balance.



Net Stable Funding Ratio

The following table shows the Level 2 Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) composition:



As at


Movement


Mar 18

$B

Sep 17

$B

Mar 17

$B


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Required Stable Funding

1



Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans <35% risk weight

2



184.0

181.7 178.1 1% 3%

Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans >35% risk weight

2



177.2

176.2 176.2 1% 1%

Other lending

3



19.1

17.2 15.6 11% 22%

Liquid assets


9.7

9.3 9.3 4% 4%

Other assets

4



38.4

39.1 44.8 -2% -14%

Total Required Stable Funding


428.4

423.5 424.0


1% 1%





Available Stable Funding

1




Retail & small and medium enterprise customer deposits


233.4

230.7 236.2 1% -1%

Corporate, public sector entities & operational deposits


83.4

80.8 73.8 3% 13%

Central bank & other financial institution deposits


4.2

4.2 2.8 0% 50%

Term funding


94.0

87.6 89.9 7% 5%

Short term funding & other liabilities


2.7

5.3 0.5 -49% large

Capital


74.4

73.9 73.9 1% 1%

Total Available Stable Funding


492.1

482.5 477.1


2% 3%

Net Stable Funding Ratio


114.9%

113.9% 112.5% 1% 2%

1.

NSFR factored balance as per APS 210 Liquidity.

2.

Risk weighting under APS 112 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Approach to Credit Risk.

3.

Includes financial institution and central bank loans.

4.

Includes off-balance sheet items, net derivatives and other assets.

GROUP RESULTS


38

Capital Management - including discontinued operations



As at


APRA Basel 3 Internationally Comparable Basel 3

1


Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17 Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Capital Ratios

Common Equity Tier 1

11.0%

10.6% 10.1%

16.3%

15.8% 15.2%

Tier 1

12.9%

12.6% 12.1%

18.7%

18.4% 18.2%

Total capital

14.9%

14.8% 14.5%

21.3%

21.2% 21.3%

Risk weighted assets ($B)

395.8

391.1 397.0

311.5

306.5 309.4

1.

Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled “International Capital Comparison Study” (13 July 2015).

APRA Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1 ratio) - March 2018 v September 2017


1.

Excludes large/notable items for the purposes of Capital Management attribution. Refer to pages 14 to 15.

2.

Capital deductions represent the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities, capitalised software, EL versus EP shortfall and other intangibles in the period.

 March 2018 v September 2017

ANZ’s CET1 ratio increased 47 bps to 11.0% during the March 2018 half. Key drivers of the movement in the CET1 ratio were:

 Net organic capital generation was 72 bps or $2.8 billion. This was primarily driven by cash profit partially offset by capital usage from RWA

growth and other business capital deductions.

 Payment of the September 2017 Final Dividend (net of Bonus Option Plan issuance) reduced the CET1 ratio by 59 bps.

 Capital benefits from asset disposals increased CET1 ratio by 55 bps (SRCB, Asia Retail and Wealth businesses in Vietnam, Taiwan and

Indonesia and the 20% stake in MCC). This is partially offset by the impact of the $1.1 billion on-market share buy-back (-29 bps). The remaining

$0.4 billion on-market share buy-back will be completed in the September 2018 half to meet the planned $1.5 billion share buy-back.

 Other impacts from movements in non-cash earnings and net foreign currency translation.

Total Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) - March 2018 v September 2017


 March 2018 v September 2017

ANZ’s total RWA increased by $4.7 billion. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange translation and other non-recurring CRWA changes,

CRWAs increased by $6.2 billion. Other CRWA changes mainly reflect the reduction from the transition of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses in

Vietnam, Taiwan and Indonesia to DBS and modest net impacts from RWA modelling changes. Non-CRWA decreased by $1.3 billion mainly driven

by a lower risk profile in IRRBB RWA.

GROUP RESULTS


39

Capital Management – including discontinued operations, cont’d

APRA to Internationally Comparable

1

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1 ratio) as at 31 March 2018


1.

ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications: “Basel 3: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011)

and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards” (June 2006). Also includes differences identified in APRA’s information paper entitled “International Capital

Comparison Study” (13 July 2015).


 March 2018 v September 2017

The above provides a reconciliation of the CET1 ratio under APRA’s Basel 3 prudential capital standards to Internationally Comparable Basel 3

standards. APRA views the Basel 3 reforms as a minimum requirement and hence has not incorporated some of the concessions proposed in the

Basel 3 rules and has also set higher requirements in other areas. As a result, Australian banks’ Basel 3 reported capital ratios will not be directly

comparable with international peers. The International Comparable Basel 3 CET1 ratio incorporates differences between APRA and both the Basel

Committee Basel 3 framework (including differences identified in the March 2014 Basel Committee’s Regulatory Consistency Assessment

Programme (RCAP) on Basel 3 implementation in Australia) and its application in major offshore jurisdictions.

The material differences between APRA Basel 3 and Internationally Comparable Basel 3 ratios include:

Deductions

 Investments in insurance and banking associates - APRA requires full deduction against CET1. On an Internationally Comparable basis, these

investments are subject to a concessional threshold before a deduction is required.

 Deferred tax assets - A full deduction is required from CET1 for deferred tax assets (DTA) relating to temporary differences. On an Internationally

Comparable basis, this is first subject to a concessional threshold before the deduction is required.

Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)

 IRRBB RWA - APRA requires inclusion of Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB) within the RWA base for the CET1 ratio calculation.

This is not required on an Internationally Comparable basis.

 Mortgages RWA - APRA imposes a floor of 20% on the downturn Loss Given Default (LGD) used in credit RWA calculations for residential

mortgages. Additionally, from July 2016, APRA also requires a higher correlation factor above the Basel framework 15%.The Internationally

Comparable Basel 3 framework only requires a downturn LGD floor of 10% and a correlation factor of 15%.

 Specialised lending - APRA requires the supervisory slotting approach to be used in determining credit RWA for specialised lending exposures.

The Internationally Comparable basis allows for the advanced internal ratings based approach to be used when calculating RWA for these

exposures.

 Unsecured Corporate Lending LGD - Adjustment to align ANZ’s unsecured corporate lending LGD to 45% to be consistent with banks in other

jurisdictions. The 45% LGD rate is also used in the Foundation Internal Ratings-Based approach (FIRB).

 Undrawn Corporate Lending Exposure at Default (EAD) - To adjust ANZ’s credit conversion factors (CCF) for undrawn corporate loan

commitments to 75% (used in FIRB approach) to align with banks in other jurisdictions.

GROUP RESULTS


40

Leverage Ratio - including discontinued operations

At 31 March 2018, the Group’s APRA Leverage Ratio was 5.4% which is above the 3% minimum required by the Basel Committee on Banking

Supervision (BCBS). APRA has not finalised a minimum leverage ratio requirement for Australian Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions (ADIs). The

following table summarises the Group’s Leverage Ratio calculation:



As at Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Tier 1 Capital (net of capital deductions) 51,125

49,324 48,091


4% 6%


On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and securities financing transaction

exposures)

780,272

752,347 747,708 4% 4%

Derivative exposures

32,747

31,469 30,968 4% 6%

Securities Financing Transaction (SFT) exposures

29,351

28,598 30,286 3% -3%

Other off-balance sheet exposures

99,921

96,765 97,492 3% 2%

Total exposure measure 942,291

909,179 906,454


4% 4%

APRA Leverage Ratio

1

5.4%

5.4% 5.3%



Internationally Comparable Leverage Ratio

1

6.1%

6.2% 6.0%



1.

Leverage ratio includes Additional Tier 1 securities subject to Basel 3 transitional relief, net of any transitional adjustments.

 March 2018 v September 2017

ANZ’s Leverage Ratio is flat relative to September 2017 reflecting:

 net organic capital generation from cash earnings (excluding large/notable items and net of dividend payments) (+11 bps);

 divestment benefits (+22 bps) largely offset by share buy-backs (-12 bps) and a reduction in Additional Tier 1 capital instruments (-6 bps); and

 exposure growth of -15 bps (loan growth -8 bps, liquid asset growth -5 bps, derivatives growth -1 bps and off-balance sheet growth -1 bps).


Other Regulatory Developments

 Financial System Inquiry (FSI)

The Australian Government completed a comprehensive inquiry into Australia’s financial system in 2014 which included a number of key

recommendations that may have an impact on regulatory capital levels. Recent initiatives by APRA in support of the FSI are:

 In July 2017, APRA released an information paper outlining its assessment on the additional capital required for the Australian banking sector to

be considered ‘unquestionably strong’ as originally outlined in the FSI final report in December 2014. APRA indicated that “in the case of the four

major Australian banks, this equated to a benchmark CET1 capital ratio, under the current capital adequacy framework, of at least 10.5 per cent”.

APRA also stated that this benchmark should be met by 1 January 2020 at the latest.

 In February 2018, APRA released two further discussion papers that commences its consultation on the following:

 APRA’s proposal regarding risk-based capital approach for credit, market and operational risk following finalisation of these requirements by

the Basel Committee in December 2017. Whilst the final forms of these proposals will only be determined later in 2020, the Group expects

the implementation of any revisions to the current requirements will result in further changes to the risk weighting framework for certain asset

classes and other risk types (such as market and operational risks). APRA has announced that it does not expect that the changes to the

risk weights will necessitate further increases in capital for ADIs, although this could vary by ADIs depending on the final requirements.

ANZ’s current capital position is in excess of APRA’s unquestionably strong CET1 benchmark of 10.5% and therefore, the Group is likely to

be in a strong position to meet future changes that will arise as a result of final revisions to the capital framework.

 The design and application of a minimum leverage ratio requirement as complement to the risk-based capital framework proposal. APRA

has proposed a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4% (Basel minimum is 3%) as well as changes to the Exposure Measure

requirements. The Group is well placed to meet the proposed changes in its current form based on its Leverage Ratio position at March

2018.

APRA’s consultation for the above is currently taking place with final prudential standards planned to be made available by 2020. APRA has

proposed an implementation date of 2021, which is one year earlier than the Basel Committee’s equivalent, with no phase-in arrangements.

 APRA’s prudential standards may also be further supplemented by yet to be released proposals to implement other key FSI recommendations:

 To implement a minimum total loss-absorbing capacity requirement where certain senior debt could be “bailed in” to recapitalise a stressed

financial institution.

 Potential adjustments to the overall design of the capital framework to improve transparency, international comparability and flexibility.

Given the number of items that are currently open for consultations with APRA, the final outcome of the FSI including any further changes to APRA’s

prudential standards or other impacts on the Group remain uncertain.

 Level 3 Conglomerates (Level 3)

APRA is extending its prudential supervision framework to Conglomerate Groups via the Level 3 framework which will regulate a bancassurance

group such as ANZ as a single economic entity with minimum capital requirements and additional monitoring of risk exposure levels.

In August 2016, APRA confirmed the deferral of capital requirements for Conglomerate Groups until 2019 at the earliest, to allow for the final capital

requirements arising from FSI recommendations as well as from international initiatives that are in progress.

GROUP RESULTS


41

The non-capital components of the Level 3 framework relating to group governance, risk exposures, intragroup transactions and other risk

management and compliance requirements came into effect on 1 July 2017. These have had no material impact on the Group’s capital position.

 RBNZ review of capital requirements

On 1 May 2017 the RBNZ published an issues paper announcing that it is undertaking a comprehensive review of the capital adequacy framework

applying to New Zealand locally incorporated registered banks over 2017 and 2018. The aim of the review is to identify the most appropriate

framework for setting capital requirements for New Zealand banks, taking into account how the current framework has operated and international

developments in bank capital requirements. The capital review will focus on the three key components of the current framework:

 The definition of eligible capital instruments;

 The measurement of risk; and

 The minimum capital ratios and buffers.

The RBNZ requested feedback about the topics covered by the issues paper for which responses were due on 9 June 2017. Detailed consultation

documents on policy proposals and options for each of the three components will be released during 2017, with a view to concluding the review in

2018.

On 14 July 2017, the RBNZ released a consultation paper on what types of financial instruments should qualify as eligible regulatory capital. The

consultation paper sets out proposals for reform to the definition of eligible capital instruments for which responses were due 8 September 2017.

The impact on Group and our subsidiary bank in New Zealand (ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited) arising from the above consultations will not be

known until the RBNZ finalises their review in 2018.





GROUP RESULTS


42

This page has been left blank intentionally

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


43



CONTENTS Page


Divisional Performance - continuing operations 44

Australia - continuing operations 47

Institutional - continuing operations 51

New Zealand - continuing operations 58

Wealth Australia - continuing operations 63

Asia Retail & Pacific - continuing operations 64

Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre - continuing operations 65

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


44

Divisional Performance - continuing operations

The Group operates on a divisional structure with six continuing divisions: Australia, New Zealand, Institutional, Asia Retail & Pacific, Wealth Australia,

and Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions, refer to the Definitions on page

121.

As part of the broader simplification strategy for ANZ, there have been several structural changes during the March 2018 half. Prior period comparatives

have been aligned with these changes, which include:

 the Corporate business, formerly part of the Corporate and Commercial Banking business within the Australia division, was transferred to the

Institutional division;

 the residual Asia Retail and Wealth businesses in Philippines, Japan and Cambodia not sold as part of the Asia Retail and Wealth divestment have

been transferred to the Institutional division; and

 the Group made a further realignment by transferring Group Hub’s divisional specific operations in TSO and Group Centre to the respective

divisions. As these costs were previously recharged, there is no change to previously reported divisional cash profit. Divisional full time equivalents

(FTEs) have been restated to reflect this change.

The structural changes affected the prior period comparatives of the Australia and Institutional divisions with changes reflected in the table

below.




Australia division


Institutional division


Current structure Old structure Current structure Old structure


Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Net interest income 4,169 4,049 4,251 4,133 1,577 1,687 1,480 1,588

Other operating income 615 602 616 602 998 1,368 989 1,357

Operating income 4,784 4,651 4,867 4,735 2,575 3,055 2,469 2,945

Operating expenses (1,713) (1,669) (1,730) (1,693) (1,392) (1,422) (1,357) (1,379)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 3,071 2,982 3,137 3,042 1,183 1,633 1,112 1,566

Credit impairment charge (417) (468) (425) (472) 37 (129) 45 (125)

Profit before income tax 2,654 2,514 2,712 2,570 1,220 1,504 1,157 1,441

Income tax expense and non-controlling interest (797) (755) (815) (772) (361) (439) (342) (420)

Cash profit from continuing operations

1,857 1,759 1,897 1,798


859 1,065 815 1,021




Sep 17


Mar 17

Full Time Equivalents

1

Current structure Old structure Current structure Old structure

Australia 13,885 11,387 13,898 11,447

Institutional 6,783 4,754 6,950 4,899

New Zealand 6,372 6,207 6,417 6,250

Wealth Australia 912 835 899 822

Asia Retail & Pacific 3,664 3,981 4,637 4,719

TSO and Group Centre 11,257 15,709 11,214 15,878

Total continuing operations 42,873 42,873 44,015 44,015

1.

For continuing operations, the impact of Group Hub’s realignment to the respective divisions from previously reported FTE is as follows:

 September 2017: Australia +2,825, Institutional +1,089, New Zealand +367, Wealth Australia +77, Asia Retail & Pacific +6.

 March 2017: Australia +2,789, Institutional +1,106, New Zealand +378, Wealth Australia +77, Asia Retail & Pacific +229.


The Divisional Results section is reported on a cash profit basis for continuing operations and comparatives have been restated accordingly.

For information on discontinued operations please refer the Guide to Half Year Results on page 9 and 10. The retained Wealth Australia

business includes lenders mortgage insurance, share investing, financial planning and general insurance distribution.


The divisions reported are consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


45

Cash profit by division - March 2018 Half Year v March 2017 Half Year


1.

Includes Wealth Australia, Pacific and TSO and Group Centre.




March 2018 Half Year

Australia

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Wealth

Australia

$M

Asia Retail

& Pacific

$M

TSO and Group

Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 4,304 1,516 1,278 24 119 109

7,350

Other operating income 559 1,028 338 162 184 187

2,458

Operating income 4,863 2,544 1,616 186 303 296

9,808

Operating expenses (1,812) (1,371) (588) (123) (146) (371)

(4,411)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 3,051 1,173 1,028 63 157 (75)

5,397

Credit impairment charge (312) (49) (20) - (27) -

(408)

Profit before income tax 2,739 1,124 1,008 63 130 (75)

4,989

Income tax expense and non-controlling

interests

(824) (331) (282) (19) (24) (16)

(1,496)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing

operations

1,915 793 726 44 106 (91)

3,493


March 2017 Half Year

Australia

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Wealth

Australia

$M

Asia Retail

& Pacific

$M

TSO and Group

Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 4,049 1,687 1,260 25 316 82

7,419

Other operating income 602 1,368 317 179 (150) 241

2,557

Operating income 4,651 3,055 1,577 204 166 323

9,976

Operating expenses (1,669) (1,422) (600) (126) (334) (336)

(4,487)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2,982 1,633 977 78 (168) (13)

5,489

Credit impairment charge (468) (129) (37) - (75) (11)

(720)

Profit before income tax 2,514 1,504 940 78 (243) (24)

4,769

Income tax expense and non-controlling

interests

(755) (439) (263) (20) 21 42

(1,414)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing

operations

1,759 1,065 677 58 (222) 18

3,355




March 2018 Half Year vs March 2017 Half Year



Australia Institutional New Zealand

Wealth

Australia

Asia Retail

& Pacific

TSO and Group

Centre Group

Net interest income 6% -10% 1% -4% -62% 33%

-1%

Other operating income -7% -25% 7% -9% large -22%

-4%

Operating income 5% -17% 2% -9% 83% -8%

-2%

Operating expenses 9% -4% -2% -2% -56% 10%

-2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2% -28% 5% -19% large large

-2%

Credit impairment charge -33% -62% -46% n/a -64% -100%

-43%

Profit before income tax 9% -25% 7% -19% large large

5%

Income tax expense and non-controlling

interests

9% -25% 7% -5% large large

6%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing

operations

9% -26% 7% -24% large large

4%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


46

Cash profit by division - March 2018 Half Year v September 2017 Half Year




March 2018 Half Year

Australia

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Wealth

Australia

$M

Asia Retail

& Pacific

$M

TSO and Group

Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 4,304 1,516 1,278 24 119 109

7,350

Other operating income 559 1,028 338 162 184 187

2,458

Operating income 4,863 2,544 1,616 186 303 296

9,808

Operating expenses (1,812) (1,371) (588) (123) (146) (371)

(4,411)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 3,051 1,173 1,028 63 157 (75)

5,397

Credit impairment charge (312) (49) (20) - (27) -

(408)

Profit before income tax 2,739 1,124 1,008 63 130 (75)

4,989

Income tax expense and non-controlling

interests

(824) (331) (282) (19) (24) (16)

(1,496)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing

operations

1,915 793 726 44 106 (91)

3,493


September 2017 Half Year

Australia

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Wealth

Australia

$M

Asia Retail

& Pacific

$M

TSO and Group

Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 4,169 1,577 1,259 24 260 167

7,456

Other operating income 615 998 336 165 168 102

2,384

Operating income 4,784 2,575 1,595 189 428 269

9,840

Operating expenses (1,713) (1,392) (593) (136) (280) (366)

(4,480)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 3,071 1,183 1,002 53 148 (97)

5,360

Credit impairment charge (417) 37 (41) - (69) 11

(479)

Profit before income tax 2,654 1,220 961 53 79 (86)

4,881

Income tax expense and non-controlling

interests

(797) (361) (269) (16) (14) 30

(1,427)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing

operations

1,857 859 692 37 65 (56)

3,454



March 2018 Half Year vs September 2017 Half Year

Australia Institutional New Zealand

Wealth

Australia

Asia Retail

& Pacific

TSO and Group

Centre Group

Net interest income 3% -4% 2% 0% -54% -35%

-1%

Other operating income -9% 3% 1% -2% 10% 83%

3%

Operating income 2% -1% 1% -2% -29% 10%

0%

Operating expenses 6% -2% -1% -10% -48% 1%

-2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax -1% -1% 3% 19% 6% -23%

1%

Credit impairment charge -25% large -51% n/a -61% -100%

-15%

Profit before income tax 3% -8% 5% 19% 65% -13%

2%

Income tax expense and non-controlling

interests

3% -8% 5% 19% 71% large

5%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing

operations

3% -8% 5% 19% 63% 63%

1%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia - continuing operations

Fred Ohlsson

47



Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

4,304

4,169 4,049


3% 6%

Other operating income

559

615 602


-9% -7%

Operating income

4,863

4,784 4,651


2% 5%

Operating expenses

(1,812)

(1,713) (1,669)


6% 9%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

3,051

3,071 2,982


-1% 2%

Credit impairment charge

(312)

(417) (468)


-25% -33%

Profit before income tax

2,739

2,654 2,514


3% 9%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(824)

(797) (755)


3% 9%

Cash profit 1,915

1,857 1,759


3% 9%

Balance Sheet





Net loans and advances

339,345

333,560 325,548


2% 4%

Other external assets

3,136

3,058 2,929


3% 7%

External assets

342,481

336,618 328,477


2% 4%

Customer deposits

204,165

201,326 197,612


1% 3%

Other external liabilities

9,895

10,856 11,110


-9% -11%

External liabilities

214,060

212,182 208,722


1% 3%

Risk weighted assets

160,644

160,915 150,027


0% 7%

Average gross loans and advances

338,697

331,662 322,714


2% 5%

Average deposits and other borrowings

203,239

198,799 193,654


2% 5%

Ratios





Return on average assets

1.13%

1.12% 1.09%



Net interest margin

2.78%

2.73% 2.73%



Operating expenses to operating income

37.3%

35.8% 35.9%



Operating expenses to average assets

1.07%

1.03% 1.03%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release)

337

449 415


-25% -19%

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

0.20%

0.27% 0.26%



Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

(25)

(32) 53


-22% large

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

(0.01%)

(0.02%) 0.03%



Gross impaired assets

1,114

1,181 1,148


-6% -3%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.33%

0.36% 0.35%



Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

13,701

13,885 13,898


-1% -1%






Performance March 2018 v March 2017

 Retail lending volumes grew in home loans particularly in owner occupier

and principal and interest loans. Customer deposits grew across all

portfolios.

 Net interest margin increased as the result of differentiated pricing in home

loans and higher deposit margins. This was partially offset by the

introduction of the major bank levy from July 2017.

 Operating expenses increased due to restructuring for agile ways of

working, increased business investment in digital capability, and inflation.

This is partially offset by a reduction in FTE.

 Credit impairment charges decreased as the result of portfolio and

collection initiatives, the partial release of the Retail Trade economic cycle

adjustment, and slower lending growth.






















DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia - continuing operations

Fred Ohlsson

48

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Retail 198 259 238 -24% -17%

Home Loans 44 44 38 0% 16%

Cards and Personal Loans 144 202 187 -29% -23%

Deposits and Payments

1

10 13 13 -23% -23%

Business & Private Bank 139 190 177 -27% -21%

Business Banking 44 79 75 -44% -41%

Small Business Banking 95 111 102 -14% -7%

Private Bank - - - n/a n/a

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 337 449 415 -25% -19%









Collective credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Retail (10) (33) 26 -70% large

Home Loans 8 2 8 large 0%

Cards and Personal Loans (18) (33) 17 -45% large

Deposits and Payments

1

- (2) 1 -100% -100%

Business & Private Bank (15) 1 27 large large

Business Banking (8) 2 25 large large

Small Business Banking (7) (1) 2 large large

Private Bank - - - n/a n/a

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (25) (32) 53 -22% large

Total credit impairment charge/(release) 312 417 468 -25% -33%

1.

Represents credit impairment charge/(release) on overdraft balances.


Net loans and advances As at


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Retail 281,728 275,229 267,166 2% 5%

Home Loans 271,132 264,612 256,174 2% 6%

Cards and Personal Loans 10,536 10,543 10,910 0% -3%

Deposits and Payments

1

60 74 82 -19% -27%

Business & Private Bank 57,617 58,331 58,382 -1% -1%

Business Banking 40,746 41,202 41,147 -1% -1%

Small Business Banking 15,296 15,584 15,715 -2% -3%

Private Bank 1,575 1,545 1,520 2% 4%

Net loans and advances 339,345 333,560 325,548 2% 4%










Customer deposits As at Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Retail 120,990 119,437 117,242 1% 3%

Home Loans

2

27,488 26,771 25,593 3% 7%

Cards and Personal Loans 242 261 245 -7% -1%

Deposits and Payments 93,260 92,405 91,404 1% 2%

Business & Private Bank 83,175 81,889 80,370 2% 3%

Business Banking 20,932 20,841 20,582 0% 2%

Small Business Banking 37,546 36,288 35,151 3% 7%

Private Bank 24,697 24,760 24,637 0% 0%

Customer deposits 204,165 201,326 197,612 1% 3%

1.

Net loans and advances for the deposits and payments business represent amounts in overdraft.

2.

Customer deposit amounts for the home loans business represent balances in offset accounts.


DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia - continuing operations

Fred Ohlsson

49



March 2018 Half Year

Retail

$M

B&PB

$M

Australia

Total

$M

Net interest income 2,963 1,341

4,304

Other operating income 332 227

559

Operating income 3,295 1,568

4,863

Operating expenses (1,262) (550)

(1,812)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2,033 1,018

3,051

Credit impairment (charge)/release (188) (124)

(312)

Profit before income tax 1,845 894

2,739

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (553) (271)

(824)

Cash profit

1,292 623

1,915




Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 198 139

337

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (10) (15)

(25)

Net loans and advances 281,728 57,617

339,345

Customer deposits 120,990 83,175

204,165

Risk weighted assets 106,875 53,769

160,644


March 2017 Half Year


Net interest income 2,728 1,321 4,049

Other operating income 378 224 602

Operating income 3,106 1,545 4,651

Operating expenses (1,121) (548) (1,669)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,985 997 2,982

Credit impairment (charge)/release (264) (204) (468)

Profit before income tax 1,721 793 2,514

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (516) (239) (755)

Cash profit

1,205 554 1,759



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 238 177 415

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 26 27 53

Net loans and advances 267,166 58,382 325,548

Customer deposits 117,242 80,370 197,612

Risk weighted assets 94,422 55,605 150,027


March 2018 Half Year vs March 2017 Half Year

Net interest income 9% 2% 6%

Other operating income -12% 1% -7%

Operating income 6% 1% 5%

Operating expenses 13% 0% 9%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2% 2% 2%

Credit impairment (charge)/release -29% -39% -33%

Profit before income tax 7% 13% 9%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 7% 13% 9%

Cash profit

7% 12% 9%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) -17% -21% -19%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) large large large

Net loans and advances 5% -1% 4%

Customer deposits 3% 3% 3%

Risk weighted assets 13% -3% 7%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia - continuing operations

Fred Ohlsson

50



March 2018 Half Year

Retail

$M

B&PB

$M

Australia

Total

$M

Net interest income 2,963 1,341

4,304

Other operating income 332 227

559

Operating income 3,295 1,568

4,863

Operating expenses (1,262) (550)

(1,812)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2,033 1,018

3,051

Credit impairment (charge)/release (188) (124)

(312)

Profit before income tax 1,845 894

2,739

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (553) (271)

(824)

Cash profit

1,292 623

1,915




Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 198 139

337

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (10) (15)

(25)

Net loans and advances 281,728 57,617

339,345

Customer deposits 120,990 83,175

204,165

Risk weighted assets 106,875 53,769

160,644


September 2017 Half Year


Net interest income 2,839 1,330 4,169

Other operating income 383 232 615

Operating income 3,222 1,562 4,784

Operating expenses (1,149) (564) (1,713)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2,073 998 3,071

Credit impairment (charge)/release (226) (191) (417)

Profit before income tax 1,847 807 2,654

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (555) (242) (797)

Cash profit

1,292 565 1,857



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 259 190 449

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (33) 1 (32)

Net loans and advances 275,229 58,331 333,560

Customer deposits 119,437 81,889 201,326

Risk weighted assets 105,865 55,050 160,915


March 2018 Half Year vs September 2017 Half Year

Net interest income 4% 1% 3%

Other operating income -13% -2% -9%

Operating income 2% 0% 2%

Operating expenses 10% -2% 6%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax -2% 2% -1%

Credit impairment (charge)/release -17% -35% -25%

Profit before income tax 0% 11% 3%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 0% 12% 3%

Cash profit

0% 10% 3%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) -24% -27% -25%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) -70% large -22%

Net loans and advances 2% -1% 2%

Customer deposits 1% 2% 1%

Risk weighted assets 1% -2% 0%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan

51



Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

1,516

1,577 1,687


-4% -10%

Other operating income

1,028

998 1,368


3% -25%

Operating income

2,544

2,575 3,055


-1% -17%

Operating expenses

(1,371)

(1,392) (1,422)


-2% -4%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,173

1,183 1,633


-1% -28%

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(49)

37 (129)


large -62%

Profit before income tax

1,124

1,220 1,504


-8% -25%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(331)

(361) (439)


-8% -25%

Cash profit 793

859 1,065


-8% -26%

Balance Sheet





Net loans and advances

137,884

131,582 132,136


5% 4%

Other external assets

281,079

254,769 258,240


10% 9%

External assets

418,963

386,351 390,376


8% 7%

Customer deposits

190,733

189,015 181,459


1% 5%

Other deposits and borrowings

68,190

57,297 61,207


19% 11%

Deposits and other borrowings

258,923

246,312 242,666


5% 7%

Other external liabilities

108,737

94,728 95,029


15% 14%

External liabilities

367,660

341,040 337,695


8% 9%

Risk weighted assets

165,614

158,783 168,959


4% -2%

Average gross loans and advances

137,864

133,573 137,053


3% 1%

Average deposits and other borrowings

257,874

249,308 244,541


3% 5%

Ratios





Return on average assets

0.38%

0.42% 0.52%



Net interest margin

0.91%

0.99% 1.08%



Net interest margin (excluding Markets)

2.14%

2.17% 2.23%



Operating expenses to operating income

53.9%

54.1% 46.6%



Operating expenses to average assets

0.65%

0.68% 0.69%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release)

28

(29) 225


large -88%

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

0.04%

(0.04%) 0.33%



Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

21

(8) (96)


large large

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

0.03%

(0.01%) (0.14%)



Gross impaired assets

626

757 1,143


-17% -45%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.45%

0.57% 0.87%



Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

6,505

6,783 6,950


-4% -6%


Performance March 2018 v March 2017

 Lending volumes grew in Loans & Specialised Finance and Transaction

Banking. Customer deposits grew in Transaction Banking and Markets.

 Net interest margin ex-Markets decreased largely due to the introduction

of the major bank levy from July 2017.

 Other operating income decreased due to large positive derivative

valuation adjustments in the March 2017 half, and a reduction in Markets

Balance Sheet, Franchise Trading and Sales income due to less

favourable trading conditions in the March 2018 half.

 Operating expenses decreased due to a reduction in FTE as a result of

ongoing simplification and transformation activities.

 Credit impairment charges primarily decreased due to lower individual

provision charges from ongoing portfolio rebalancing.







DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan

52

Institutional by Geography





Half Year


Movement

Australia

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

845

915 949


-8% -11%

Other operating income

452

478 669


-5% -32%

Operating income

1,297

1,393 1,618


-7% -20%

Operating expenses

(614)

(650) (624)


-6% -2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

683

743 994


-8% -31%

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(18)

2 (123)


large -85%

Profit before income tax

665

745 871


-11% -24%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(198)

(243) (266)


-19% -26%

Cash profit 467

502 605


-7% -23%





Individual credit impairment charge/(release)

(18)

(26) 179


-31% large

Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

36

24 (56)


50% large

Net loans and advances

78,029

76,008 76,364


3% 2%

Customer deposits

77,466

77,134 68,931


0% 12%

Risk weighted assets

85,181

83,766 88,062


2% -3%






Asia Pacific, Europe, and America




Net interest income

524

500 561


5% -7%

Other operating income

442

405 531


9% -17%

Operating income

966

905 1,092


7% -12%

Operating expenses

(675)

(652) (712)


4% -5%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

291

253 380


15% -23%

Credit impairment (charge)/release

13

11 (4)


18% large

Profit before income tax

304

264 376


15% -19%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(90)

(58) (101)


55% -11%

Cash profit 214

206 275


4% -22%





Individual credit impairment charge/(release)

3

19 41


-84% -93%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

(16)

(30) (37)


-47% -57%

Net loans and advances

52,652

48,590 48,304


8% 9%

Customer deposits

97,869

98,103 98,796


0% -1%

Risk weighted assets

69,565

64,797 69,898


7% 0%






New Zealand




Net interest income

147

162 177


-9% -17%

Other operating income

134

115 168


17% -20%

Operating income

281

277 345


1% -19%

Operating expenses

(82)

(90) (86)


-9% -5%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

199

187 259


6% -23%

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(44)

24 (2)


large large

Profit before income tax

155

211 257


-27% -40%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(43)

(60) (72)


-28% -40%

Cash profit 112

151 185


-26% -39%





Individual credit impairment charge/(release)

43

(22) 5


large large

Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

1

(2) (3)


large large

Net loans and advances

7,203

6,984 7,468


3% -4%

Customer deposits

15,398

13,778 13,732


12% 12%

Risk weighted assets

10,868

10,220 10,999


6% -1%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan

53

Individual credit impairment charge/(release)


Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Transaction Banking


11

(1) 41


large -73%

Loans & Specialised Finance


17

(30) 179


large -91%

Markets


(1)

(1) -


0% n/a

Central Functions


1

3 5


-67% -80%

Individual credit impairment charge/(release)


28

(29) 225


large -88%







Collective credit impairment charge/(release)


Half Year Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Transaction Banking


2

(1) (5)


large large

Loans & Specialised Finance


17

(4) (91)


large large

Markets


1

(3) 3


large -67%

Central Functions


1

- (3)


n/a large

Collective credit impairment charge/(release)


21

(8) (96)


large large

Total credit impairment charge/(release)


49

(37) 129


large -62%


Net loans and advances

As at Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Transaction Banking 14,731 13,020 12,083


13% 22%

Loans & Specialised Finance 96,105 88,880 91,076


8% 6%

Markets 26,598 29,303 28,591


-9% -7%

Central Functions 450 379 386


19% 17%

Net loans and advances 137,884

131,582 132,136


5% 4%









Customer deposits

As at Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Transaction Banking 95,707 96,000 89,028


0% 8%

Loans & Specialised Finance 1,336 993 943


35% 42%

Markets 91,237 89,431 88,947


2% 3%

Central Functions 2,453 2,591 2,541


-5% -3%

Customer deposits 190,733

189,015 181,459


1% 5%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan

54



March 2018 Half Year

Transaction

Banking

$M

Loans &

Specialised

Finance

$M

Markets

$M

Central

Functions

$M

Institutional

Total

$M

Net interest income 436 683 369 28

1,516

Other operating income 360 92 551 25

1,028

Operating income 796 775 920 53

2,544

Operating expenses (404) (324) (618) (25)

(1,371)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 392 451 302 28

1,173

Credit impairment (charge)/release (13) (34) - (2)

(49)

Profit before income tax 379 417 302 26

1,124

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (109) (114) (81) (27)

(331)

Cash profit

270 303 221 (1)

793




Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 11 17 (1) 1

28

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 2 17 1 1

21

Net loans and advances 14,731 96,105 26,598 450

137,884

Customer deposits 95,707 1,336 91,237 2,453

190,733

Risk weighted assets 23,645 89,962 51,056 951

165,614


March 2017 Half Year


Net interest income 432 752 478 25 1,687

Other operating income 365 85 886 32 1,368

Operating income 797 837 1,364 57 3,055

Operating expenses (419) (329) (626) (48) (1,422)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 378 508 738 9 1,633

Credit impairment (charge)/release (36) (88) (4) (1) (129)

Profit before income tax 342 420 734 8 1,504

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (106) (115) (202) (16) (439)

Cash profit

236 305 532 (8) 1,065



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 41 179 - 5 225

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (5) (91) 3 (3) (96)

Net loans and advances 12,083 91,076 28,591 386 132,136

Customer deposits 89,028 943 88,947 2,541 181,459

Risk weighted assets 23,883 92,445 51,649 982 168,959


March 2018 Half Year vs March 2017 Half Year

Net interest income 1% -9% -23% 12% -10%

Other operating income -1% 8% -38% -22% -25%

Operating income 0% -7% -33% -7% -17%

Operating expenses -4% -2% -1% -48% -4%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 4% -11% -59% large -28%

Credit impairment (charge)/release -64% -61% -100% 100% -62%

Profit before income tax 11% -1% -59% large -25%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 3% -1% -60% 69% -25%

Cash profit

14% -1% -58% -88% -26%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) -73% -91% n/a -80% -88%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) large large -67% large large

Net loans and advances 22% 6% -7% 17% 4%

Customer deposits 8% 42% 3% -3% 5%

Risk weighted assets -1% -3% -1% -3% -2%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan

55



March 2018 Half Year

Transaction

Banking

$M

Loans &

Specialised

Finance

$M

Markets

$M

Central

Functions

$M

Institutional

Total

$M

Net interest income 436 683 369 28

1,516

Other operating income 360 92 551 25

1,028

Operating income 796 775 920 53

2,544

Operating expenses (404) (324) (618) (25)

(1,371)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 392 451 302 28

1,173

Credit impairment (charge)/release (13) (34) - (2)

(49)

Profit before income tax 379 417 302 26

1,124

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (109) (114) (81) (27)

(331)

Cash profit

270 303 221 (1)

793




Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 11 17 (1) 1

28

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 2 17 1 1

21

Net loans and advances 14,731 96,105 26,598 450

137,884

Customer deposits 95,707 1,336 91,237 2,453

190,733

Risk weighted assets 23,645 89,962 51,056 951

165,614


September 2017 Half Year


Net interest income 423 682 442 30 1,577

Other operating income 366 58 550 24 998

Operating income 789 740 992 54 2,575

Operating expenses (410) (328) (659) 5 (1,392)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 379 412 333 59 1,183

Credit impairment (charge)/release 2 34 4 (3) 37

Profit before income tax 381 446 337 56 1,220

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (113) (126) (91) (31) (361)

Cash profit

268 320 246 25 859



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) (1) (30) (1) 3 (29)

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (1) (4) (3) - (8)

Net loans and advances 13,020 88,880 29,303 379 131,582

Customer deposits 96,000 993 89,431 2,591 189,015

Risk weighted assets 23,365 86,091 48,594 733 158,783


March 2018 Half Year vs September 2017 Half Year

Net interest income 3% 0% -17% -7% -4%

Other operating income -2% 59% 0% 4% 3%

Operating income 1% 5% -7% -2% -1%

Operating expenses -1% -1% -6% large -2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 3% 9% -9% -53% -1%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large -100% -33% large

Profit before income tax -1% -7% -10% -54% -8%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -4% -10% -11% -13% -8%

Cash profit

1% -5% -10% large -8%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) large large 0% -67% large

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) large large large n/a large

Net loans and advances 13% 8% -9% 19% 5%

Customer deposits 0% 35% 2% -5% 1%

Risk weighted assets 1% 4% 5% 30% 4%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan

56

Analysis of Markets operating income





Half Year Movement

Composition of Markets operating income by business activity

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Franchise Sales

1


439

451 483


-3% -9%

Franchise Trading

2, 3


186

263 525


-29% -65%

Balance Sheet

4


295

278 356


6% -17%

Markets operating income 920

992 1,364


-7% -33%

1.

Franchise Sales represents direct client flow business on core products such as fixed income, foreign exchange, commodities and capital markets.

2.

Franchise Trading primarily represents management of the Group’s strategic positions and those taken as part of direct client sales flow. Franchise Trading also includes the impact of

valuation adjustments made to derivatives risk free value when determining fair value (includes credit and funding adjustments, bid-offer adjustments and associated hedges).

3.

During the March 2018 half, the impact of derivative valuation adjustments was a gain of $11 million (Sep 17 half: gain of $67 million; Mar 17 half: gain of $162 million).

4.

Balance Sheet represents hedging of interest rate risk on the Group’s loan and deposit books and the management of the Group’s liquidity portfolio.




Half Year


Movement

Composition of Markets operating income by geography

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia

319

437 634


-27% -50%

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

456

415 535


10% -15%

New Zealand

145

140 195


4% -26%

Markets operating income 920

992 1,364


-7% -33%





DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional - continuing operations

Mark Whelan

57

Market risk

Traded market risk

Below are aggregate Value at Risk (VaR) exposures at 99% confidence level covering both physical and derivatives trading positions for the Group’s

principal trading centres. All figures are in AUD.


99% confidence level (1 day holding period)



High for Low for Avg for



High for Low for Avg for


As at period period period


As at year year year


Mar 18

$M

Mar 18

$M

Mar 18

$M

Mar 18

$M


Sep 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Value at Risk at 99% confidence

Foreign exchange

3.3 10.3 2.1 5.0

4.2 10.5 2.5 5.1

Interest rate

5.9 16.0 5.9 9.4

6.3 21.3 5.1 7.9

Credit

3.6 6.5 3.4 5.1

4.4 5.4 2.0 3.4

Commodities

3.5 3.5 1.4 2.4

2.2 3.8 1.4 2.1

Equity

- - - -

- 0.5 - 0.2

Diversification benefit

(6.8) n/a n/a (8.8)

(7.6) n/a n/a (7.7)

Total VaR 9.5 19.9 8.7 13.1

9.5 24.9 6.9 11.0



Non-traded interest rate risk

Non-traded interest rate risk is managed by Markets and relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on future net interest

income for the Group. Interest rate risk is reported using various techniques including VaR and scenario analysis based on a 1% shock.



99% confidence level (1 day holding period)




High for Low for Avg for



High for Low for Avg for


As at period period period


As at year year year


Mar 18

$M

Mar 18

$M

Mar 18

$M

Mar 18

$M


Sep 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Sep 17

$M

Value at Risk at 99% confidence



Australia

20.3 32.7 20.3 25.1

31.6 37.5 25.9 31.3

New Zealand

6.6 7.1 5.6 6.5

11.8 15.1 11.1 12.4

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

13.1 14.4 12.5 13.5

14.6 19.0 14.3 15.9

Diversification benefit

(13.1) n/a n/a (13.5)

(20.6) n/a n/a (19.7)

Total VaR 26.9 36.4 26.9 31.6

37.4 44.0 33.5 39.9



Impact of 1% rate shock on the next 12 months’ net interest income margin



As at


Mar 18 Sep 17

As at period end

0.09%

0.52%

Maximum exposure

0.59%

0.65%

Minimum exposure

0.09%

0.01%

Average exposure (in absolute terms)

0.33%

0.28%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

David Hisco

58

Table reflects NZD for New Zealand (AUD results shown on page 62)


Half Year Movement


Mar 18

NZD M

Sep 17

NZD M

Mar 17

NZD M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

1,395

1,352 1,334


3% 5%

Other operating income

181

177 153


2% 18%

Net funds management and insurance income

189

182 183


4% 3%

Operating income

1,765

1,711 1,670


3% 6%

Operating expenses

(642)

(635) (636)


1% 1%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,123

1,076 1,034


4% 9%

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(22)

(44) (39)


-50% -44%

Profit before income tax

1,101

1,032 995


7% 11%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(308)

(290) (278)


6% 11%

Cash profit 793

742 717


7% 11%

Balance Sheet

1






Net loans and advances

118,540

117,242 114,731


1% 3%

Other external assets

4,911

3,869 7,032


27% -30%

External assets

123,451

121,111 121,763


2% 1%

Customer deposits

84,372

81,855 81,238


3% 4%

Other deposits and borrowings

2,555

3,721 2,949


-31% -13%

Deposits and other borrowings

86,927

85,576 84,187


2% 3%

Other external liabilities

22,883

22,297 22,232


3% 3%

External liabilities

109,810

107,873 106,419


2% 3%

Risk weighted assets

61,332

60,971 62,421


1% -2%

Average gross loans and advances

118,091

116,671 114,087


1% 4%

Average deposits and other borrowings

87,027

84,490 83,884


3% 4%

In-force premiums

196

194 192


1% 2%

Funds under management

29,185

28,490 27,146


2% 8%

Average funds under management

29,195

27,810 26,383


5% 11%

Ratios

1






Return on average assets

1.31%

1.23% 1.20%



Net interest margin

2.37%

2.31% 2.30%



Operating expenses to operating income

36.4%

37.1% 38.1%



Operating expenses to average assets

1.06%

1.06% 1.07%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release)

36

59 64


-39% -44%

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

0.06%

0.10% 0.11%



Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

(14)

(15) (25)


-7% -44%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

(0.02%)

(0.03%) (0.04%)



Gross impaired assets

260

334 448


-22% -42%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.22%

0.28% 0.39%



Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

6,319

6,372 6,417


-1% -2%

1.

Balance Sheet amounts include asset and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.

1.

Balance Sheet amounts as at 31 March 2017 include assets and liabilities held for sale.

Performance March 2018 v March 2017

 Volumes grew in home loans in addition to higher balances in funds under

management. Customer deposits grew across all portfolios.

 Net interest margin increased due to higher lending margins, partly offset

by portfolio mix changes and lower deposit margins.

 Other operating income increased primarily due to a one-off insurance

recovery in the March 2018 half. Net funds management and insurance

income increased due to higher funds under management.

 Operating expenses increased due to increased business investment in

digital capability, and inflation. This was partially offset by a reduction in

FTE driven by customer migration to lower cost channels.

 Credit impairment charges decreased due to credit quality improvements

across the Retail and Commercial and Agri portfolios, and the partial

release of the Agri economic cycle adjustment.





DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

David Hisco

59

Individual credit impairment charge/(release)

1

Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

NZD M

Sep 17

NZD M

Mar 17

NZD M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Retail 23 25 21


-8% 10%

Home Loans


- (1) (6)


100% 100%

Other


23 26 27


-12% -15%

Commercial 13 34 43


-62% -70%

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 36 59 64


-39% -44%



Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

1


Half Year Movement


Mar 18

NZD M

Sep 17

NZD M

Mar 17

NZD M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Retail 8 (6) (7)


large large

Home Loans


3 (2) (3)


large large

Other


5 (4) (4)


large large

Commercial (22) (9) (18)


large 22%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (14) (15) (25)


-7% -44%

Total credit impairment charge/(release) 22 44 39


-50% -44%


Net loans and advances

1, 2


As at Movement


Mar 18

NZD M

Sep 17

NZD M

Mar 17

NZD M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Retail 77,066 76,279 74,379


1% 4%

Home Loans 73,651 72,353 70,439


2% 5%

Other 3,415 3,926 3,940


-13% -13%

Commercial 41,474 40,963 40,352


1% 3%

Net loans and advances 118,540 117,242 114,731


1% 3%





Customer deposits

1,2


As at Movement


Mar 18

NZD M

Sep 17

NZD M

Mar 17

NZD M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Retail 67,735 67,797 66,292


0% 2%

Commercial 16,637 14,058 14,946


18% 11%

Customer deposits 84,372 81,855 81,238


3% 4%

1.

During the March 2018 half, business agri customers transferred from retail to commercial. Prior periods have not been restated.

2.

Balance Sheet amounts include asset and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.


Net funds management and insurance income



Half Year Movement



Mar 18

NZD M

Sep 17

NZD M

Mar 17

NZD M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Insurance


83 81 85 2% -2%

Insurance income 89 86 91


3% -2%

Insurance volume related expenses


(6) (5) (6)


20% 0%

Funds Management


106 101 98


5% 8%

Funds management income 122 116 109


5% 12%

Funds management volume related expenses (16) (15) (11)


7% 45%

Total net funds management and insurance income 189 182 183


4% 3%



In-force premiums


196

194 192


1% 2%

Funds under management


29,185

28,490 27,146


2% 8%

Average funds under management


29,195

27,810 26,383


5% 11%

Retail Insurance lapse rates


12.8%

14.6% 13.8%



DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

David Hisco

60

March 2018 Half Year

1


Retail

NZD M

Commercial

NZD M

Central

Functions

NZD M

New Zealand

Total

NZD M

Net interest income 910 478 7

1,395

Other operating income 152 10 19

181

Net funds management and insurance income 190 - (1)

189

Operating income 1,252 488 25

1,765

Operating expenses (514) (126) (2)

(642)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 738 362 23

1,123

Credit impairment (charge)/release (31) 9 -

(22)

Profit before income tax 707 371 23

1,101

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (197) (104) (7)

(308)

Cash profit

510 267 16

793




Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 23 13 -

36

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 8 (22) -

(14)

Net loans and advances

2

77,066 41,474 -

118,540

Customer deposits

2

67,735 16,637 -

84,372

Risk weighted assets

2

29,441 30,748 1,143

61,332


March 2017 Half Year


Net interest income 877 446 11 1,334

Other operating income 145 9 (1) 153

Net funds management and insurance income 184 - (1) 183

Operating income 1,206 455 9 1,670

Operating expenses (498) (127) (11) (636)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 708 328 (2) 1,034

Credit impairment (charge)/release (14) (25) - (39)

Profit before income tax 694 303 (2) 995

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (195) (84) 1 (278)

Cash profit

499 219 (1) 717



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 21 43 - 64

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (7) (18) - (25)

Net loans and advances

2

74,379 40,352 - 114,731

Customer deposits

2

66,292 14,946 - 81,238

Risk weighted assets

2

29,358 32,086 977 62,421


March 2018 Half Year vs March 2017 Half Year

Net interest income 4% 7% -36% 5%

Other operating income 5% 11% large 18%

Net funds management and insurance income 3% n/a 0% 3%

Operating income 4% 7% large 6%

Operating expenses 3% -1% -82% 1%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 4% 10% large 9%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large n/a -44%

Profit before income tax 2% 22% large 11%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 1% 24% large 11%

Cash profit

2% 22% large 11%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 10% -70% n/a -44%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) large 22% n/a -44%

Net loans and advances

2

4% 3% n/a 3%

Customer deposits

2

2% 11% n/a 4%

Risk weighted assets

2

0% -4% 17% -2%

1.

During the March 2018 half, business agri customers transferred from retail to commercial. Prior periods have not been restated.

2.

Balance Sheet amounts include asset and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.




DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

David Hisco

61

March 2018 Half Year

1


Retail

NZD M

Commercial

NZD M

Central

Functions

NZD M

New Zealand

Total

NZD M

Net interest income 910 478 7

1,395

Other operating income 152 10 19

181

Net funds management and insurance income 190 - (1)

189

Operating income 1,252 488 25

1,765

Operating expenses (514) (126) (2)

(642)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 738 362 23

1,123

Credit impairment (charge)/release (31) 9 -

(22)

Profit before income tax 707 371 23

1,101

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (197) (104) (7)

(308)

Cash profit

510 267 16

793




Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 23 13 -

36

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 8 (22) -

(14)

Net loans and advances

2

77,066 41,474 -

118,540

Customer deposits

2

67,735 16,637 -

84,372

Risk weighted assets

2

29,441 30,748 1,143

61,332


September 2017 Half Year


Net interest income 896 454 2 1,352

Other operating income 169 9 (1) 177

Net funds management and insurance income 183 1 (2) 182

Operating income 1,248 464 (1) 1,711

Operating expenses (509) (132) 6 (635)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 739 332 5 1,076

Credit impairment (charge)/release (19) (25) - (44)

Profit before income tax 720 307 5 1,032

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (200) (87) (3) (290)

Cash profit

520 220 2 742



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 25 34 - 59

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (6) (9) - (15)

Net loans and advances

2

76,279 40,963 - 117,242

Customer deposits

2

67,797 14,058 - 81,855

Risk weighted assets

2

28,757 31,004 1,210 60,971


March 2018 Half Year vs September 2017 Half Year

Net interest income 2% 5% large 3%

Other operating income -10% 11% large 2%

Net funds management and insurance income 4% -100% -50% 4%

Operating income 0% 5% large 3%

Operating expenses 1% -5% large 1%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax 0% 9% large 4%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 63% large n/a -50%

Profit before income tax -2% 21% large 7%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -2% 20% large 6%

Cash profit

-2% 21% large 7%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release) -8% -62% n/a -39%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a -7%

Net loans and advances

2

1% 1% n/a 1%

Customer deposits

2

0% 18% n/a 3%

Risk weighted assets

2

2% -1% -6% 1%

1.

During the March 2018 half, business agri customers transferred from retail to commercial. Prior periods have not been restated.

2.

Balance Sheet amounts include asset and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand - continuing operations

David Hisco

62

Table reflects AUD for New Zealand

NZD results shown on page 58



Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

1,278

1,259 1,260


2% 1%

Other operating income

165

166 144


-1% 15%

Net funds management and insurance income

173

170 173


2% 0%

Operating income

1,616

1,595 1,577


1% 2%

Operating expenses

(588)

(593) (600)


-1% -2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,028

1,002 977


3% 5%

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(20)

(41) (37)


-51% -46%

Profit before income tax

1,008

961 940


5% 7%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(282)

(269) (263)


5% 7%

Cash profit 726

692 677


5% 7%

Consisting of:





Retail

467

484 472


-4% -1%

Commercial

244

206 206


18% 18%

Central Functions

15

2 (1)


large large

Cash profit 726

692 677


5% 7%

Balance Sheet

1






Net loans and advances

111,308

107,886 104,884


3% 6%

Other external assets

4,610

3,560 6,429


29% -28%

External assets

115,918

111,446 111,313


4% 4%

Customer deposits

79,225

75,323 74,266


5% 7%

Other deposits and borrowings

2,398

3,424 2,696


-30% -11%

Deposits and other borrowings

81,623

78,747 76,962


4% 6%

Other external liabilities

21,488

20,518 20,324


5% 6%

External liabilities

103,111

99,265 97,286


4% 6%

Risk weighted assets

57,590

56,106 57,064


3% 1%

Average gross loans and advances

108,107

108,751 107,704


-1% 0%

Average deposits and other borrowings

79,669

78,747 79,190


1% 1%

In-force premiums

184

179 175


3% 5%

Funds under management

27,404

26,215 24,816


5% 10%

Average funds under management

26,727

25,922 24,912


3% 7%

Ratios

1






Return on average assets

1.31%

1.23% 1.20%



Net interest margin

2.37%

2.31% 2.30%



Operating expenses to operating income

36.4%

37.1% 38.1%



Operating expenses to average assets

1.06%

1.06% 1.07%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release)

34

55 61


-38% -44%

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

0.06%

0.10% 0.11%



Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

(14)

(14) (24)


0% -42%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

(0.03%)

(0.03%) (0.04%)



Gross impaired assets

244

307 409


-21% -40%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.22%

0.28% 0.39%



Retail Insurance lapse rates

12.8%

14.6% 13.8%



Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

6,319

6,372 6,417


-1% -2%

1.

Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Wealth Australia - continuing operations

Alexis George

63


Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

24

24 25


0% -4%

Other operating income

42

33 40


27% 5%

Net funds management and insurance income

120

132 139


-9% -14%

Operating income

186

189 204


-2% -9%

Operating expenses

(123)

(136) (126)


-10% -2%

Profit before income tax

63

53 78


19% -19%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(19)

(16) (20)


19% -5%

Cash profit from continuing operations 44

37 58


19% -24%






Key metrics - LMI




Gross written premium

81

85 88


-5% -8%

Net claims paid

8

9 6


-11% 33%

Loss rate (of exposure)

0.03%

0.02% 0.01%



Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

1


895

912 899


-2% 0%

1.

Adjustments for discontinued FTE are based on an estimate. Actual FTE that will transfer to IOOF and Zurich on sale completion is currently being determined.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Asia Retail & Pacific - continuing operations

David Hisco


64


Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

119

260 316


-54% -62%

Other operating income

184

168 (150)


10% large

Operating income

303

428 166


-29% 83%

Operating expenses

(146)

(280) (334)


-48% -56%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

157

148 (168)


6% large

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(27)

(69) (75)


-61% -64%

Profit before income tax

130

79 (243)


65% large

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(24)

(14) 21


71% large

Cash profit/(loss) 106

65 (222)


63% large


Balance Sheet

1






Net loans and advances

2,168

5,503 12,368


-61% -82%

Customer deposits

3,382

6,964 19,754


-51% -83%

Risk weighted assets

4,049

6,791 12,422


-40% -67%






Ratios

1






Return on average assets

3.60%

0.78% (2.13%)



Net interest margin

4.51%

3.22% 3.17%



Operating expenses to operating income

48.2%

65.4% 201.2%



Operating expenses to average assets

4.96%

3.36% 3.20%



Individual credit impairment charge/(release)

31

79 86


-61% -64%

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1.61%

1.52% 1.33%



Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

(4)

(10) (11)


-60% -64%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

(0.22%)

(0.20%) (0.17%)



Gross impaired assets

50

140 240


-64% -79%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

2.23%

2.47% 1.91%



Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

1,199

3,664 4,637


-67% -74%

1.

Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.


Asia Retail and Wealth


Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

53

193 249


-73% -79%

Other operating income

137

117 (203)


17% large

Operating income

190

310 46


-39% large

Operating expenses

(83)

(216) (272)


-62% -69%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

107

94 (226)


14% large

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(26)

(53) (71)


-51% -63%

Profit before income tax

81

41 (297)


98% large

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(10)

(2) 34


large large

Cash profit/(loss) 71

39 (263)


82% large


Balance Sheet

1






Net loans and advances

15

3,309 10,091


-100% -100%

Customer deposits

12

3,612 16,614


-100% -100%

Risk weighted assets

221

2,921 8,743


-92% -97%

Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

27

2,447 3,473


-99% -99%

1.

Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.


DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Technology, Services & Operations and Group Centre - continuing operations

65



Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Operating income (minority investments in Asia)

209

149 170


40% 23%

Operating income (other)

87

120 153


-28% -43%

Operating income

296

269 323


10% -8%

Operating expenses

(371)

(366) (336)


1% 10%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

(75)

(97) (13)


-23% large

Credit impairment (charge)/release

-

11 (11)


-100% -100%

Profit before income tax

(75)

(86) (24)


-13% large

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(16)

30 42


large large

Cash profit/(loss) (91)

(56) 18


63% large





Risk weighted assets

6,813

7,287 7,586


-7% -10%

Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

10,921

11,257 11,214


-3% -3%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


66

This page has been left blank intentionally

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


67



CONTENTS Page


Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 68

Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - continuing operations 68

Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - discontinued operations 69

Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit 70

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


68

Non-IFRS information

The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report & Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis

other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in ASIC’s Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this

information.

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

Cash profit represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and

Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory

profit (refer to Definitions for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is subject to review

within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not subject to review or audit by the

external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that recurring adjustments have been determined on a consistent basis across

each period presented, and the adjustments for the sale impact of Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB) in the March 2018, September 2017 and

March 2017 half year are appropriate.




Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from

continuing operations


3,923

3,410 2,934 15% 34%




Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing

operations


Revaluation of policy liabilities


(10)

(8) 33 25% large

Economic hedges


(124)

31 178 large large

Revenue hedges


40

6 (105) large large

Structured credit intermediation trades


(3)

(2) (1) 50% large

Sale of SRCB


(333)

17 316 large large

Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing

operations

(430)

44 421 large large

Cash profit from continuing operations 3,493

3,454 3,355 1% 4%



Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from

discontinued operations


(600)

85 (23) large large




Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from discontinued

operations


Treasury shares adjustment


(23)

(18) 76 28% large

Revaluation of policy liabilities


6

6 3 0% 100%

Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from discontinued

operations

(17)

(12) 79 42% large

Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

(617)

73 56 large large

Cash profit 2,876

3,527 3,411 -18% -16%

Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - continuing operations

 Revaluation of policy liabilities - New Zealand division

When calculating policy liabilities, the projected future cash flows on insurance contracts are discounted to reflect the present value of the obligation,

with the impact of changes in the market discount rate each period being reflected in the Income Statement. ANZ includes the impact on the re-

measurement of the insurance contract attributable to changes in market discount rates as an adjustment to statutory profit to remove the volatility

attributable to changes in market interest rates which reverts to zero over the life of the insurance contract.

 Economic and revenue hedges

The Group enters into economic hedges to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange risk which in accordance with accounting standards, result

in fair value gains and losses being recognised within the Income Statement. ANZ removes the fair value adjustments from cash profit since the profit

or loss resulting from the hedge transactions will reverse over time to match with the profit or loss from the economically hedged item as part of cash

profit. This includes gains and losses arising from approved classes of derivatives not designated in accounting hedge relationships but which are

considered to be economic hedges, including hedges of larger foreign exchange denominated revenue and expense streams, primarily NZD and

USD (and USD correlated), as well as ineffectiveness from designated accounting hedges.

Economic hedges comprise:

– Funding related swaps (primarily cross currency interest rate swaps) used to convert the proceeds of foreign currency debt issuances into

floating rate Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar debt. As these swaps do not qualify for hedge accounting, movements in the fair values

are recorded in the Income Statement. The main drivers of these fair values are currency basis spreads and Australian dollar and New Zealand

dollar fluctuations against other major funding currencies.

– Economic hedges of select structured finance and specialised leasing transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The main drivers of

these fair value adjustments are movements in the Australian and New Zealand term structure of interest rates.

– Ineffectiveness from designated accounting hedge relationships.

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


69

In the March 2018 half, the majority of the gain on economic hedges adjusted from cash profit relates to funding related swaps, principally from

widening basis spreads on AUD/USD currency pair and from weakening of the AUD against the USD and EUR.

The loss on revenue hedges adjusted from cash profit in the March 2018 half was due to the weakening of the AUD against the NZD.



Half Year



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Economic hedges


(175)

42 254

Revenue hedges


57

8 (148)

Increase/(decrease) to cash profit before tax


(118)

50 106

Increase/(decrease) to cash profit after tax


(84)

37 73

 Structured credit intermediation trades

ANZ entered into a series of structured credit intermediation trades prior to the Global Financial Crisis with eight US financial guarantors. This

involved selling credit default swaps (CDSs) as protection over specific debt structures and purchasing CDS protection over the same structures.

ANZ has subsequently exited its positions with six US financial guarantors and is monitoring the remaining two portfolios with a view to reducing the

exposures when ANZ deems it cost effective relative to the perceived risk associated with a specific trade or counterparty.

The notional value of outstanding bought and sold CDSs at 31 March 2018 amounted to $0.3 billion (Sep 17: $0.7 billion; Mar 17: $0.7 billion). While

both the bought and sold CDSs are measured at fair value through profit and loss, the associated fair value movements do not fully offset due to the

impact of credit risk on the bought CDSs which is driven by market movements in credit spreads and AUD/USD and NZD/USD rates. The fair value

of the CDSs (excluding CVA) is $27 million (Sep 17: $59 million; Mar 17: $65 million) with CVA on the bought protection of $5 million (Sep 17: $7

million; Mar 17: $9 million).

The profit and loss associated with the bought and sold protection is included as an adjustment to cash profit as it relates to a legacy business where,

unless terminated early, the fair value movements are expected to reverse to zero in future periods.


 Sale of Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB)

On 3 January 2017, the Group announced that it had agreed to sell its 20% stake in Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB). On 18 September

2017, the Group announced a revision to the 3 January arrangement in which Baoshan Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. (Bao) replaced Shanghai Sino-Poland

Enterprise Management Development Corporation Limited to join China COSCO Shipping Corporation Limited (COSCO) to acquire ANZ’s 20%

stake in SRCB. Under the updated arrangement, COSCO and Bao each acquired a 10% stake in SRCB. The key financial terms of the revised sale

agreement were unchanged from the original transaction announcement. The sale completed in the March 2018 half.

The impact of SRCB has been treated as an adjustment between statutory profit to cash profit. The rationale being the loss on reclassification to held

for sale was expected to be largely offset by the release of reserve gains on sale completion. The transaction was initially expected to complete in the

2017 financial year, however completion was delayed until the March 2018 half.

The March and September 2017 halves include the impairment to the investment, losses on release of reserves and additional tax expenses

associated with the delay in completion. In the March 2018 half, the Group recycled the reserve gains to profit, which was partly offset by further

foreign exchange losses, and tax expenses.

In the March 2018 half, the entire impact of the transaction has been recognised in cash profit. Accordingly, the adjustments between statutory profit

and cash profit in the March and September 2017 halves have been reversed.

 Credit risk on impaired derivatives (nil profit after tax impact)

The charge to income for derivative credit valuation adjustments of $1 million on defaulted and impaired derivative exposures was reclassified to

cash credit impairment charges in the March 2017 half year. The reclassification was made to reflect the manner in which the defaulted and impaired

derivatives are managed. There were no such reclassifications in the March 2018 and September 2017 half.

Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - discontinued operations

 Treasury shares adjustment

ANZ shares held by the Group in Wealth Australia (Mar 18: 14.8 million shares; Sep 17: 15.4 million shares; Mar 17: 15.3 million shares) are deemed

to be Treasury shares for accounting purposes. Dividends and realised and unrealised gains and losses from these shares are reversed as these are

not permitted to be recognised as income for statutory reporting purposes. In deriving cash profit, these earnings are included to ensure there is no

asymmetrical impact on the Group’s profits because the Treasury shares are held to support policy liabilities which are revalued through the Income

Statement. Accordingly, the half year gain of $23 million after tax ($27 million pre-tax) reversed for statutory accounting purposes has been added

back to cash profit.

 Revaluation of policy liabilities - Wealth Australia division

When calculating policy liabilities, the projected future cash flows on insurance contracts are discounted to reflect the present value of the obligation,

with the impact of changes in the market discount rate each period being reflected in the Income Statement. ANZ includes the impact on the re-

measurement of the insurance contract attributable to changes in market discount rates as an adjustment to statutory profit to remove the volatility

attributable to changes in market interest rates which reverts to zero over the life of the insurance contract.

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


70


Adjustments to statutory profit



Statutory profit

Treasury

shares

adjustment

Revaluation

of policy

liabilities

Economic

hedges

Revenue

hedges

Structured

credit

intermediation

trades

Credit risk

on impaired

derivatives

Sale of

Shanghai Rural

Commercial

Bank

Total

adjustments to

statutory profit Cash profit


$M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M

March 2018 Half Year

Net interest income 7,350 - - - - - - - - 7,350

Net fee and commission income 1,152 - - - - - - - - 1,152

Net funds management and insurance income 307 - (14) - - - - - (14) 293

Other 1,366 - - (175) 57 (4) - (231) (353) 1,013

Other operating income 2,825 - (14) (175) 57 (4) - (231) (367) 2,458

Operating income 10,175 - (14) (175) 57 (4) - (231) (367) 9,808

Operating expenses (4,411) - - - - - - - - (4,411)

Profit before credit impairment and tax 5,764 - (14) (175) 57 (4) - (231) (367) 5,397

Credit impairment charge (408) - - - - - - - - (408)

Profit before income tax 5,356 - (14) (175) 57 (4) - (231) (367) 4,989

Income tax expense (1,426) - 4 51 (17) 1 - (102) (63) (1,489)

Non-controlling interests (7) - - - - - - - - (7)

Profit after tax from continuing operations 3,923 - (10) (124) 40 (3) - (333) (430) 3,493

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (600) (23) 6 - - - - - (17) (617)

Profit after tax 3,323 (23) (4) (124) 40 (3) - (333) (447) 2,876


September 2017 Half Year

Net interest income 7,456 - - - - - - - - 7,456

Net fee and commission income 1,227 - - - - - - - - 1,227

Net funds management and insurance income 335 - (12) - - - - - (12) 323

Other 785 - - 42 8 (2) - 1 49 834

Other operating income 2,347 - (12) 42 8 (2) - 1 37 2,384

Operating income 9,803 - (12) 42 8 (2) - 1 37 9,840

Operating expenses (4,480) - - - - - - - - (4,480)

Profit before credit impairment and tax 5,323 - (12) 42 8 (2) - 1 37 5,360

Credit impairment charge (479) - - - - - - - - (479)

Profit before income tax 4,844 - (12) 42 8 (2) - 1 37 4,881

Income tax expense (1,427) - 4 (11) (2) - - 16 7 (1,420)

Non-controlling interests (7) - - - - - - - - (7)

Profit after tax from continuing operations 3,410 - (8) 31 6 (2) - 17 44 3,454

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations 85 (18) 6 - - - - - (12) 73

Profit after tax 3,495 (18) (2) 31 6 (2) - 17 32 3,527

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


71


Adjustments to statutory profit



Statutory profit

Treasury

shares

adjustment

Revaluation

of policy

liabilities

Economic

hedges

Revenue

hedges

Structured

credit

intermediation

trades

Credit risk

on impaired

derivatives

Sale of

Shanghai Rural

Commercial

Bank

Total

adjustments to

statutory profit Cash profit


$M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M

March 2017 Half Year

Net interest income 7,419 - - - - - - - - 7,419

Net fee and commission income 1,226 - - - - - - - - 1,226

Net funds management and insurance income 299 - 46 - - - - - 46 345

Other 651 - - 254 (148) (2) 1 230 335 986

Other operating income 2,176 - 46 254 (148) (2) 1 230 381 2,557

Operating income 9,595 - 46 254 (148) (2) 1 230 381 9,976

Operating expenses (4,487) - - - - - - - - (4,487)

Profit before credit impairment and tax 5,108 - 46 254 (148) (2) 1 230 381 5,489

Credit impairment charge (719) - - - - - (1) - (1) (720)

Profit before income tax 4,389 - 46 254 (148) (2) - 230 380 4,769

Income tax expense (1,447) - (13) (76) 43 1 - 86 41 (1,406)

Non-controlling interests (8) - - - - - - - - (8)

Profit after tax from continuing operations 2,934 - 33 178 (105) (1) - 316 421 3,355

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (23) 76 3 - - - - - 79 56

Profit after tax 2,911 76 36 178 (105) (1) - 316 500 3,411


PROFIT RECONCILIATION


72

This page has been left blank intentionally

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - TABLE OF CONTENTS


73



CONTENTS Page


Condensed Consolidated Income Statement 75

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 76

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet 77

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 78

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 79

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 80

DIRECTORS’ REPORT



74

The Directors present their report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the half year ended 31 March 2018.


Directors


The names of the Directors of the Company who held office during and since the end of the half year are:


Mr DM Gonski, AC Chairman

Mr SC Elliott Director and Chief Executive Officer

Ms IR Atlas Director

Ms PJ Dwyer Director

Ms SJ Halton, AO PSM Director

Mr Lee Hsien Yang Director

Mr GR Liebelt Director

Rt Hon Sir JP Key, GNZM AC Director, appointed 28 February 2018

Mr JT MacFarlane Director




Result

The consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the Company was $3,323 million, and consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the

Company from continuing operations was $3,923 million. Further details are contained in Group Results on pages 17 to 41 which forms part of this report,

and in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.



Review of operations

A review of the operations of the Group during the half year and the results of those operations are contained in the Group Results on pages 17 to 41

which forms part of this report.



Lead auditor’s independence declaration

The lead auditor’s independence declaration given under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 (as amended) is set out on page 108 which forms

part of this report.



Rounding of amounts

The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where

otherwise indicated, as permitted by ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191.



Significant events since balance date

There have been no significant events from 31 March 2018 to the date of signing of this report.


Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.






David M Gonski, AC Shayne C Elliott

Chairman Director




30 April 2018

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT



Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited


75



Half Year

1



Movement



Note

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Interest income



14,849

14,694 14,426


1% 3%

Interest expense

(7,499)

(7,238) (7,007)


4% 7%

Net interest income


2

7,350

7,456 7,419


-1% -1%

Other operating income


2

2,430

1,885 1,704


29% 43%

Net funds management and insurance income


2

307

335 299


-8% 3%

Share of associates' profit 2, 17

88

127 173


-31% -49%

Operating income



10,175

9,803 9,595


4% 6%

Operating expenses 3

(4,411)

(4,480) (4,487)


-2% -2%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax



5,764

5,323 5,108


8% 13%

Credit impairment charge 9

(408)

(479) (719)


-15% -43%

Profit before income tax



5,356

4,844 4,389


11% 22%

Income tax expense 4

(1,426)

(1,427) (1,447)


0% -1%

Profit after tax from continuing operations


3,930

3,417 2,942


15% 34%

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations 11

(600)

85 (23)


large large

Profit for the period


3,330

3,502 2,919


-5% 14%

Comprising:







Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

3,323

3,495 2,911


-5% 14%

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

7

7 8


0% -13%








Earnings per ordinary share (cents) including discontinued

operations






Basic


6

114.2

119.9 100.2


-5% 14%

Diluted


6

108.6

114.7 96.7


-5% 12%

Earnings per ordinary share (cents) from continuing operations






Basic


6

134.8

117.0 100.9


15% 34%

Diluted


6

127.4

112.0 97.4


14% 31%

Dividend per ordinary share (cents)

5

80

80 80


0% 0%

1.

Information has been restated and presented on a continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations include OnePath pensions and investments and aligned dealer groups sale to IOOF

Holdings Limited and the life insurance sale to Zurich Financial Services Australia.

The notes appearing on pages 80 to 106 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME



Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited


76


Half Year

1



Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v Sep 17

Mar 18

v Mar 17

Profit for the period from continuing operations 3,930

3,417 2,942 15% 34%



Other comprehensive income




Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 27

2 24 large 13%




Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss


Foreign currency translation reserve

2


460

(59) (689) large large

Other reserve movements

174

(69) (228) large large



Income tax attributable to the above items (121)

18 (10) large large

Share of associates' other comprehensive income

3

(5)

(1) 2 large large

Other comprehensive income after tax from continuing operations 535

(109) (901) large large

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations

(600)

85 (23) large large

Other comprehensive income after tax from discontinued operations

10

(1) (29) large large

Total comprehensive income for the period 3,875

3,392 1,989 14% 95%

Comprising total comprehensive income attributable to:



Shareholders of the Company

3,865

3,392 1,980 14% 95%

Non-controlling interests

10

- 9 n/a 11%

1.

Information has been restated and presented on a continuing operations basis. Discontinued operations include OnePath pensions and investments and aligned dealer groups sale to IOOF

Holdings Limited and the life insurance sale to Zurich Financial Services Australia.

2.

Includes foreign currency translation differences attributable to non-controlling interests of $3 million gain (Sep 17 half: $7 million loss; Mar 17 half: $1 million gain).

3.

Share of associates’ other comprehensive income includes an available for sale revaluation reserve loss of $2 million (Sep 17 half: $3 million gain; Mar 17 half: $4 million loss) and a foreign

currency translation reserve loss of $3 million (Sep 17 half: $4 million loss; Mar 17 half: $6 million gain) that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss.

The notes appearing on pages 80 to 106 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET



Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited



77


As at


Movement

Assets Note

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Cash and cash equivalents

1


82,071

68,048 75,185 21% 9%

Settlement balances owed to ANZ

5,037

5,504 2,930 -8% 72%

Collateral paid

10,863

8,987 11,179 21% -3%

Trading securities

45,058

43,605 44,085 3% 2%

Derivative financial instruments

70,915

62,518 63,882 13% 11%

Available for sale assets

70,239

69,384 64,685 1% 9%

Net loans and advances 8

588,946

574,331 564,035 3% 4%

Regulatory deposits

1,229

2,015 2,154 -39% -43%

Assets held for sale 11

45,278

7,970 14,145 large large

Investment in associates

2,481

2,248 2,286 10% 9%

Current tax assets

15

30 242 -50% -94%

Deferred tax assets

840

675 572 24% 47%

Goodwill and other intangible assets

5,338

6,970 7,053 -23% -24%

Investments backing policy liabilities

-

37,964 37,602 -100% -100%

Premises and equipment

1,892

1,965 1,979 -4% -4%

Other assets

4,914

5,112 4,497 -4% 9%

Total assets


935,116

897,326 896,511 4% 4%





Liabilities




Settlement balances owed by ANZ

10,577

9,914 9,736 7% 9%

Collateral received

9,395

5,919 5,189 59% 81%

Deposits and other borrowings 10

616,230

595,611 581,407 3% 6%

Derivative financial instruments

70,624

62,252 65,050 13% 9%

Current tax liabilities

371

241 185 54% large

Deferred tax liabilities

258

257 224 0% 15%

Liabilities held for sale 11

44,773

4,693 17,166 large large

Policy liabilities

-

37,448 37,111 -100% -100%

External unit holder liabilities

-

4,435 4,227 -100% -100%

Payables and other liabilities

7,442

8,350 8,054 -11% -8%

Provisions

1,110

1,158 1,179 -4% -6%

Debt issuances 12

114,836

107,973 109,075 6% 5%

Total liabilities


875,616

838,251 838,603 4% 4%

Net assets


59,500

59,075 57,908 1% 3%





Shareholders' equity




Ordinary share capital

27,933

29,088 29,036 -4% -4%

Reserves

541

37 115 large large

Retained earnings

30,900

29,834 28,640 4% 8%

Share capital and reserves attributable to

shareholders of the Company

15

59,374

58,959 57,791 1% 3%

Non-controlling interests 15

126

116 117 9% 8%

Total shareholders' equity

15

59,500

59,075 57,908 1% 3%

1.

Includes settlement balances owed to ANZ that meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents.

The notes appearing on pages 80 to 106 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT


Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

78

The Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement includes cash flows associated with discontinued operations. Please refer to Note 11 for cash flows associated

with discontinued operations and cash and cash equivalents reclassified as held for sale.


Half Year


Inflows Inflows Inflows


(Outflows) (Outflows) (Outflows)


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Profit after income tax 3,330

3,502 2,919

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:






Provision for credit impairment charge

408

479 719

Depreciation and amortisation

485

468 504

(Profit)/loss on sale of premises and equipment

-

- (114)

Net derivatives/foreign exchange adjustment

903

(1,833) (1,576)

(Gain)/loss on sale from divestments

(469)

(13) 554

Other non-cash movements

(221)

(157) (85)

Net (increase)/decrease in operating assets:



Collateral paid

(1,725)

2,065 1,468

Trading securities

(1,148)

(1,994) 4,075

Net loans and advances

(10,909)

(11,424) (6,414)

Investments backing policy liabilities

(881)

(672) (1,450)

Other assets

(643)

459 50

Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:



Deposits and other borrowings

14,023

14,815 16,089

Settlement balances owed by ANZ

596

204 (831)

Collateral received

3,300

864 (1,174)

Life insurance contract policy liabilities

1,130

824 1,436

Other liabilities

(28)

1,225 (1,010)

Total adjustments 4,821

5,310 12,241

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

1

8,151

8,812 15,160

Cash flows from investing activities


Available for sale assets:



Purchases

(13,483)

(12,725) (14,495)

Proceeds from sale or maturity

12,670

7,224 12,527

Proceeds from divestments

2,044

(5,213) -

Other assets

1,026

(400) 252

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities 2,257

(11,114) (1,716)

Cash flows from financing activities


Debt issuances:



Issue proceeds

14,694

8,602 15,371

Redemptions

(9,171)

(7,533) (15,045)

Subordinated debt:



Issue proceeds

(2)

1,155 -

Redemptions

(573)

(3,762) (1,069)

Dividends paid

(2,104)

(2,123) (2,087)

Share buy-back

(1,324)

(176) -

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities 1,520

(3,837) (2,830)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

11,928

(6,139) 10,614

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

68,048

75,185 66,220

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

2,100

(998) (1,649)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

2

82,076

68,048 75,185

1.

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities includes income taxes paid of $1,515 million (Sep 17 half: $1,367 million; Mar 17 half: $1,497 million).

2.

Includes cash and cash equivalents recognised on the face of balance sheet and amounts recorded as part of assets held for sale.

The notes appearing on pages 80 to 106 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY



Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

79


Ordinary

share

capital Reserves

Retained

earnings

Share capital

and reserves

attributable to

shareholders of

the Company

Non-

controlling

interests

Total

shareholders'

equity


$M $M $M $M $M $M

As at 1 October 2016

28,765 1,078 27,975

57,818

109

57,927

Profit or loss from continuing operations - -

2,934

2,934

8

2,942

Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (23)

(23)

-

(23)

Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing

operations

- (922) 20

(902)

1

(901)

Other comprehensive income for the period from

discontinued operations

- (29) -

(29)

-

(29)

Total comprehensive income for the period

- (951) 2,931

1,980

9

1,989

Transactions with equity holders in

their capacity as equity holders:

1







Dividends paid - - (2,300)

(2,300)

(1)

(2,301)

Dividend income on treasury shares held within the Group's

life insurance statutory funds

- - 14

14

-

14

Dividend reinvestment plan 199 - -

199

-

199

Other equity movements:

1




Treasury shares Wealth Australia adjustment 71 - -

71

-

71

Group employee share acquisition scheme 1 - -

1

-

1

Other items - (12) 20

8

-

8

As at 31 March 2017

29,036 115 28,640

57,791

117

57,908

Profit or loss from continuing operations - -

3,410

3,410

7

3,417

Profit or loss from discontinued operations - -

85

85

-

85

Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing

operations

- (97) (5)

(102)

(7)

(109)

Other comprehensive income for the period from

discontinued operations

- (1) -

(1)

-

(1)

Total comprehensive income for the period

- (98) 3,490

3,392

-

3,392

Transactions with equity holders in

their capacity as equity holders:

1







Dividends paid - - (2,309)

(2,309)

-

(2,309)

Dividend income on treasury shares held within the Group's

life insurance statutory funds

- - 12

12

-

12

Dividend reinvestment plan 176 - -

176

-

176

Group share buy-back

2



(176) - -

(176)

-

(176)

Other equity movements:

1






Treasury shares Wealth Australia adjustment (2) - -

(2)

-

(2)

Group employee share acquisition scheme 55 - -

55

-

55

Other items (1) 20 1

20

(1)

19

As at 30 September 2017

29,088 37 29,834

58,959

116

59,075

Profit or loss from continuing operations - -

3,923

3,923

7

3,930

Profit or loss from discontinued operations - -

(600)

(600)

-

(600)

Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing

operations

- 511 21

532

3

535

Other comprehensive income for the period from

discontinued operations

- 10 -

10

-

10

Total comprehensive income for the period

- 521 3,344

3,865

10

3,875

Transactions with equity holders in

their capacity as equity holders:

1







Dividends paid - - (2,308)

(2,308)

-

(2,308)

Dividend income on treasury shares held within the Group's

life insurance statutory funds

- - 12

12

-

12

Dividend reinvestment plan 192 - -

192

-

192

Group share buy-back

2



(1,324) - -

(1,324)

-

(1,324)

Other equity movements:

1






Treasury shares Wealth Australia adjustment 20 - -

20

-

20

Group employee share acquisition scheme (43) - -

(43)

-

(43)

Other items - (17) 18

1

-

1

As at 31 March 2018

27,933 541 30,900

59,374 126 59,500

1.

Current period and prior periods include discontinued operations.

2.

Following the issue of $192 million of shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan for the 2017 final dividend, the Company repurchased $192 million of shares via an on-market share

buy-back. (Sep 17 half: $176 million).

The notes appearing on pages 80 to 106 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


80

1. Basis of preparation

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

 have been prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards (AASs);

 should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2017 and any public announcements made

by the Parent Entity and its controlled entities (the Group) for the half year ended 31 March 2018 in accordance with the continuous disclosure

obligations under the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules;

 do not include all notes of the type normally included in ANZ’s Annual Financial Report;

 are presented in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated; and

 were approved by the Board of Directors on 30 April 2018.

i) Statement of Compliance

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and AASB 134 which ensures

compliance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting.

ii) Accounting policies

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting policies and using methods of computation

consistent with those applied in the 2017 ANZ Annual Financial Report.

Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of the continuing operations and are presented as a single line item ‘profit/(loss) after tax from

discontinued operations’ in the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement. Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement have been

restated and presented on a continuing basis. Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations have been presented as held for sale on the Condensed

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2018.

iii) Basis of measurement

The financial information has been prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis except that the following assets and liabilities are stated at their

fair value:

 derivative financial instruments as well as, in the case of fair value hedging, the fair value adjustment on the underlying hedged exposure;

 available for sale financial assets;

 financial instruments held for trading;

 other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss; and

 assets and liabilities held for sale (except those at carrying value as per Note 11).

In accordance with AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts, life insurance liabilities are measured using the Margin on Services model.

In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits, defined benefit obligations are measured using the Projected Unit Credit method.

iv) Use of estimates, assumptions and judgements

The preparation of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements requires the use of management judgement, estimates and assumptions that

affect reported amounts and the application of accounting policies. Discussion of the critical accounting estimates and judgements, which include

complex or subjective decisions or assessments are provided in the 2017 ANZ Annual Financial Report. Such estimates and judgements are reviewed on

an ongoing basis.

At 31 March 2018, the impairment assessment of non-lending assets identified that two of the Group’s associate investments (AMMB Holdings Berhad

(AmBank) and PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin) had indicators of impairment. Although their market value (based on share price) was below their

carrying value, no impairment was recognised as the carrying value was supported by their value in use (VIU).

The VIU calculation is sensitive to a number of key assumptions, including discount rate, long term growth rates, future profitability and capital levels. A

change in key assumptions could have an adverse impact on the recoverable amount of the investment. The key assumptions used in the VIU

calculations are outlined below:






As at 31 Mar 18





AmBank PT Panin

Carrying value supported by VIU calculation ($m)




940 948

Post-tax discount rate


11.0% 13.0%

Terminal growth rate


4.9% 5.5%

Expected NPAT growth (compound annual growth rate - 5 years)


5.4% 9.5%

Core equity tier 1 ratio


11.3% to 12.5% 11.3%

At 31 March 2018, as a result of persistent illiquidity of the quoted share price of Bank of Tianjin (BoT), the Group determined the fair value based on a

valuation model. Judgement is required in both the selection of the model and inputs used. Refer to Note 14 for further details.

v) Rounding of amounts

The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where

otherwise indicated, as permitted by Australian Securities and Investments Commission Corporations Instrument 2016/191.


NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


81

vi) Future accounting developments

AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9)

AASB 9 is effective for the Group from 1 October 2018.

AASB 9 stipulates new requirements for the impairment of financial assets, classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities and general

hedge accounting. Details of the key requirements and estimated impacts on the Group are outlined below.

Impairment

AASB 9 replaces the “incurred loss” impairment model under AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (AASB 139) with an

“expected loss” model incorporating forward looking information. This model will be applied to all financial assets measured at amortised cost, debt

instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, lease receivables, certain loan commitments and financial guarantees not

measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Under AASB 9, the following three-stage approach is applied to measuring expected credit losses (ECL) consequent to credit migration between the

stages:

• Stage 1: At the origination of a financial asset, and where there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since origination, a provision

equivalent to 12 months ECL is recognised.

• Stage 2: Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination, a provision equivalent to lifetime ECL is recognised.

• Stage 3: Similar to the current AASB 139 requirements for individual impairment provisions, lifetime ECL is recognised for loans where there is

objective evidence of impairment.

Expected credit losses are estimated by using a probability of default reflecting a probability weighted range of possible future economic scenarios, and

applying this to the estimated exposure of the Group at the point of default (exposure at default) after taking into account the value of any collateral held

or other mitigants of loss (loss given default), while allowing for the impact of discounting for the time value of money.

Key judgements and estimates made by the Group include the following:

 Significant increase in credit risk

Stage 2 assets are those that have experienced a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since initial recognition. In determining what constitutes a

SICR, the Group considers both qualitative and quantitative information. For the majority of portfolios, the primary indicator of a SICR is a significant

deterioration in the internal credit rating grade of a facility since origination. The Group will also use secondary indicators, such as 30 days past due

arrears, as backstops to these primary indicators.

The determination of trigger points in relation to the deterioration of rating grades, combined with secondary risk indicators where used, requires

judgement. In determining the Group’s policy, alternative indicators have been considered and assessed, and these will be subject to regular review

to ensure they remain appropriate.

 Forward looking information

The measurement of expected credit losses needs to reflect an unbiased probability-weighted range of possible future outcomes. AASB 9 provides

limited guidance on how to meet this requirement and consequently the Group has developed an approach considered appropriate for its credit

portfolio informed by emerging market practices.

In applying forward looking information in the Group’s AASB 9 credit models, the Group intends to consider four alternative economic scenarios in

estimating ECL. A base case scenario reflects management’s base case assumptions used for medium term planning purposes. Additional upside

and downside scenarios are determined together with a severe downside scenario. The Group’s Credit and Market Risk Committee (CMRC) will be

responsible for reviewing and approving forecast economic scenarios and the associated probability weights applied to each scenario.

Where applicable, adjustments may be made to account for situations where known or expected risks have not been adequately addressed in the

modelling process. CMRC will be responsible for recommending such adjustments.

The overall level of expected credit losses and areas of significant management judgement will be reported to, and oversighted by, the Group’s Board

Risk Committee.

Classification and measurement


Financial assets - general

There are three measurement classifications for financial assets under AASB 9: Amortised Cost, Fair Value through Profit or Loss (FVTPL) and Fair

Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI). Financial assets are classified into these measurement classifications on the basis of two criteria:

 the business model within which the financial asset is managed; and

 the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (specifically whether the contractual cash flows represent ‘solely payments of principal

and interest’).





NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


82

The resultant financial asset classifications are summarised in the following table:

Amortised Cost Fair Value through Other

Comprehensive Income

Fair Value through Profit or

Loss

Business Model

Objective is to collect contractual

cash flows

Objective is to both collect

contractual cash flows and to sell

All other business models

Contractual cash flow

characteristics

Solely Payments of Principal and

Interest

Solely Payments of Principal and

Interest

All other contractual cash flow

characteristics

In December 2017, the AASB issued AASB 2017-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Prepayment Features with Negative

Compensation [AASB 9] which amends the requirements of AASB 9 so that certain prepayment features meet the solely payments of principal and

interest test. The Group intends to early adopt this amendment so that it applies from the date of initial application of AASB 9.


Financial assets - equity instruments

AASB 9 also permits non-traded equity investments to be designated at FVOCI on an instrument by instrument basis. If this election is made under AASB

9, gains or losses are not reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit or loss on disposal of the investment. However, gains or losses may be

reclassified within equity.

Financial liabilities

The classification and measurement requirements for financial liabilities under AASB 9 are largely consistent with AASB 139 with the exception that for

financial liabilities designated as measured at fair value, gains or losses relating to changes in the entity’s own credit risk are included in other

comprehensive income. This part of the standard was early adopted by the Group on 1 October 2013.

General hedge accounting

AASB 9 introduces new hedge accounting requirements which more closely align accounting with risk management activities undertaken when hedging

financial and non-financial risks.

AASB 9 provides the Group with an accounting policy choice to continue to apply the AASB 139 hedge accounting requirements until the International

Accounting Standards Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is completed. The Group’s current expectation is that it will continue to apply

the hedge accounting requirements of AASB 139.

Transition to AASB 9

Other than as noted above under classification and measurement of financial liabilities, AASB 9 has a date of initial application for the Group of 1 October

2018.

The classification and measurement, and impairment requirements, will be applied retrospectively by adjusting opening retained earnings at 1 October

2018. ANZ does not intend to restate comparatives.

Impact

Impairment

Based on the portfolio of in-scope financial assets held as at 30 September 2017, economic conditions prevailing at that time and management’s

judgements and estimates, the application of AASB 9 at that date would have resulted in:

 an aggregate of stage 1 and 2 expected credit loss provisions of between $2.9 billion and $3.2 billion. This represents an increase over the previous

collective provision in the range of $240 million and $540 million; and

 a reduction in the CET1 capital ratio in the range of 3 bps to 6 bps.

The actual impact at the date of initial application (1 October 2018) will differ reflecting the composition of the Group’s portfolio, prevailing economic and

business conditions, and management judgements and estimates which cannot be anticipated in advance.

The Group continues to refine its methodology and assumptions over the period until the initial application of the standard on 1 October 2018.

Classification and measurement of financial assets

While some classification changes are expected as a result of the application of the business model and contractual cash flow characteristics tests, these

are not expected to be significant from a Group perspective.

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15)

AASB 15 was issued in December 2014 and is effective for the Group from 1 October 2018. AASB 15 contains new requirements for the recognition of

revenue.

The standard requires identification of distinct performance obligations within a contract and allocation of the transaction price of the contract to those

performance obligations. Revenue is recognised as each performance obligation is satisfied. Variable amounts of revenue can only be recognised if it is

highly probable that a significant reversal of the variable amount will not be required in future periods. The standard also provides guidance on whether

an entity is acting as a principal or an agent that may impact the presentation of revenue on a gross or net basis.

Although a significant proportion of the Group’s revenue is outside the scope of AASB 15, certain revenue streams are in the scope of the standard. The

Group is in the process of assessing the impact of the application of AASB 15 and is not yet able to reasonably estimate the impact on its financial

statements.

AASB 15 may be applied under different transition approaches which could impact (a) revenue recognised in future periods and (b) the opening

adjustment to retained earnings at the relevant date of initial application. The Group has not determined which transition approach it will adopt.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


83

AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16)

The final version of AASB 16 was issued in February 2016 and is effective for the Group from 1 October 2019. AASB 16 requires a lessee to recognise

its:

 right to use the underlying leased asset, as a right-of-use asset; and

 obligation to make lease payments as a lease liability.

AASB 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements in AASB 117 Leases (AASB 117).

The Group is in the process of assessing the impact of the application of AASB 16 and is not yet able to reasonably estimate the impact on its financial

statements.

AASB 17 Insurance Contracts (AASB 17)

The final version of AASB 17 was issued in July 2017 and is effective for the Group from 1 October 2021. It will replace AASB 4 Insurance Contracts,

AASB 1023 General Insurance Contracts and AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts. AASB 17 establishes principles for the recognition, measurement,

presentation and disclosure of insurance contracts.

The measurement, presentation and disclosure requirements under AASB 17 are significantly different from current accounting standards. Although the

overall profit recognised in respect of insurance contracts will not change, it is expected that the timing of profit recognition will change.

The Group is not yet able to reasonably estimate the impact of AASB 17 on its financial statements.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


84

2. Income



Half Year

1

Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Interest income

14,849

14,694 14,426 1% 3%

Interest expense

(7,322)

(7,152) (7,007) 2% 4%

Major bank levy

(177)

(86) - large n/a

Net interest income 7,350

7,456 7,419 -1% -1%




i) Fee and commission income


Lending fees

2


348

363 369 -4% -6%

Non-lending fees and commissions

1,429

1,475 1,518 -3% -6%

Fee and commission income

1,777

1,838 1,887 -3% -6%

Fee and commission expense

(625)

(611) (661) 2% -5%

Net fee and commission income 1,152

1,227 1,226 -6% -6%




ii) Other income


Net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income

3


770

578 867 33% -11%

Gain on sale of 100 Queen Street, Melbourne

-

- 114 n/a -100%

Sale of Asia Retail and Wealth businesses

99

14 (324) large large

Sale of SRCB

233

(1) (230) large large

Sale of MCC

119

- - n/a n/a

Other

4


57

67 51 -15% 12%

Other income 1,278

658 478 94% large

Other operating income 2,430

1,885 1,704 29% 43%




iii) Net funds management and insurance income


Funds management income

142

159 162 -11% -12%

Investment income

1

3 14 -67% -93%

Insurance premium income

183

211 213 -13% -14%

Commission expense

(11)

(27) (20) -59% -45%

Claims

(31)

(29) (20) 7% 55%

Changes in policy liabilities

23

18 (50) 28% large

Net funds management and insurance income 307

335 299 -8% 3%



iv) Share of associates' profit 88

127 173 -31% -49%

Operating income 10,175

9,803 9,595 4% 6%

1.

Information has been restated and presented on a continuing operations basis.

2.

Lending fees exclude fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation in interest income.

3.

Includes fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges entered into to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk

on funding instruments, ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, and fair value movements in financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss.

4.

Other income includes external dividend income of nil (Sep 17 half: $27.3 million; Mar 17 half: nil).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


85

3. Operating expenses



Half Year

1

Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

i) Personnel

Salaries and related costs


2,133

2,117 2,215 1% -4%

Superannuation costs

149

150 153 -1% -3%

Other

120

138 151 -13% -21%

Personnel expenses


2,402

2,405 2,519 0% -5%




ii) Premises


Rent

232

252 248 -8% -6%

Other

163

178 184 -8% -11%

Premises expenses


395

430 432 -8% -9%




iii) Technology


Depreciation and amortisation


368

348 373 6% -1%

Licences and outsourced services

327

332 301 -2% 9%

Other

120

123 125 -2% -4%

Technology expenses


815

803 799 1% 2%




iv) Restructuring 78

26 36 large large



v) Other


Advertising and public relations


99

125 114 -21% -13%

Professional fees

259

252 177 3% 46%

Freight, stationery, postage and telephone

116

132 126 -12% -8%

Other


247

307 284 -20% -13%

Other expenses


721

816 701 -12% 3%

Operating expenses 4,411

4,480 4,487 -2% -2%

1.

Information has been restated and presented on a continuing operations basis.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


86

4. Income tax expense


Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax profit with the income tax expense recognised in the profit and loss.



Half Year

1



Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Profit before income tax

5,356

4,844 4,389


11% 22%

Prima facie income tax expense at 30%

1,607

1,453 1,317


11% 22%

Tax effect of permanent differences:





Sale of MCC

(37)

- -


n/a n/a

Share of associates' profit

(26)

(38) (52)


-32% -50%

Sale of SRCB

(84)

16 156


large large

Interest on Convertible Instruments

34

34 35


0% -3%

Overseas tax rate differential

(48)

(32) (5)


50% large

Tax provisions no longer required

(23)

- -


n/a n/a

Other

3

12 (3) -75% large


1,426

1,445 1,448 -1% -2%

Income tax over provided in previous years

-

(18) (1) -100% -100%

Income tax expense 1,426

1,427 1,447 0% -1%

Australia

949

1,007 1,010 -6% -6%

Overseas

477

420 437 14% 9%

Income tax expense


1,426

1,427 1,447 0% -1%

Effective tax rate 26.6%

29.5% 33.0%

1.

Information has been restated and presented on a continuing operations basis.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


87

5. Dividends


Dividend per ordinary share (cents) - including discontinued operations

Half Year Movement

Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Interim (fully franked)

80

- 80 n/a 0%

Final (fully franked)

-

80 - n/a n/a

Total

80

80 80 0% 0%




Ordinary share dividend ($M)

1





Interim dividend

-

2,349 - n/a n/a

Final dividend

2,350

- 2,342 n/a 0%

Bonus option plan adjustment

(42)

(40) (42) 5% 0%

Total


2,308

2,309 2,300 0% 0%

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio


(%)

2



69.6%

67.2% 80.7%

1.

Dividends paid to ordinary equity holders of the Company. Excludes dividends paid by subsidiaries of the Group to non-controlling equity holders (Mar 18 half: nil; Sep 17 half: nil; Mar 17

half: $1.3 million).

2.

Dividend payout ratio is calculated using the proposed 2018 interim dividend of $2,313 million (not shown in the above table). The proposed 2018 interim dividend of $2,313 million is based

on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September and March 2017 half year are calculated using actual dividends

paid of $2,350 million and $2,349 million respectively.



Ordinary Shares

The Directors propose that an interim dividend of 80 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 2 July 2018. The 2018 interim

dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes, and New Zealand imputation credits of NZ 9 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.

ANZ has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in respect of the proposed 2018 interim dividend. For the

2018 interim dividend, ANZ intends to provide shares under the DRP through an on-market purchase and BOP through the issue of new shares. The

“Acquisition Price” to be used in determining the number of shares to be provided under the DRP and BOP will be calculated by reference to the

arithmetic average of the daily volume weighted average sale price of all fully paid ANZ ordinary shares sold in the ordinary course of trading on ASX and

Chi-X during the ten trading days commencing on 18 May 2018, and then rounded to the nearest whole cent. Shares provided under the DRP and BOP

will rank equally in all respects with existing fully paid ANZ ordinary shares. Election notices from shareholders wanting to commence, cease or vary their

participation in the DRP or BOP for the 2018 interim dividend must be received by ANZ's Share Registrar by 5.00pm (Australian Eastern Standard Time)

on 16 May 2018.

Subject to receiving effective contrary instructions from the shareholder, dividends payable to shareholders with a registered address in the United

Kingdom (including the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man) or New Zealand will be converted to Pounds Sterling or New Zealand Dollars respectively at

an exchange rate calculated on 18 May 2018.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


88

6. Earnings per share



Half Year Movement

Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Earnings Per Share (EPS) - Basic


Earnings Per Share (cents)

1


114.2

119.9 100.2 -5% 14%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations

134.8

117.0 100.9 15% 34%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations

(20.6)

2.9 (0.8) large large




Earnings Per Share (EPS) - Diluted


Earnings Per Share (cents)

108.6

114.7 96.7 -5% 12%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations

127.4

112.0 97.4 14% 31%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations

(18.8)

2.7 (0.7) large large



Reconciliation of earnings used in EPS Calculations


Basic:


Profit for the period ($M)

3,330

3,502 2,919 -5% 14%

Less: profit attributable to non-controlling interests ($M)

7

7 8 0% -13%

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M) 3,323

3,495 2,911 -5% 14%

Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)

(600)

85 (23) large large

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share from continuing operations

($M)

3,923

3,410 2,934 15% 34%




Diluted:


Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M) 3,323

3,495 2,911 -5% 14%

Add: interest on convertible subordinated debt ($M)

141

140 148 1% -5%

Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share ($M) 3,464

3,635 3,059 -5% 13%

Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)

(600)

85 (23) large large

Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

($M)

4,064

3,550 3,082 14% 32%




Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) used in

EPS calculations

2





WANOS used in calculating basic earnings per share

2,909.6

2,914.0 2,906.6 0% 0%

Add: Weighted average dilutive potential ordinary shares (M)



Convertible subordinated debt (M)

269.7

243.0 247.1 11% 9%

Share based payments (options, rights and deferred shares) (M)

10.0

11.5 10.0 -13% 0%

Adjusted weighted average number of shares - diluted (M) 3,189.3

3,168.5 3,163.7 1% 1%

1.

Post disposal of the discontinued operations, treasury shares held in Wealth Australia will cease to be eliminated in the Group’s consolidated financial statements and will be included in the

denominator used in calculating earnings per share. If the weighted average number of treasury shares held in Wealth Australia was included in the denominator used in calculating

earnings per share from continuing operations for the half year ended 31 March 2018, basic earnings per share would have been 134.1 cents (Sep 17 half: 116.4 cents; Mar 17 half: 100.4

cents) and diluted earnings per share would have been 126.8 cents (Sep 17 half: 111.5 cents; Mar 17 half: 96.9 cents).

2.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares excludes the weighted average number of treasury shares held in ANZEST and Wealth Australia as summarised in the table below:



Mar 18 half

(Million)

Sep 17 half

(Million)

Mar 17 half

(Million)

ANZEST Pty Ltd 6.3 7.5 8.8

Wealth Australia 15.0 15.2 17.1

Total treasury shares 21.3 22.7 25.9

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


89

7. Segment analysis

i) Description of segments

The Group operates on a divisional structure with six continuing divisions: Australia, New Zealand, Institutional, Asia Retail & Pacific, Wealth Australia,

and Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions refer to the Definitions on page

121.

During the March 2018 half:

 the Group transferred Wealth Australia businesses to be divested and associated Group reclassification and consolidation impacts to discontinued

operations;

 the Corporate business, formerly part of the Corporate and Commercial Banking business within the Australia division, was transferred to the

Institutional division;

 the residual Asia Retail and Wealth businesses in Philippines, Japan and Cambodia not sold as part of the Asia Retail and Wealth divestment have

been transferred to the Institutional division; and

 the Group made a further realignment by transferring Group Hub’s divisional specific operations in TSO and Group Centre to the respective divisions.

As these costs were previously recharged, there is no change to previously reported divisional cash profit. Divisional full time equivalents (FTEs)

have been restated to reflect this change.

Other than the changes described above, there have been no other significant structural changes during the year. However, certain prior period

comparatives have been restated to align with current period presentation. The divisions reported below are consistent with internal reporting provided to

the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.

ANZ measures the performance of continuing segments on a cash profit basis. To calculate cash profit, certain non-core items are removed from

statutory profit. Details of these items are included in the ‘Other items’ section of this note. Transactions between business units across segments within

ANZ are conducted on an arm’s-length basis and disclosed as part of the income and expenses of these segments. For information on discontinued

operations please refer to Note 11. The retained Wealth Australia business includes lenders mortgage insurance, share investing, financial planning and

general insurance distribution.


ii) Operating segments


Half Year

1



Movement

Operating Income


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia


4,863

4,784 4,651 2% 5%

Institutional


2,544

2,575 3,055 -1% -17%

New Zealand


1,616

1,595 1,577 1% 2%

Wealth Australia


186

189 204 -2% -9%

Asia Retail & Pacific


303

428 166 -29% 83%

TSO and Group Centre

296

269 323 10% -8%

Subtotal

9,808

9,840 9,976 0% -2%

Other

2


367

(37) (381) large large

Group total


10,175

9,803 9,595


4% 6%




Half Year

1



Movement

Profit


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia


1,915

1,857 1,759 3% 9%

Institutional


793

859 1,065 -8% -26%

New Zealand


726

692 677 5% 7%

Wealth Australia


44

37 58 19% -24%

Asia Retail & Pacific


106

65 (222) 63% large

TSO and Group Centre


(91)

(56) 18 63% large

Subtotal

3,493

3,454 3,355 1% 4%

Other

2


430

(44) (421) large large

Group total 3,923

3,410 2,934


15% 34%

1.

Information has been restated and presented on a continuing operations basis.

2.

In evaluating the performance of the operating segments, certain items are removed from the statutory profit where they are not considered integral to the ongoing performance of the

segment and are revalued separately.














NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


90


7. Segment analysis, cont’d


iii) Other items

The table below sets out the profit after tax impact of other items which are removed from statutory profit to reflect the cash profit of each segment.





Half Year

1

Movement

Item gains/(losses) Related segment

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Revaluation of policy liabilities New Zealand

10

8 (33)


25% large

Economic hedges Institutional, TSO and Group Centre

124

(31) (178) large large

Revenue hedges TSO and Group Centre

(40)

(6) 105 large large

Structured credit intermediation trades Institutional

3

2 1 50% large

Sale of SRCB TSO and Group Centre

333

(17) (316) large large

Total profit after tax from continuing operations


430

(44) (421) large large

1.

Information has been restated and presented on a continuing operations basis.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


91

8. Net loans and advances


As at Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia


Overdrafts

5,843

5,939 5,786 -2% 1%

Credit cards outstanding

8,629

8,632 8,846 0% -2%

Commercial bills outstanding

7,467

8,471 9,232 -12% -19%

Term loans - housing

270,631

264,105 255,721 2% 6%

Term loans - non-housing

125,901

124,307 123,464 1% 2%

Lease receivables

1,072

1,153 1,084 -7% -1%

Hire purchase contracts

893

634 641 41% 39%

Other

8

15 415 -47% -98%

Total Australia

420,444

413,256 405,189 2% 4%




Asia Pacific, Europe & America


Overdrafts

538

449 743 20% -28%

Credit cards outstanding

13

869 1,351 -99% -99%

Term loans - housing

729

2,469 6,501 -70% -89%

Term loans - non-housing

1


53,971

50,901 52,131 6% 4%

Lease receivables

210

117 163 79% 29%

Other

17

34 320 -50% -95%

Total Asia Pacific, Europe & America

55,478

54,839 61,209 1% -9%




New Zealand


Overdrafts

809

957 1,158 -15% -30%

Credit cards outstanding

1,558

1,508 1,503 3% 4%

Term loans - housing

73,751

70,735 68,592 4% 8%

Term loans - non-housing

41,306

40,697 40,247 1% 3%

Lease receivables

182

189 198 -4% -8%

Hire purchase contracts

1,411

1,263 1,115 12% 27%

Total New Zealand

119,017

115,349 112,813 3% 5%

Sub-total 594,939

583,444 579,211 2% 3%



Unearned income

(441)

(411) (458) 7% -4%

Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees

2


1,044

1,058 1,040 -1% 0%

Customer liability for acceptances

3


-

- 565


n/a -100%

Gross loans and advances (including assets reclassified as held for sale) 595,542

584,091 580,358 2% 3%



Provision for credit impairment (refer to Note 9)

(3,595)

(3,798) (4,054) -5% -11%

Net loans and advances (including assets reclassified as held for sale) 591,947

580,293 576,304 2% 3%



Net loans and advances held for sale (refer to Note 11)

(3,001)

(5,962) (12,269) -50% -76%

Net loans and advances 588,946

574,331 564,035 3% 4%

1.

Commercial bills outstanding are included in Term loans - non-housing. Restatement impact of $2,597 million for September 2017 and $2,065 million for March 2017.

2.

Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees are amortised over the expected life of the loan.

3.

Customer liability for acceptances has been recognised as Other assets from 1 April 2017.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


92

9. Provision for credit impairment



Half Year Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Individual provision


Balance at start of period

1,136

1,269 1,307 -10% -13%

New and increased provisions

728

948 1,121 -23% -35%

Write-backs

(191)

(280) (221) -32% -14%

Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations and transfers

5

(2) (12) large large

Discount unwind

(7)

(8) (24) -13% -71%

Bad debts written-off

(651)

(791) (902) -18% -28%

Asia Retail and Wealth businesses divestment

(4)

- - n/a n/a

Total individual provision 1,016

1,136 1,269 -11% -20%



Collective provision

Balance at start of period

2,662

2,785 2,876 -4% -7%

Charge/(Release) to Income Statement

(22)

(75) (67) -71% -67%

Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations and transfers

18

(9) (24) large large

Asia Retail and Wealth businesses divestment

(79)

(39) - large n/a

Total collective provision

1

2,579

2,662 2,785 -3% -7%



Total provision for credit impairment 3,595

3,798 4,054 -5% -11%

1.

The collective provision includes amounts for off-balance sheet credit exposures of $522 million as at 31 March 2018 (Sep 17: $544 million; Mar 17: $574 million). The impact on the Income

Statement for the half year ended 31 March 2018 was a $26 million release (Sep 17 half: $20 million release; Mar 17 half: $46 million release).




Half Year Movement

Provision movement analysis

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

New and increased individual provisions

728

948 1,121 -23% -35%

Write-backs

(191)

(280) (221) -32% -14%


537

668 900 -20% -40%

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

(107)

(114) (114) -6% -6%

Individual credit impairment charge

430

554 786 -22% -45%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release)

(22)

(75) (67) -71% -67%

Credit impairment charge 408

479 719 -15% -43%

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


93

10. Deposits and other borrowings





As at


Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Australia


Certificates of deposit

43,157

50,565 51,875 -15% -17%

Term deposits

75,116

72,679 72,471 3% 4%

On demand and short term deposits

191,228

190,480 179,928 0% 6%

Deposits not bearing interest

10,548

10,221 9,268 3% 14%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements

37,718

35,896 37,824 5% 0%

Commercial paper

21,658

14,599 6,786 48% large

Total Australia

379,425

374,440 358,152 1% 6%




Asia Pacific, Europe & America


Certificates of deposit

5,234

2,894 4,629 81% 13%

Term deposits

77,335

78,863 90,449 -2% -14%

On demand and short term deposits

19,557

21,769 23,468 -10% -17%

Deposits not bearing interest

4,362

4,519 4,650 -3% -6%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements

30,756

23,251 24,765 32% 24%

Total Asia Pacific, Europe & America

137,244

131,296 147,961 5% -7%




New Zealand


Certificates of deposit

1,897

1,763 924 8% large

Term deposits

44,810

41,829 40,236 7% 11%

On demand and short term deposits

39,580

38,143 38,762 4% 2%

Deposits not bearing interest

9,334

8,173 7,832 14% 19%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements

1,543

145 662 large large

Commercial paper and other borrowings

3,297

4,380 3,888 -25% -15%

Total New Zealand

100,461

94,433 92,304 6% 9%

Total deposits and other borrowings (including liabilities reclassified as held for sale) 617,130

600,169 598,417 3% 3%



Deposits and other borrowings held for sale (refer to Note 11)

(900)

(4,558) (17,010) -80% -95%

Total deposits and other borrowings 616,230

595,611 581,407 3% 6%

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


94

11. Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale

i) Discontinued operations

On 17 October 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell OnePath pensions and investments (OnePath P&I) and aligned dealer groups (ADG)

business to IOOF Holdings Limited (IOOF). The aligned dealer groups business consists of aligned advice businesses that operate under their own

Australian Financial Services licences. Completion is expected in the first half of the 2019 financial year, subject to certain conditions including regulatory

approvals and completing the extraction of the OnePath P&I business from OnePath Life Insurance.

On 12 December 2017, ANZ announced that it had agreed to the sale of its life insurance business to Zurich Financial Services Australia (Zurich) to

further simplify ANZ’s Wealth Australia division. The transaction is subject to closing conditions and regulatory approval and ANZ expects it to close in the

first half of the 2019 financial year.

As a result of the sale transactions outlined above, the financial results of the businesses to be divested and associated Group reclassification and

consolidation impacts are treated as discontinued operations from a reporting perspective. This impacts the current and comparative financial information

for Wealth Australia and TSO and Group Centre divisions.


Income Statement




Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income


-

- (3)


n/a -100%

Other operating income

1



(655)

5 6


large large

Net funds management and insurance income


426

469 398


-9% 7%

Operating income


(229)

474 401


large large

Operating expenses

(243)

(237) (244)


3% 0%

Profit/(Loss) before income tax


(472)

237 157


large large

Income tax expense

(128)

(152) (180)


-16% -29%

Profit/(Loss) for the period attributable to shareholders of the Company


(600)

85 (23)


large large

1.

Includes a $632 million loss relating to the reclassification of Wealth Australia businesses to held for sale.


Cash Flow Statement






Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities


924 558 799


66% 16%

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities


(1,133) (492) (1,675)


large -32%

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities


179 (64) 864


large -79%

Net cash provided by/(used in)


(30)

2 (12)


large large


ii) Assets and liabilities held for sale


At 31 March 2018, assets and liabilities held for sale are re-measured at the lower of their existing carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell,

except for assets such as deferred tax assets, financial assets and contractual rights under insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt from this

requirement and continue to be recognised at their existing carrying value.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


95

Assets and liabilities held for sale

1



As at 31 Mar 2018


As at 30 Sep 2017


As at 31 Mar 2017


Discontinued

operations

$M

UDC

and Paymark

$M

Metrobank

Card

Corporation

$M

Total

$M


Asia Retail

and Wealth

businesses

$M

UDC

$M

Shanghai

Rural

Commercial

Bank

$M

Metrobank

Card

Corporation

$M

Total

$M


Asia Retail

and Wealth

businesses

$M

UDC

$M

Shanghai

Rural

Commercial

Bank

$M

Total

$M

Cash and cash equivalents

5 - - 5


- - - -

-


- - -

-

Derivative financial instruments

1 - - 1


- - - -

-


- - -

-

Available for sale assets

1,040 - - 1,040


- - - -

-


- - -

-

Net loans and advances

118 2,883 - 3,001

3,283 2,679 - -

5,962


9,776 2,493 -

12,269

Investment in associates

1 7 60 68

- - 1,748 120

1,868

- - 1,735

1,735

Deferred tax assets

72 - - 72

- - - -

-

- - -

-

Goodwill and other intangible assets

946 124 - 1,070

- 122 - -

122

- 118 -

118

Investments backing policy liabilities

38,803 - - 38,803

- - - -

-

- - -

-

Premises and equipment

5 - - 5

- - - -

-

- - -

-

Other assets

1,198 15 - 1,213

- 18 - -

18

- 23 -

23

Total assets held for sale 42,189 3,029 60 45,278 3,283 2,819 1,748 120 7,970 9,776 2,634 1,735 14,145






Deposits and other borrowings

- 900 - 900

3,602 956 - -

4,558

15,818 1,192 -

17,010

Current tax liabilities

(158) 36 - (122)

- 22 - -

22

- 31 -

31

Deferred tax liabilities

387 (9) - 378

- (8) - -

(8)

- - -

-

Policy liabilities

38,381 - - 38,381

- - - -

-

- - -

-

External unit holder liabilities

4,618 - - 4,618

- - - -

-

- - -

-

Payables and other liabilities

560 28 - 588

47 30 - -

77

44 30 -

74

Provisions

29 1 - 30

43 1 - -

44

50 1 -

51

Total liabilities held for sale 43,817 956 - 44,773 3,692 1,001 - - 4,693 15,912 1,254 - 17,166

1.

Amounts in the table above are shown net of intercompany balances.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


96

11. Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale, cont’d

Other strategic divestments presented as assets and liabilities held for sale in the prior periods:


 Asia Retail and Wealth Businesses

The Group announced that it had agreed to sell Retail and Wealth businesses in Singapore, Hong Kong, China, Taiwan and Indonesia to

Singapore’s DBS Bank on 31 October 2016, and its Retail business in Vietnam to Shinhan Bank Vietnam on 21 April 2017. The Group successfully

completed the transition of businesses in China, Singapore and Hong Kong in the September 2017 half, and Vietnam, Taiwan, and Indonesia in the

March 2018 half. These businesses were part of the Asia Retail & Pacific division.

 UDC Finance (UDC) and Paymark Limited (Paymark)

On 11 January 2017, the Group announced that it had entered into a conditional agreement to sell UDC to HNA Group (HNA). On 21 December

2017, the Group announced that it had been informed that New Zealand’s Overseas Investment Office had declined HNA’s application to acquire

UDC and the agreement with HNA was terminated in January 2018.

On 20 March 2018, the Group announced that it was continuing to examine a broad range of options for UDC’s future including an Initial Public

Offering (IPO) and trade sale. As a result of the ongoing process, the assets and liabilities of UDC continue to meet the criteria to be reclassified to

held for sale as at 31 March 2018.

On 17 January 2018, the Group entered into an agreement to sell its 25% shareholding in Paymark to Ingenico Group. The carrying amount of the

Group’s investment in Paymark at 31 March 2018 is $7 million and the asset is reclassified to held for sale. The transaction is subject to regulatory

consents. These businesses are part of the New Zealand division.

 Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank

On 3 January 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its 20% stake in Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB). On 18 September 2017,

the Group announced a revision to the 3 January 2017 arrangement in which Baoshan Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. (Bao) replaced Shanghai Sino-Poland

Enterprise Management Development Corporation Limited to join China COSCO Shipping Corporation Limited (COSCO) to acquire ANZ’s 20%

stake in SRCB. Under the updated arrangement, COSCO and Bao each acquired a 10% stake in SRCB. The key financial terms of the revised sale

agreement were unchanged from the original transaction announcement. The sale was completed in the March 2018 half. This asset was part of the

TSO and Group Centre division.

 Metrobank Card Corporation

On 18 October 2017, the Group announced it had entered into an agreement with its joint venture partner Metropolitan Bank & Trust Company

(Metrobank) in relation to its 40% stake in the Philippines based Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC). The Group agreed to sell 20% of its stake, and

entered into a put option to sell the remaining 20% stake, exercisable in the fourth quarter of 2018 on the same terms for the same consideration.

The first 20% stake sale was completed in the March 2018 half. This asset is part of the TSO and Group Centre division.


Income Statement impact relating to assets and liabilities held for sale


During the March 2018 half year, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to assets and liabilities held for sale:

 $632 million loss relating to the reclassification of the Wealth Australia business to held for sale, comprising a $277 million impairment, and $355

million of costs (net of tax) associated with the sale. This loss is recognised in discontinued operations.

 $85 million gain relating to the sale of the remaining Asia Retail and Wealth businesses, net of costs associated with the sale including $14 million of

tax expenses. This gain is recognised in continuing operations.

 $18 million gain relating to UDC comprising a cost recovery in respect of the terminated transaction process. This gain is recognised in continuing

operations.

 $247 million net gain relating to SRCB comprising a $289 million gain on release of reserves, $56 million of foreign exchange losses and other costs,

and a $14 million adjustment for tax. This gain is recognised in continuing operations.

 $121 million net gain relating to MCC comprising a $121 million gain on sale of the first 20% stake, $1 million of foreign exchange gains, $3 million

loss on release of reserves, and a $2 million adjustment for tax. This gain is recognised in continuing operations.


During the September 2017 half year, the Group recognised the following impacts in continuing operations in relation to assets and liabilities held for sale:

 $14 million gain recognised on the partial completion of the Asia Retail and Wealth sale comprising sale premium and recoveries, net of related sale

costs.

 $17 million loss relating to the Group’s investment in SRCB comprising $1 million of foreign exchange losses, and $16 million of tax expenses.


During the March 2017 half year, the Group recognised the following impacts in continuing operations in relation to the assets and liabilities:

 $324 million loss relating to the reclassification of the Group’s Asia Retail and Wealth businesses to held for sale comprising $225 million of software,

goodwill and other assets impairment charges, and $99 million of costs associated with the sale. The Group also recognised a $40 million tax benefit

as a result of the loss on reclassification to held for sale.

 $316 million loss relating to the Group’s investment in SRCB comprising of a $219 million impairment to the investment, $11 million of foreign

exchange losses, and $86 million of tax expenses.

These impacts are included in ‘Other income’ and ‘Income tax expense’ (refer Note 2 and 4).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


97

12. Debt issuances




Half Year


Movement



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Total unsubordinated debt 97,576

90,263 88,778 8% 10%

Additional Tier 1 Capital

1



Convertible Preference Shares (ANZ CPS)



ANZ CPS3

2


-

573 1,340 -100% -100%

ANZ Capital Notes (ANZ CN)



ANZ CN1

3


1,117

1,116 1,116 0% 0%

ANZ CN2

4


1,604

1,604 1,603 0% 0%

ANZ CN3

5


961

963 962 0% 0%

ANZ CN4

6


1,609

1,608 1,607 0% 0%

ANZ CN5

7


924

925 - 0% n/a

ANZ Capital Securities

8


1,188

1,206 1,218 -1% -2%

ANZ NZ Capital Notes

9


467

457 454 2% 3%

Tier 2 Capital

10



Perpetual subordinated notes

1,174

1,150 1,156 2% 2%

Term subordinated notes

8,216

8,108 10,841 1% -24%

Total subordinated debt


17,260

17,710 20,297 -3% -15%

Total debt issuances 114,836

107,973 109,075 6% 5%

1.

ANZ Capital Notes, ANZ Capital Securities and the ANZ NZ Capital Notes are Basel 3 compliant instruments.

2.

On 28 September 2011, ANZ issued $1,340 million of convertible preference shares (CPS3). On 28 September 2017, ANZ bought back and cancelled $767 million of CPS3 and on 1 March

2018 ANZ repaid all remaining CPS3 for their issue price of $100 each.

3.

On 7 August 2013, ANZ issued capital notes (CN1) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 1 September 2023 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). If

ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary

shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on 1 September 2021 the notes are redeemable or convertible to ANZ ordinary shares (on

similar terms to mandatory conversion) by ANZ.

4.

On 31 March 2014, ANZ issued capital notes (CN2) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 24 March 2024 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). If ANZ’s

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary shares at

a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on 24 March 2022 the notes are redeemable or convertible into ANZ ordinary shares (on similar

terms to the mandatory conversion) by ANZ.

5.

On 5 March 2015, ANZ acting through its New Zealand Branch issued capital notes (CN3) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 24 March 2025 at a 1% discount (subject to certain

conditions being satisfied). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately

convert into ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on 24 March 2023 the notes are redeemable or convertible into

ANZ ordinary shares (on similar terms to the mandatory conversion) by ANZ.

6.

On 27 September 2016, ANZ issued capital notes (CN4) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 20 March 2026 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). If

ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary

shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on 20 March 2024 the notes are redeemable or convertible into ANZ ordinary shares (on

similar terms to the mandatory conversion) by ANZ.

7.

On 28 September 2017, ANZ issued capital notes (CN5) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 20 March 2027 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). If

ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125% or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary

shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on 20 March 2025 the notes are redeemable or convertible into ANZ ordinary shares (on

similar terms to the mandatory conversion) by ANZ.

8.

On 15 June 2016, ANZ acting through its London branch issued fully-paid perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities (ANZ Capital Securities). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1

capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the securities will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount

subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on the First Reset Date (15 June 2026) and each 5 year anniversary, ANZ has the right to redeem all of the

securities at its discretion.

9.

On 31 March 2015, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (ANZ Bank NZ) issued convertible notes (ANZ NZ Capital Notes) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 25 May 2022 at a 1%

discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). If ANZ or ANZ Bank NZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, ANZ receives a notice of non-viability

from APRA, ANZ Bank NZ receives a direction from RBNZ or a statutory manager is appointed to ANZ Bank NZ and makes a determination, then the notes will immediately convert into

ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on 25 May 2020 the notes are redeemable or convertible into ANZ ordinary

shares (on similar terms to the mandatory conversion) by ANZ Bank NZ.

10.

The convertible dated subordinated notes are Basel 3 compliant instruments. APRA has granted transitional capital treatment for all other outstanding subordinated notes until their first call

date or, in the case of the perpetual subordinated notes the earlier of the end of the transitional period (December 2021) and the first call date when a step-up event occurs. If ANZ receives

a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the convertible subordinated notes will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


98

13. Credit risk


Maximum exposure to credit risk

For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. In certain circumstances there may be

differences between the carrying amounts reported on the balance sheet and the amounts reported in the tables below. Principally, these differences

arise in respect of financial assets that are subject to risks other than credit risk, such as equity instruments which are primarily subject to market risk, or

bank notes and coins.

For undrawn facilities, this maximum exposure to credit risk is the full amount of the committed facilities. For contingent exposures, the maximum

exposure to credit risk is the maximum amount the group would have to pay if the instrument is called upon.

The table below shows the maximum exposure to credit risk of on-balance sheet, and off-balance sheet, positions before taking account of any collateral

held or other credit enhancements:



Reported


Excluded/Other

1,2



Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk


As at


As at


As at

On-balance sheet positions

3


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Net loans and advances

2


591,947

580,293 576,304


(548)

(562) (590)


592,495

580,855 576,894

Other financial assets

329,365

307,789 304,820


50,524

50,472 47,684


278,841

251,317 257,136

Total other financial assets 921,312

888,082 881,124


49,976

49,910 47,094


871,336

832,172 834,030

Off-balance sheet positions




Undrawn and contingent facilities

2,4


233,527

232,162 236,054


548

562 590


232,979

231,600 235,464

Total 1,154,839

1,120,244 1,117,178


50,524

50,472 47,684


1,104,315

1,063,772 1,069,494

1.

Excluded comprises bank notes and coins and cash at bank within liquid assets, equity securities within available-for-sale financial assets and investments relating to the insurance

business where the credit risk is passed onto the policy holder. In September 2017, equity securities and precious metal exposures recognised as trading securities and trade dated assets

recognised as settlement balances owed to ANZ have been excluded as they do not carry credit risk. Comparatives have been restated accordingly.

2.

Other relates to the transfer of individual and collective provisions related to off-balance sheet facilities held in net loans and advances. The provisions are transferred for the purposes of

showing the maximum exposure to credit risk by relevant facility type in this and the following tables.

3.

On-balance sheet positions include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.

4.

Undrawn facilities and contingent facilities includes guarantees, letters of credit and performance related contingencies.



Credit Quality

The table below provides an analysis of the credit quality of the maximum exposure to credit risk split by:

 Neither past due nor impaired assets by credit quality

The credit quality of financial assets is managed by the Group using internal customer credit ratings (CCRs) based on their current probability of

default. The Group’s masterscales are mapped to external rating agency scales, to enable wider comparisons.

 Past due but not impaired assets by ageing

Ageing analysis of past due loans is used by the Group to measure and manage emerging credit risks. Financial assets that are past due but not

impaired include those which are assessed, approved and managed on a portfolio basis within a centralised environment (for example credit cards

and personal loans) that can be held on a productive basis until they are 180 days past due, as well as those which are managed on an individual

basis. A large portion of retail credit exposures, such as residential mortgages, are generally well secured. That is, the value of supporting collateral

is sufficient to cover amounts outstanding.

 Restructured and impaired assets presented as gross amounts and net of individual provisions.

ANZ regularly reviews its portfolio and monitors adherence to contractual terms. When doubt arises as to the collectability of a credit facility, the

financial instrument (or ‘the facility’) is classified and reported as individually impaired and an individual provision is allocated against it.

As described in the summary of significant accounting policies in the 2017 Annual Financial Report, impairment provisions are created for financial

instruments that are reported on the balance sheet at amortised cost. For instruments reported at fair value, impairment provisions are treated as part

of overall change in fair value and directly reduce the reported carrying amounts.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


99

13. Credit risk, cont’d



Loans and advances


Other financial assets


Off-balance sheet credit related

commitments


As at


As at


As at


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Neither past due nor impaired





Strong credit profile

1


427,729

410,343 435,778

274,815

246,774 252,646


194,393

190,083 193,658

Satisfactory risk

2


131,229

137,432 107,026

3,859

4,429 4,322


36,756

39,578 39,217

Sub-standard but not past due or impaired

3


16,767

16,879 17,101

167

114 158


1,761

1,858 2,520

Subtotal 575,725

564,654 559,905

278,841

251,317 257,126

232,910

231,519 235,395

Past due but not impaired






1-29 days

8,974

8,790 9,123

-

- -

-

- -

30-59 days

2,576

2,143 2,355

-

- -

-

- -

60-89 days

1,233

1,148 1,148

-

- -

-

- -

>90 days

3,038

2,953 2,771

-

- -

-

- -

Subtotal 15,821

15,034 15,397

-

- -

-

- -

Restructured and impaired


Impaired loans

1,863

2,118 2,478

-

- -

-

- -

Restructured items

4


76

167 367

-

- -

-

- -

Non-performing commitment and

contingencies

-

- -

-

- - 95 99 85

Other

-

- -

-

- 10

-

- -

Gross impaired financial assets

1,939

2,285 2,845


-

- 10


95

99 85

Individual provisions

(990)

(1,118) (1,253)

-

- -

(26)

(18) (16)

Subtotal 949

1,167 1,592

-

- 10

69

81 69

Total 592,495

580,855 576,894

278,841

251,317 257,136

232,979

231,600 235,464

1.

Customers that have demonstrated superior stability in their operating and financial performance over the long-term, and whose debt servicing capacity is not significantly vulnerable to

foreseeable events. This rating broadly corresponds to ratings “Aaa” to “Baa3” and “AAA” to “BBB-” of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s respectively. In 2018, collective provisions against

Satisfactory and Sub-standard risk, which previously had been allocated against Strong credit profile are now reallocated to Satisfactory and Sub-standard risk. Comparatives have been

restated accordingly.

2.

Customers that have consistently demonstrated sound operational and financial stability over the medium to long term, even though some may be susceptible to cyclical trends or variability

in earnings. This rating broadly corresponds to ratings “Ba2” to “B1” and “BB” to “B+” of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s respectively. In 2018, collective provisions against Satisfactory and

Sub-standard risk, which previously had been allocated against Strong credit profile are now reallocated to Satisfactory and Sub-standard risk. Comparatives have been restated

accordingly (Sep 17: Net loans and advances $585 million, Credit related commitments $187 million; Mar 17: Net loans and advances $550 million, Credit related commitments $186

million).

3.

Customers that have demonstrated some operational and financial instability, with variability and uncertainty in profitability and liquidity projected to continue over the short and possibly

medium term. This rating broadly corresponds to ratings “B2” to “Caa” and “B” to “CCC” of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s respectively. In 2018, collective provisions against Satisfactory

and Sub-standard risk, which previously had been allocated against Strong credit profile are now reallocated to Satisfactory and Sub-standard risk. Comparatives have been restated

accordingly (Sep 17: Net loans and advances $639 million, Credit related commitments $85 million; Mar 17: Net loans and advances $762 million, Credit related commitments $114 million).

4.

Restructured items are facilities in which the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer. Restructuring may consist of

reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered for new facilities with similar risk.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


100

14. Fair value measurement

The Group carries a significant number of financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. In addition the Group also holds assets classified as

held for sale which are measured at fair value less costs to sell. The fair value is the best estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset, or

paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.


i) Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on the balance sheet

a) Valuation

The Group has an established control framework, including appropriate segregation of duties, to ensure that fair values are accurately determined,

reported and controlled. The framework includes the following features:

 products are approved for transacting with external customers and counterparties only where fair values can be appropriately determined;

 when using quoted prices to value an instrument, these are independently verified from external pricing providers;

 fair value methodologies and inputs are evaluated and approved by a function independent of the party that undertakes the transaction;

 movements in fair values are independently monitored and explained by reference to underlying factors relevant to the fair value; and

 valuation adjustments (such as funding valuation adjustments, credit valuation adjustments and bid-offer adjustments) are independently validated

and monitored.

If the Group holds offsetting risk positions, then the Group uses the portfolio exception in AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement (AASB 13) to measure the

fair value of such groups of financial assets and financial liabilities. We measure the portfolio based on the price that would be received to sell a net long

position (an asset) for a particular risk exposure, or to transfer a net short position (a liability) for a particular risk exposure.

b) Fair value approach and valuation techniques

We use valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities for recognition, measurement and disclosure purposes where no quoted

price in an active market for that asset or liability exists. This includes the following:


Asset or Liability Fair Value Approach

Financial instruments classified as:

- trading securities

- securities short sold

- derivative financial assets and liabilities

- available-for-sale assets

- other assets

Valuation techniques are used that incorporate observable market inputs for securities

with similar credit risk, maturity and yield characteristics. Equity instruments that are not

traded in active markets may be measured using comparable company valuation

multiples.

Net loans and advances, deposits and other borrowings

and debt issuances

Discounted cash flow techniques are used whereby contractual future cash flows of the

instrument are discounted using discount rates incorporating wholesale market rates, or

market borrowing rates for debt with similar maturities or with a yield curve appropriate

for the remaining term to maturity.

Assets and liabilities held for sale Valuation based on the agreed sale price before transaction costs.

Details of significant unobservable inputs used in measuring fair values are described in (ii)(a) below.

c) Fair value hierarchy categorisation

The Group categorises financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value into a fair value hierarchy as required by AASB 13 based on the observability of

inputs used to measure the fair value:

 Level 1 - valuations based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 Level 2 - valuations using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for a similar asset or liability, either directly or

indirectly; and

 Level 3 - valuations where significant unobservable inputs are used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability.

d) Fair value hierarchy disclosure

The following table presents assets and liabilities carried at fair value in accordance with the fair value hierarchy:

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


101

14. Fair value measurement, cont’d


Fair value measurements

As at March 2018

Level 1

$M

Level 2

$M

Level 3

$M

Total

$M

Assets

Trading securities

1

38,517 6,541 -

45,058

Derivative financial instruments 259 70,593 63

70,915

Available for sale assets

1, 2

63,283 5,921 1,035

70,239

Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 145 -

145

Assets held for sale

3

- 42,544 -

42,544

Other assets 4 139 -

143

Total 102,063 125,883 1,098 229,044

Liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 2,470 -

2,470

Derivative financial instruments 1,008 69,570 46

70,624

Liabilities held for sale

3

- 43,817 -

43,817

Payables and other liabilities (measured at fair value)

5

1,884 161 -

2,045

Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 1,785 -

1,785

Total 2,892 117,803 46 120,741

As at September 2017



Assets


Trading securities

1

40,435 3,170 - 43,605

Derivative financial instruments 433 61,996 89 62,518

Available for sale assets

1

61,694 7,479 211 69,384

Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 156 - 156

Investments backing policy liabilities

1

27,308 10,306 350 37,964

Assets held for sale

3

- 1,748 - 1,748

Total

129,870 84,855 650 215,375

Liabilities


Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 3,497 - 3,497

Derivative financial instruments 275 61,900 77 62,252

Policy liabilities

4

- 37,106 - 37,106

External unit holder liabilities (life insurance funds) - 4,435 - 4,435

Payables and other liabilities (measured at fair value)

5

1,726 166 - 1,892

Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 1,752 - 1,752

Total

2,001 108,856 77 110,934

As at March 2017


Assets


Trading securities

1

40,714 3,371 - 44,085

Derivative financial instruments 378 63,407 97 63,882

Available for sale assets

1

58,353 6,111 221 64,685

Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 314 18 332

Investments backing policy liabilities

1

26,640 10,603 359 37,602

Assets held for sale

3

- 1,735 - 1,735

Total

126,085 85,541 695 212,321

Liabilities


Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 2,771 - 2,771

Derivative financial instruments 600 64,352 98 65,050

Policy liabilities

4

- 36,847 - 36,847

External unit holder liabilities (life insurance funds) - 4,227 - 4,227

Payables and other liabilities

5

2,001 126 - 2,127

Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 1,786 - 1,786

Total

2,601 110,109 98 112,808

1.

During the March 2018 half, $753 million was transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 following increased trading activity to support the quoted prices (Sep 17: $44 million; Mar 17: nil). There

were no material transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 (Sep 17: $92 million; Mar 17: $621 million). We deem transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 to have occurred as at the beginning of

the reporting period in which the transfer occurred.

2.

During the March 2018 half, $676 million was transferred from Level 1 to Level 3 following a change in the valuation approach used to measure the investment in Bank of Tianjin.

3.

The amounts reclassified as assets and liabilities held for sale relate to assets and liabilities measured at fair value less costs to sell in accordance with AASB 5 Non-current Assets Held for

Sale and Discontinued Operations. The amounts presented reflect the fair value gross of transaction costs but net of intercompany eliminations.

4.

Policy liabilities relate only to life investment contract liabilities, as we designated these at fair value through profit or loss.

5.

Payables and other liabilities relates to securities short sold, classified as held for trading and measured at fair value through profit or loss.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


102

14. Fair value measurement, cont’d


ii) Details of fair value measurements that incorporate unobservable market data

a) Level 3 fair value measurements

The net balance of Level 3 financial instruments is an asset of $1,052 million (Sep 17: $573 million; Mar 17: $597 million). The financial instruments which

incorporate significant unobservable inputs primarily include:

 structured credit products for which credit spreads and default probabilities relating to the reference assets and derivative counterparties cannot be

observed;

 reverse mortgage swaps for which the mortality rate cannot be observed; and

 equities for which there is no active market or traded prices cannot be observed.

Movements in the Level 3 balance are due to:

 investments backing policy liabilities being classified to Level 2 as part of assets held for sale following the agreed sale of the Wealth businesses,

and;

 our available-for-sale investment in Bank of Tianjin being transferred to Level 3 following a change in the valuation approach used to measure the

asset.

There were no other material transfers in or out of Level 3 during the period.

Bank of Tianjin (BoT)

A revised valuation technique was applied to the investment in BoT as the Group considers that, in light of persistent illiquidity, the share price of BoT is

not representative of fair value. The investment is valued based on comparative price-to-book (P/B) multiples (a P/B multiple is the ratio of the market

value of equity to the book value of equity). The extent of judgment applied in determining the appropriate multiple and comparator group from which the

multiple is derived are non-observable inputs which have resulted in the Level 3 classification.

The application of this valuation approach resulted in a $306 million increase in the carrying value of the investment during the period to $982 million (Sep

17: $676 million). The increase has been recognised as an unrealised gain in the available for sale revaluation reserve within shareholders’ equity and

accordingly, there is no impact from this revaluation on the Income Statement for the March 2018 half.

b) Sensitivity to Level 3 data inputs

When we make assumptions due to significant inputs not being directly observable in the market place (Level 3 inputs), then changing these assumptions

changes the Group’s estimate of the instrument’s fair value. Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined by changing the primary

unobservable parameter used to derive the valuation.

Bank of Tianjin (BoT)

The valuation of the BoT investment is sensitive to the selected unobservable input, being the P/B multiple. If the P/B multiple was increased or

decreased by 10% it would result in a $98 million increase or decrease to the fair value of the investment, which would be recognised in shareholders’

equity.

Other

The remaining Level 3 balance is immaterial and changes in the Level 3 inputs have a minimal impact on net profit and net assets of the Group.

c) Deferred fair value gains and losses

The Group does not immediately recognise the difference between the transaction price and the amount we determine based on the valuation technique

(day one gain or loss) in profit or loss. After initial recognition, we recognise the deferred amount in profit or loss over the life of the transaction on a

straight line basis or until all inputs become observable.

The day one gains and losses deferred are not material.


iii) Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value

The classes of financial assets and liabilities listed in the table below are generally carried at amortised cost on the Group’s balance sheet. Whilst this is

the value at which we expect the assets will be realised and the liabilities settled, the Group provides an estimate of the fair value of the financial assets

and liabilities at balance date in the table below.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


103

14. Fair value measurement, cont’d



Carrying amount in the balance sheet Fair Value

As at March 2018

At amortised

cost

$M

At fair

value

$M

Total

$M


$M

Financial assets


Net loans and advances

1

591,684 263 591,947 592,352


Financial liabilities


Deposits and other borrowings

1

614,660 2,470 617,130 617,254

Debt issuances 113,051 1,785 114,836 115,811

Total 727,711 4,255 731,966 733,065

As at September 2017


Financial assets


Net loans and advances

1

580,137 156 580,293 580,479




Financial liabilities


Deposits and other borrowings

1

596,672 3,497 600,169 600,359

Debt issuances 106,221 1,752 107,973 109,251

Total

702,893 5,249 708,142 709,610

As at March 2017


Financial assets


Net loans and advances

1

575,972 332 576,304 576,650




Financial liabilities


Deposits and other borrowings

1

595,646 2,771 598,417 598,654

Debt issuances 107,289 1,786 109,075 110,178

Total

702,935 4,557 707,492 708,832

1.

Net loans and advances and deposits and other borrowings include amounts reclassified to assets and liabilities held for sale (refer to Note 11).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


104

15. Shareholders’ equity


Issued and quoted securities


Half Year

Ordinary share capital


Mar 18

No.

Sep 17

No.

Mar 17

No.

Closing balance


2,898,758,978

2,937,415,327 2,936,037,009

Issued/(Repurchased) during the period

1



(38,656,349)

1,378,318 8,560,349

1.

The Company issued 8.1 million shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan for the 2017 final dividend (7.5 million shares for the 2017 interim dividend; 8.6

million shares for the 2016 final dividend). Following the provision of the 8.1 million shares, the Company repurchased 6.6 million of shares via an on-market share buy-back resulting in 6.6

million shares being cancelled. On 18 December 2017, the Company announced its intention to buy-back up to $1.5 billion of shares on-market as part of the Group’s broader capital

management plan. To date, the Company has bought back $1,132 million of shares resulting in 40.1 million shares being cancelled during the half.



Half Year


Movement

Shareholders' equity

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Ordinary share capital

27,933

29,088 29,036


-4% -4%

Reserves



Foreign currency translation reserve

257

(196) (140)

large large

Share option reserve

70

87 67


-20% 4%

Available for sale revaluation reserve

119

38 31


large large

Cash flow hedge reserve

117

131 180


-11% -35%

Transactions with non-controlling interests reserve

(22)

(23) (23)

-4% -4%

Total reserves

541

37 115

large large

Retained earnings

30,900

29,834 28,640

4% 8%

Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company 59,374

58,959 57,791 1% 3%

Non-controlling interests

126

116 117 9% 8%

Total shareholders' equity 59,500

59,075 57,908

1% 3%

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


105

16. Changes in composition of the Group

There were no acquisitions or disposals of material controlled entities for the half year ended 31 March 2018.


17. Investments in Associates


Half Year


Movement

Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Share of associates' profit

88

127 173 -31% -49%


Contributions to profit

1



Contribution to

Group profit after tax


Ownership interest

held by Group

Associates


Half Year


As at



Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

%

Sep 17

%

Mar 17

%

P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia


45

51 50

39

39 39

AMMB Holdings Berhad


42

48 48

24

24 24

Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank

2


-

- 58

-

20 20

Other associates

3


1

28 17

n/a

n/a n/a

Share of associates' profit

88

127 173

1.

Contributions to profit reflect the IFRS equivalent results adjusted to align with the Group’s financial year end which may differ from the published results of these entities. Excludes gains or

losses on disposal or valuation adjustments.

2.

On 3 January 2017, the Group announced that it had agreed to sell its 20% stake in Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB). The Group ceased equity accounting for the investment in

SRCB from that date. The sale concluded during the March 2018 half.

3.

Includes Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC). On 18 October 2017, the Group announced it had entered into an agreement with its joint venture partner Metropolitan Bank & Trust Company

(Metrobank) in relation to its 40% stake in the Philippines based Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC). The Group agreed to sell 20% of its stake (sale completed in the March 2018 half), and

entered into a put option to sell the remaining 20% stake, exercisable in the fourth quarter of FY18 on the same terms for the same consideration. MCC was reclassified as an asset held for

sale and the Group ceased equity accounting for the investment from 1 October 2017.


18. Related party disclosure

There have been no transactions with related parties that are significant to understanding the changes in financial position and performance of the Group

since 30 September 2017.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


106

19. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group. Where relevant, expert legal advice has been obtained

and, in the light of such advice, provisions and/or disclosures as deemed appropriate have been made. In some instances we have not disclosed the

estimated financial impact of the individual items either because it is not practicable to do so or because such disclosure may prejudice the interests of

the Group.

Refer to Note 33 of the 2017 ANZ Annual Financial Report for a description of contingent liabilities and contingent assets as at 30 September 2017. A

summary of some of those contingent liabilities, and new contingent liabilities that have arisen in the current reporting period, is set out below.

 Bank fees litigation

A litigation funder commenced a class action against the Company in 2010, followed by a second similar class action in March 2013. The applicants

contended that certain exception fees (honour, dishonour and non-payment fees on transaction accounts and late payment and over-limit fees on

credit cards) were unenforceable penalties and that various of the fees were also unenforceable under statutory provisions governing unconscionable

conduct, unfair contract terms and unjust transactions. A further action, limited to late payment fees only, commenced in August 2014.

The penalty and statutory claims in the March 2013 class action failed and the claims have been dismissed. The August 2014 action was

discontinued in October 2016.

The original claims in the 2010 class action have been dismissed. A new claim has been added to the 2010 class action, in relation to the Company’s

entitlement to charge certain periodical payment non-payment fees.

 Benchmark/rate actions

In July and August 2016, class action complaints were brought in the United States District Court against local and international banks, including the

Company - one action relating to the bank bill swap rate (BBSW), and one action relating to the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (SIBOR) and the

Singapore Swap Offer Rate (SOR). The class actions are expressed to apply to persons and entities that engaged in US-based transactions in

financial instruments that were priced, benchmarked, and/or settled based on BBSW, SIBOR, or SOR. The claimants seek damages or

compensation in amounts not specified, and allege that the defendant banks, including the Company, violated US anti-trust laws, anti-racketeering

laws, the Commodity Exchange Act, and (in the BBSW case only) unjust enrichment principles. The Company is defending the proceedings. The

matters are at an early stage.

In February 2017, the South African Competition Commission commenced proceedings against local and international banks including the Company

alleging breaches of the cartel provisions of the South African Competition Act in respect of trading in the South African rand. The potential civil

penalty or other financial impact is uncertain. The matter is at an early stage.

 Franchisee litigation

In February 2018, two related class actions were brought against the Company. The primary action alleges that the Company breached contractual

obligations and acted unconscionably when it lent to the applicant, and other 7-Eleven franchisees. The action seeks to set aside the loans to those

franchisees and claims unspecified damages. The second action seeks to set aside related mortgages and guarantees given to the Company. The

matters are at an early stage.

 Regulatory and customer exposures

In recent years there has been an increase in the number of matters on which ANZ engages with its regulators. There have been significant

increases in the nature and scale of regulatory investigations and reviews, enforcement actions (whether by court action or otherwise) and the

quantum of fines issued by regulators, particularly against financial institutions both in Australia and globally. ANZ also instigates engagement with its

regulators. The nature of these interactions can be wide ranging and, for example, currently include a range of matters including responsible lending

practices, product suitability, wealth advice, pricing and competition, conduct in financial markets and capital market transactions and product

disclosure documentation. ANZ has received various notices and requests for information from its regulators as part of both industry-wide and ANZ-

specific reviews and has also made disclosures to its regulators at its own instigation. There may be exposures to customers which are additional to

any regulatory exposures. These could include class actions, individual claims or customer remediation or compensation activities. The outcomes

and total costs associated with such reviews and possible exposures remain uncertain.

 Royal Commission

The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry was established on 14 December 2017. The

Commission has been asked to submit its final report by 1 February 2019 (and may choose to give an interim report by 30 September 2018). The

Commission is likely to result in additional costs and may lead to further exposures, including exposures associated with further regulator activity or

potential customer exposures such as class actions, individual claims or customer remediation or compensation activities. The outcomes and total

costs associated with these possible exposures remain uncertain.

 Security recovery actions

Various claims have been made or are anticipated, arising from security recovery actions taken to resolve impaired assets. These claims will be

defended.

 Warranties and Indemnities

The Group has provided warranties, indemnities and other commitments in favour of the purchaser and other persons in connection with various

disposals of businesses and assets and other transactions, covering a range of matters and risks. It is exposed to potential claims under those

warranties, indemnities and commitments.


20. Subsequent events since balance date

There have been no significant events from 31 March 2018 to the date of signing this report.

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION



107

Directors’ Declaration


The Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited declare that:

1. in the Directors’ opinion the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are in

accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 section 304, that they comply with the Australian Accounting Standards and any further requirements in the Corporations Regulations 2001;

and

 section 305, that they give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group as at 2018 and of its performance for the half year ended

on that date; and


2. in the Directors’ opinion as at the date of this declaration there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as

and when they become due and payable.



Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.





David M Gonski, AC Shayne C Elliott

Chairman Director




30 April 2018

AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION


108

Independent Auditor’s Review Report to the shareholders of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited


Report on the half year Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Conclusion

We have reviewed the accompanying half year Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the

Group).

The Group comprises Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and the entities it controlled at the half year’s end or from time

to time during the half year.

The half year Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements comprise:

 the condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2018;

 the condensed consolidated income statement, condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income, condensed consolidated statement

of changes in equity, and condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the half-year ended on 31 March 2018;

 Notes 1 to 20 comprising a basis of preparation and other explanatory information; and

 the Directors’ Declaration.

Based on our review, which is not an audit, we have not become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the half year Condensed Consolidated

Financial Statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited are not in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i) giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2018 and of its performance for the half year ended on that date; and

ii) complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the half year Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

The Directors of the Company are responsible for:

 the preparation of the half year Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with Australian

Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001; and

 such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the half year Condensed Consolidated Financial

Statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility for the review of the half year Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the half year Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements based on our review. We conducted our

review in accordance with Auditing Standard on Review Engagements ASRE 2410 Review of a Financial Report Performed by the Independent Auditor

of the Entity, in order to state whether, on the basis of the procedures described, we have become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the

half year Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are not in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 including: giving a true and fair view of the

Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2018 and its performance for the half year ended on that date, and complying with Australian Accounting

Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001. As auditor of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group

Limited, ASRE 2410 requires that we comply with the ethical requirements relevant to the audit of the annual financial report.

A review of half year Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and

accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance

with Australian Auditing Standards and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that

might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

In conducting our review, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.



KPMG

Melbourne

Alison Kitchen

Partner

30 April 2018


Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To the Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the review of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for the half-year

ended 31 March 2018, there have been:

(i) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the review; and

(ii) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the review.



KPMG

Melbourne


Alison Kitchen

Partner

30 April 2018


KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (”KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


109



CONTENTS Page


Capital management - including discontinued operations 110

Average balance sheet and related interest - continuing operations 114

Select geographical disclosures – including discontinued operations 117

Exchange rates 118

Derivative financial instruments - including discontinued operations 118

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


110

Capital management - including discontinued operations


ANZ provides information as required under APRA’s prudential standard APS 330: Public Disclosure. This information is located in the Regulatory

Disclosures section of ANZ’s website: shareholder.anz.com/pages/regulatory-disclosure.

This information includes disclosures detailed in the following sections of the standard, Attachment A: Capital disclosure template, Attachment B: Main

features of Capital instruments, Attachment E: Leverage ratio disclosure requirements and Attachment F: Liquidity Coverage Ratio disclosure template.




As at


Movement

Qualifying Capital

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Tier 1



Shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests

59,500

59,075 57,908 1% 3%

Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity Table 1

(394)

(481) (509) -18% -23%

Gross Common Equity Tier 1 capital

59,106

58,594 57,399 1% 3%

Deductions Table 2

(15,399)

(17,258) (17,182) -11% -10%

Common Equity Tier 1 capital 43,707

41,336 40,217 6% 9%

Additional Tier 1 capital Table 3

7,418

7,988 7,874 -7% -6%

Tier 1 capital


51,125

49,324 48,091 4% 6%

Tier 2 capital

Table 4

8,040

8,669 9,648 -7% -17%

Total qualifying capital


59,165

57,993 57,739 2% 2%

Capital adequacy ratios




Common Equity Tier 1

11.0%

10.6% 10.1%

Tier 1

12.9%

12.6% 12.1%

Tier 2

2.0%

2.2% 2.4%

Total


14.9%

14.8% 14.5%

Risk weighted assets Table 5

395,777

391,113 397,040 1% 0%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


111

Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d



As at Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Table 1: Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity



Treasury shares attributable to ANZ Wealth Australia policyholders

306

326 324 -6% -6%

Accumulated retained profits and reserves of insurance and funds management

entities


(608)

(711) (811) -14% -25%

Deferred fee revenue including fees deferred as part of loan yields

135

131 175 3% -23%

Available for sale reserve attributable to deconsolidated subsidiaries

(91)

(83) (82) 10% 11%

Other

(136)

(144) (115) -6% 18%

Total


(394)

(481) (509) -18% -23%





Table 2: Deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 capital



Unamortised goodwill & other intangibles (excluding ANZ Wealth Australia and

New Zealand)


(3,638)

(3,553) (3,532) 2% 3%

Intangible component of investments in ANZ Wealth Australia and New Zealand

(1,634)

(2,100) (2,099) -22% -22%

Capitalised software

(1,745)

(1,826) (1,887) -4% -8%

Capitalised expenses including loan and lease origination fees

(1,133)

(1,149) (1,129) -1% 0%

Applicable deferred net tax assets

(869)

(946) (902) -8% -4%

Expected losses in excess of eligible provisions Table 8

(686)

(719) (696) -5% -1%

Investment in other insurance and funds management subsidiaries

(274)

(274) (274) 0% 0%

Investment in ANZ Wealth Australia and New Zealand

(1,751)

(1,750) (1,749) 0% 0%

Investment in banking associates and minority interests

(2,272)

(3,919) (3,826) -42% -41%

Other deductions

(1,397)

(1,022) (1,088) 37% 28%

Total


(15,399)

(17,258) (17,182) -11% -10%





Table 3: Additional Tier 1 capital



ANZ Convertible Preference Shares 3

-

573 1,340 -100% -100%

ANZ Capital Notes 1

1,117

1,116 1,116 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 2

1,604

1,604 1,603 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 3

961

963 962 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 4

1,609

1,608 1,607 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 5

924

925 - 0% n/a

ANZ Bank NZ Capital Notes

467

457 454 2% 3%

ANZ Capital Securities

1,188

1,206 1,218 -1% -2%

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

(452)

(464) (426) -3% 6%

Total


7,418

7,988 7,874 -7% -6%





Table 4: Tier 2 capital



General reserve for impairment of financial assets

123

200 257 -39% -52%

Perpetual subordinated notes

390

1,150 1,156 -66% -66%

Term subordinated debt notes

8,216

8,108 10,841 1% -24%

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

(689)

(789) (518) -13% 33%

Transitional adjustments

-

- (2,088) n/a n/a

Total


8,040

8,669 9,648 -7% -17%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


112

Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d



As at Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Table 5: Risk weighted assets



On balance sheet

257,304

254,534 253,532 1% 1%

Commitments

53,644

53,546 56,279 0% -5%

Contingents

12,333

11,704 12,648 5% -2%

Derivatives

19,541

17,050 19,350 15% 1%

Total credit risk

Table 6

342,822

336,834 341,809 2% 0%

Market risk - Traded

6,558

5,363 6,323 22% 4%

Market risk - IRRBB

9,019

11,611 10,332 -22% -13%

Operational risk

37,378

37,305 38,576 0% -3%

Total risk weighted assets


395,777

391,113 397,040 1% 0%




As at Movement


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Table 6: Credit risk weighted assets by Basel asset class



Subject to Advanced IRB approach




Corporate


123,253

121,915 127,544


1% -3%

Sovereign


6,896

7,555 6,718


-9% 3%

Bank


15,129

13,080 14,267


16% 6%

Residential mortgage


99,560

96,267 86,218


3% 15%

Qualifying revolving retail (credit cards)


6,845

7,059 7,513


-3% -9%

Other retail


30,769

31,077 31,004


-1% -1%

Credit risk weighted assets subject to Advanced IRB approach


282,452

276,953 273,264


2% 3%







Credit risk specialised lending exposures subject to slotting criteria


32,065

31,845 33,896


1% -5%






Subject to Standardised approach






Corporate


15,105

13,365 16,264


13% -7%

Residential mortgage


321

950 2,354


-66% -86%

Other retail (includes credit cards)


102

2,000 3,131


-95% -97%

Credit risk weighted assets subject to Standardised approach


15,528

16,315 21,749


-5% -29%







Credit Valuation Adjustment and Qualifying Central Counterparties


7,864

7,269 8,168


8% -4%







Credit risk weighted assets relating to securitisation exposures


1,728

1,083 1,171


60% 48%

Other assets


3,185

3,369 3,561


-5% -11%

Total credit risk weighted assets


342,822

336,834 341,809


2% 0%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


113

Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d



Collective Provision and Individual

Provision


Basel Expected Loss

1


Table 7: Total provision for credit impairment and expected loss by

division

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M


Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Australia

1,690

1,772 1,750


2,499

2,625 2,514

Institutional

1,421

1,422 1,624


1,097

1,076 1,558

New Zealand

420

454 470


725

754 766

Asia Retail & Pacific

61

147 196


8

8 5

TSO and Group Centre

3

3 14


-

- -

Total provision for credit impairment and expected loss 3,595

3,798 4,054


4,329

4,463 4,843

1.

Only applicable to Advanced Internal Ratings based portfolios.



As at


Movement

Table 8: APRA Expected loss in excess of eligible provisions

Mar 18

$M

Sep 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17


APRA Basel 3 expected loss: non-defaulted 2,826

2,829 2,866 0% -1%

Less: Qualifying collective provision


Collective provision

(2,579)

(2,662) (2,785) -3% -7%

Non-qualifying collective provision

312

352 349 -11% -11%

Standardised collective provision

123

200 257 -39% -52%

Non-defaulted excess included in deduction 682

719 687 -5% -1%




APRA Basel 3 expected loss: defaulted 1,503

1,634 1,977 -8% -24%

Less: Qualifying individual provision


Individual provision

(1,016)

(1,136) (1,269) -11% -20%

Additional individual provision for partial write offs

(301)

(300) (540) 0% -44%

Standardised individual provision

108

117 149 -8% -28%

Collective provision on advanced defaulted

(290)

(320) (308) -9% -6%


4

(5) 9 large -56%

Shortfall in expected loss not included in deduction

-

5 - -100% n/a

Defaulted excess included in deduction 4

- 9 n/a -56%

Gross deduction 686

719 696 -5% -1%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


114

Average balance sheet and related interest - continuing operations

1, 2




Half Year Mar 18


Half Year Sep 17


Half Year Mar 17


Avg bal Int Rate


Avg bal Int Rate


Avg bal Int Rate


$M $M %


$M $M %


$M $M %

Loans and advances


Home loans

314,135 7,296 4.7%

311,138 7,232 4.6% 303,459 6,961 4.6%

Consumer finance

19,250 1,003 10.4%

22,556 1,143 10.1% 24,089 1,217 10.2%

Business lending

229,117 4,680 4.1%

225,924 4,724 4.2% 229,553 4,664 4.1%

Individual provisions for credit impairment

(1,057) - n/a

(1,262) - n/a (1,320) - n/a

Total 561,445 12,979 4.6%

558,356 13,099 4.7% 555,781 12,842 4.6%

Non-lending interest earning assets


Cash and other liquid assets

90,591 438 1.0%

86,130 325 0.8% 82,182 329 0.8%

Trading and available for sale assets

111,734 1,271 2.3%

106,245 1,172 2.2% 104,548 1,150 2.2%

Other assets

1,416 161 n/a

1,342 98 n/a 1,395 108 n/a

Total 203,741 1,870 1.8%

193,717 1,595 1.7% 188,125 1,587 1.7%

Total interest earning assets

3

765,186 14,849 3.9%

752,073 14,694 3.9% 743,906 14,429 3.9%

Non-interest earning assets 126,019

168,196 173,988

Total average assets (continuing operations) 891,205

920,269 917,894

Total average assets (discontinued operations)

42,263

- -

Total average assets 933,468

920,269 917,894



Deposits and other borrowings


Certificates of deposit

51,748 529 2.1%

57,610 603 2.1% 59,500 664 2.2%

Term deposits

200,255 2,185 2.2%

194,258 2,090 2.1% 205,073 1,951 1.9%

On demand and short term deposits

222,540 1,843 1.7%

230,143 1,830 1.6% 209,759 1,777 1.7%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under

agreement to repurchase

65,455 508 1.6%

62,668 442 1.4% 64,267 379 1.2%

Commercial paper and other borrowings

4


21,359 208 2.0%

14,092 156 2.2% 15,916 186 2.3%

Total 561,357 5,273 1.9%

558,771 5,121 1.8% 554,515 4,957 1.8%

Non-deposit interest bearing liabilities


Collateral received and settlement balances owed

by ANZ

12,060 48 0.8%

10,839 36 0.7% 10,982 31 0.6%

Debt issuances & subordinated debt

4


109,020 1,858 3.4%

110,531 1,905 3.4% 107,802 1,903 3.5%

Other liabilities

4,050 320 n/a

2,657 176 n/a 2,902 119 n/a

Total 125,130 2,226 3.6%

124,027 2,117 3.4% 121,686 2,053 3.4%

Total interest bearing liabilities

3

686,487 7,499 2.2%

682,798 7,238 2.1% 676,201 7,010 2.1%

Non-interest bearing liabilities 144,409

178,745 183,894

Total average liabilities (continuing operations) 830,896

861,543 860,095

Total average liabilities (discontinued operations)

43,573

- -

Total average liabilities 874,469

861,543 860,095



Total average shareholders' equity 58,999

58,726 57,799

1.

Averages used are predominantly daily averages.

2.

Assets and liabilities held for sale are included in continuing operations balance sheet categories and discontinued operations.

3.

Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.

4.

In the March 2018 half certain instruments were reclassified from average debt issuances and subordinated debt to average commercial paper and other borrowings to better reflect their

nature. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 17 half: $4,371 million average balance and $40 million interest reclassified; Mar 17 half: $3,881 million average balances and

$37 million interest).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


115

Average balance sheet and related interest - continuing operations

1, 2

, cont’d



Half Year Mar 18


Half Year Sep 17


Half Year Mar 17


Avg bal Int Rate


Avg bal Int Rate


Avg bal Int Rate


$M $M %


$M $M %


$M $M %

Loans and advances


Australia

389,907 9,273 4.8%

382,613 9,299 4.8% 375,642 9,027 4.8%

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

56,019 977 3.5%

59,871 1,048 3.5% 64,699 1,093 3.4%

New Zealand

115,519 2,729 4.7%

115,872 2,752 4.7% 115,440 2,722 4.7%

Total 561,445 12,979 4.6%

558,356 13,099 4.7% 555,781 12,842 4.6%

Trading and available for sale assets


Australia

62,044 740 2.4%

58,974 671 2.3% 60,330 662 2.2%

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

35,399 344 1.9%

33,162 296 1.8% 29,489 264 1.8%

New Zealand

14,291 187 2.6%

14,109 205 2.9% 14,729 224 3.0%

Total 111,734 1,271 2.3%

106,245 1,172 2.2% 104,548 1,150 2.2%

Total interest earning assets

3



Australia

484,628 10,346 4.3%

473,945 10,162 4.3% 466,147 9,915 4.3%

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

146,690 1,533 2.1%

144,345 1,522 2.1% 143,750 1,491 2.1%

New Zealand

133,868 2,970 4.4%

133,783 3,010 4.5% 134,009 3,023 4.5%

Total 765,186 14,849 3.9%

752,073 14,694 3.9% 743,906 14,429 3.9%




Total average assets


Australia

570,913

599,342 593,672

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

172,264

168,967 170,297

New Zealand

148,028

151,960 153,925

Total average assets (continuing operations) 891,205

920,269 917,894

Total average assets (discontinued operations)

42,263

- -

Total average assets 933,468

920,269 917,894



Interest bearing deposits and

other borrowings



Australia

4


335,149 3,382 2.0%

331,384 3,336 2.0% 322,519 3,336 2.1%

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

137,993 855 1.2%

139,591 740 1.1% 143,505 590 0.8%

New Zealand

88,215 1,036 2.4%

87,796 1,045 2.4% 88,491 1,031 2.3%

Total 561,357 5,273 1.9%

558,771 5,121 1.8% 554,515 4,957 1.8%

Total interest bearing liabilities

3



Australia

409,712 4,880 2.4%

408,615 4,744 2.3% 398,657 4,681 2.4%

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

165,303 1,182 1.4%

163,644 1,030 1.3% 167,295 871 1.0%

New Zealand

111,472 1,437 2.6%

110,539 1,464 2.6% 110,249 1,458 2.7%

Total 686,487 7,499 2.2%

682,798 7,238 2.1% 676,201 7,010 2.1%




Total average liabilities


Australia

508,544

541,175 534,389

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

191,020

186,034 190,287

New Zealand

131,332

134,333 135,419

Total average liabilities (continuing operations) 830,896

861,543 860,095

Total average liabilities (discontinued operations)

43,573

- -

Total average liabilities 874,469

861,543 860,095




Total average shareholders' equity


Ordinary share capital, reserves, retained earnings

and non-controlling interests

58,999

58,726 57,799

Total average shareholders' equity 58,999

58,726 57,799




Total average liabilities and shareholder's

equity

933,468

920,269 917,894

1.

Averages used are predominantly daily averages.

2.

Assets and liabilities held for sale are included in continuing operations balance sheet categories and discontinued operations.

3.

Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.

4.

In the March 2018 half certain instruments were reclassified from average debt issuances and subordinated debt to average commercial paper and other borrowings to better reflect their

nature. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 17 half: $4,371 million average balance and $40 million interest reclassified; Mar 17 half: $3,881 million average balances and

$37 million interest).


SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


116


Half Year

Gross earnings rate

1



Mar 18

%

Sep 17

%

Mar 17

%

Australia


4.49

4.46 4.49

Asia Pacific, Europe & America


2.12

2.08 1.99

New Zealand


4.45

4.49 4.52

Group

3.89

3.90 3.89





Net interest spread and net interest margin may be analysed as follows:






Half Year

Australia

1



Mar 18

%

Sep 17

%

Mar 17

%

Net interest spread


1.99

2.08 2.07

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items


0.28

0.23 0.24

Net interest margin - Australia

2.27

2.31 2.31

Asia Pacific, Europe & America

1





Net interest spread


0.68

0.82 0.95

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items


0.08

0.05 0.04

Net interest margin - Asia Pacific, Europe & America

0.76

0.87 0.99

New Zealand

1





Net interest spread


1.83

1.81 1.84

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items


0.33

0.34 0.33

Net interest margin - New Zealand

2.16

2.15 2.17

Group




Net interest spread


1.70

1.79 1.81

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items


0.23

0.19 0.19

Net interest margin

1.93

1.98 2.00

Net interest margin (excluding Markets)

2.60

2.61 2.58

1.

Geographic gross earnings rate, net interest spread and net interest margin are calculated gross of intra group items (Intra-group interest earning assets and associated interest income and

intra-group interest bearing liabilities and associated interest expense).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


117

Select geographical disclosures – including discontinued operations


The following divisions operate across the geographic locations illustrated below:

• Institutional division - Asia, Europe & America, Pacific, New Zealand and Australia

• Asia Retail & Pacific division - Asia and Pacific

• New Zealand division - New Zealand


The International geography includes Asia, Europe & America and Pacific




Australia

$M

New Zealand

$M

International

$M

Total

$M

March 2018 Half Year

Statutory profit

1,984 880 459 3,323

Cash profit

1,583 860 433 2,876

Net loans and advances

1


418,588 118,537 54,822 591,947

Customer deposits

1


276,892 94,623 101,249 472,764

Risk weighted assets

1


253,490 68,559 73,727 395,776



September 2017 Half Year


Statutory profit 2,261 849 385 3,495

Cash profit 2,277 861 389 3,527

Net loans and advances

1

411,298 114,915 54,080 580,293

Customer deposits

1

273,383 89,100 105,147 467,630

Risk weighted assets

1

252,983 66,403 71,727 391,113


March 2017 Half Year


Statutory profit 1,850 823 238 2,911

Cash profit 2,340 879 192 3,411

Net loans and advances

1

403,228 112,401 60,675 576,304

Customer deposits

1

261,666 87,998 118,551 468,215

Risk weighted assets

1

246,455 68,117 82,469 397,041

1.

Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities held for sale.



New Zealand geography (in NZD)



Half Year


Movement


Mar 18

NZD M

Sep 17

NZD M

Mar 17

NZD M

Mar 18

v. Sep 17

Mar 18

v. Mar 17

Net interest income

1,572

1,544 1,534


2% 2%

Other operating income

535

485 514


10% 4%

Operating income

2,107

2,029 2,048


4% 3%

Operating expenses

(737)

(728) (718)


1% 3%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,370

1,301 1,330


5% 3%

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(70)

(19) (40)


large 75%

Profit before income tax

1,300

1,282 1,290


1% 1%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

(359)

(355) (362)


1% -1%

Cash profit 941

927 928


2% 1%

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

23

(16) (59)


large large

Statutory profit 964

911 869


6% 11%





Individual credit impairment charge/(release) - cash

84

36 69


large 22%

Collective credit impairment charge/(release) - cash

(14)

(17) (29)


-18% -52%

Net loans and advances

1


126,239

124,880 122,954


1% 3%

Customer deposits

1


100,771

96,829 96,259


4% 5%

Risk weighted assets

1


73,014

72,162 74,511


1% -2%

Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

7,718

7,755 7,761


0% -1%

1.

Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities held for sale.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


118

Exchange rates

Major exchange rates used in the translation of foreign subsidiaries, branches, investments in associates and issued debt are as follows:



Balance Sheet


Profit & Loss Average

As at Half Year


Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17


Mar 18 Sep 17 Mar 17

Chinese Renminbi

4.8276

5.2297 5.2716

5.0410

5.1781 5.1672

Euro

0.6221

0.6655 0.7160

0.6460

0.6729 0.7025

Pound Sterling

0.5445

0.5848 0.6122

0.5718

0.5916 0.6071

Indian Rupee

49.860

51.289 49.557

50.145

49.236 50.639

Indonesian Rupiah

10,556

10,565 10,184

10,534

10,191 10,018

Japanese Yen

81.664

88.404 85.565

85.957

84.942 83.904

Malaysian Ringgit

2.9677

3.3155 3.3834

3.1401

3.2884 3.3021

New Taiwan Dollar

22.362

23.795 23.216

23.087

23.148 23.681

New Zealand Dollar

1.0650

1.0867 1.0939

1.0924

1.0671 1.0593

Papua New Guinean Kina

2.4945

2.5102 2.4304

2.5060

2.4348 2.3906

United States Dollar

0.7671

0.7845 0.7644

0.7772

0.7650 0.7533


Derivative financial instruments - including discontinued operations

Derivative financial instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying variables or indices defined in the contract, require little

or no initial net investment and are settled at a future date. Derivatives include contracts traded on registered exchanges and contracts agreed between

counterparties. The use of derivatives and their sale to customers as risk management products is an integral part of the Group’s trading and sales

activities. Derivatives are also used to manage the Group’s own exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates as part of its asset and

liability management activities.

The following table provides an overview of the Group’s foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity and credit derivatives. They include all trading and

balance sheet risk management contracts. The derivative instruments become favourable (assets) or unfavourable (liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in

market rates relative to the terms of the derivative.



Assets Liabilities


Assets Liabilities


Assets Liabilities

Fair Values

Mar 18

$M

Mar 18

$M


Sep 17

$M

Sep 17

$M


Mar 17

$M

Mar 17

$M

Interest rate contracts


Forward rate agreements

23 (22)

2 (1) 2 (2)

Futures contracts

26 (229)

182 (56) 40 (316)

Swap agreements

34,981 (35,868)

33,335 (33,404) 35,939 (36,011)

Options purchased

749 -

746 - 649 -

Options sold

- (1,549)

- (1,365) - (1,388)

Total 35,779 (37,668)

34,265 (34,826) 36,630 (37,717)

Foreign exchange contracts


Spot and forward contracts

19,682 (19,347)

15,243 (14,954) 12,703 (11,830)

Swap agreements

13,357 (11,437)

10,334 (10,423) 11,439 (13,247)

Options purchased

543 -

517 - 565 -

Options sold

- (527)

- (475) - (587)

Total 33,582 (31,311)

26,094 (25,852) 24,707 (25,664)

Commodity contracts 1,486 (1,567)

1,991 (1,398) 2,340 (1,461)

Credit default swaps


Structured credit derivatives purchased

22 -

52 - 56 -

Other credit derivatives purchased

6 (47)

13 (110) 14 (129)

Credit derivatives purchased

28 (47)

65 (110) 70 (129)

Structured credit derivatives sold

- (26)

- (58) - (64)

Other credit derivatives sold

41 (5)

103 (8) 135 (15)

Credit derivatives sold

41 (31)

103 (66) 135 (79)

Total 69 (78)

168 (176) 205 (208)

Derivative financial instruments 70,916 (70,624)

62,518 (62,252) 63,882 (65,050)



AASB - Australian Accounting Standards Board. The term “AASB” is commonly used when identifying Australian Accounting Standards issued by the

AASB.


ADI - Authorised Deposit-taking Institution.


APRA - Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.

DEFINITIONS


119


APS - ADI Prudential Standard.


BCBS - Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.


Cash and cash equivalents comprise coins, notes, money at call, balances held with central banks, liquid settlement balances (readily convertible to

known amounts of cash which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value) and securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repos) in

less than three months.


Cash profit is an additional measure of profit which is prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. Cash profit represents

ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and Divisional performance

against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory profit as noted below.

These items are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments.

Gains and losses are adjusted where they are significant, or have the potential to be significant in any one period, and fall into one of three categories:

1. gains or losses included in earnings arising from changes in tax, legal or accounting legislation or other non-core items not associated with the

ongoing operations of the Group;

2. treasury shares, revaluation of policy liabilities, economic hedging impacts and similar accounting items that represent timing differences that

will reverse through earnings in the future; and

3. accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results, such as policyholders tax gross up.

Cash profit is not a measure of cash flow or profit determined on a cash accounting basis.


Collective provision is the provision for credit losses that are inherent in the portfolio but not able to be individually identified. A collective provision is

only recognised when a loss event has occurred. Losses expected as a result of future events, no matter how likely, are not recognised.


Covered bonds are bonds issued by an ADI to external investors secured against a pool of the ADI’s assets (the cover pool) assigned to a bankruptcy

remote special purpose entity. The primary assets forming the cover pool are mortgage loans. The mortgages remain on the issuer’s balance sheet. The

covered bond holders have dual recourse to the issuer and the cover pool assets. The mortgages included in the cover pool cannot be otherwise pledged

or disposed of but may be repurchased and substituted in order to maintain the credit quality of the pool. The Group issues covered bonds as part of its

funding activities.


Credit risk is the risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of ANZ’s customers and counterparties to honour or perform fully the terms of a loan or

contract.


Credit risk weighted assets (CRWA) represent assets which are weighted for credit risk according to a set formula as prescribed in APS 112/113.


Customer deposits represent term deposits, other deposits bearing interest, deposits not bearing interest and borrowing corporations’ debt excluding

securitisation deposits.


Derivative credit valuation adjustment (CVA) - Over the life of a derivative instrument, ANZ uses a model to adjust fair value to take into account the

impact of counterparty credit quality. The methodology calculates the present value of expected losses over the life of the financial instrument as a

function of probability of default, loss given default, expected credit risk exposure and an asset correlation factor. Impaired derivatives are also subject to

a CVA.


Dividend payout ratio is the total ordinary dividend payment divided by profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, adjusted for the amount of

preference share dividends paid.


Gross loans and advances (GLA) is made up of loans and advances, acceptances and capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees less unearned

income.


IFRS - International Financial Reporting Standards.


Impaired assets are those financial assets where doubt exists as to whether the full contractual amount will be received in a timely manner, or where

concessional terms have been provided because of the financial difficulties of the customer. Financial assets are impaired if there is objective evidence of

impairment as a result of a loss event that occurred prior to the reporting date, and that loss event has had an impact, which can be reliably estimated, on

the expected future cash flows of the individual asset or portfolio of assets.


Impaired loans comprise drawn facilities where the customer’s status is defined as impaired.


Individual provision is the amount of expected credit losses on financial instruments assessed for impairment on an individual basis (as opposed to on

a collective basis). It takes into account expected cash flows over the lives of those financial instruments.


Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on ANZ’s future net interest

income. The risk generally arises from:

1. Repricing and yield curve risk - the risk to earnings or market value as a result of changes in the overall level of interest rates and/or the

relativity of these rates across the yield curve;

2. Basis risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from volatility in the interest margin applicable to banking book items; and

3. Optionality risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from the existence of stand-alone or embedded options in banking book items.


Internationally comparable ratios are ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications; “Basel 3: A global

regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011) and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital

Standards” (June 2006). They also include differences identified in APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July

2015).


Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.


Net loans and advances represent gross loans and advances less provisions for credit impairment.


Net tangible assets equal share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company less preference share capital and unamortised

intangible assets (including goodwill and software).


Operating expenses include personnel expenses, premises expenses, technology expenses, restructuring expenses, and other operating expenses

(excluding credit impairment charges).

DEFINITIONS


120

Operating income includes net interest income, net fee and commission income, net funds management and insurance income, share of associates’

profit and other income.


Regulatory deposits are mandatory reserve deposits lodged with local central banks in accordance with statutory requirements.


Restructured items comprise facilities in which the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the

customer. Restructuring may consist of reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those

typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.


Return on average assets is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, adjusted for the amount of preference share dividends paid, divided

by average total assets.


Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, adjusted for the amount of preference

share dividends paid, divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity.


Risk weighted assets (RWA) - Assets (both on and off-balance sheet) are risk weighted according to each asset’s inherent potential for default and

what the likely losses would be in the case of default. In the case of non asset backed risks (i.e. market and operational risk), RWA is determined by

multiplying the capital requirements for those risks by 12.5.


Settlement balances owed to/by ANZ represent financial assets and/or liabilities which are in the course of being settled. These may include trade

dated assets and liabilities, nostro/vostro accounts and securities settlement accounts.

DEFINITIONS


121

Description of divisions

The Group operates on a divisional structure with six continuing divisions: Australia, New Zealand, Institutional, Asia Retail & Pacific, Wealth Australia,

and Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre.

During the March 2018 half:

 the Group transferred Wealth Australia businesses to be divested and associated Group reclassification and consolidation impacts to discontinued

operations;

 the Corporate business, formerly part of the Corporate and Commercial Banking business within the Australia division, was transferred to the

Institutional division;

 the residual Asia Retail and Wealth businesses in Philippines, Japan and Cambodia not sold as part of the Asia Retail and Wealth divestment have

been transferred to the Institutional division; and

 the Group made a further realignment by transferring Group Hub’s divisional specific operations in TSO and Group Centre to the respective divisions.

As these costs were previously recharged, there is no change to previously reported divisional cash profit. Divisional full time equivalents (FTEs)

have been restated to reflect this change.

Other than the changes described above, there have been no other significant structural changes during the year. However, certain prior period

comparatives have been restated to align with current period presentation. The divisions reported below are consistent with internal reporting provided to

the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.

Australia

The Australia division comprises the Retail and Business & Private Banking (B&PB) business units.

 Retail provides products and services to consumer customers in Australia via the branch network, mortgage specialists, the contact centre and a

variety of self-service channels (internet banking, phone banking, ATMs, website and digital banking) and third party brokers.

 B&PB provides a full range of banking products and financial services, including asset financing, across the following customer segments: medium to

large commercial and agribusiness customers across regional Australia, small business owners and high net worth individuals and family groups.

Institutional

The Institutional division services global institutional and business customers across three product sets: Transaction Banking, Loans & Specialised

Finance and Markets.

 Transaction Banking provides working capital and liquidity solutions including documentary trade, supply chain financing as well as cash

management solutions, deposits, payments and clearing.

 Loans & Specialised Finance provides loan products, loan syndication, specialised loan structuring and execution, project and export finance, debt

structuring and acquisition finance, structured trade and asset finance, and corporate advisory.

 Markets provide risk management services on foreign exchange, interest rates, credit, commodities and debt capital markets in addition to managing

the Group's interest rate exposure and liquidity position.

New Zealand

The New Zealand division comprises the Retail and Commercial business units.

 Retail provides a full range of banking and wealth management services to consumer, private banking and small business banking customers. We

deliver our services via our internet and app-based digital solutions and network of branches, mortgage specialists, relationship managers and

contact centres.

 Commercial provides a full range of banking services including traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions through dedicated

managers focusing on privately owned medium to large enterprises and the agricultural business segment.

Wealth Australia

The retained Wealth Australia business includes lenders mortgage insurance, share investing, financial planning and general insurance distribution.

Refer to Note 11 for details on Wealth Australia discontinued operations.

Asia Retail & Pacific

The Asia Retail & Pacific division comprises the Asia Retail and Wealth, and the Pacific business units, connecting customers to specialists for their

banking needs.

 Asia Retail and Wealth provides general banking and wealth management services to affluent and emerging affluent retail customers via relationship

managers, branches, contact centres and a variety of self-service digital channels (internet and mobile banking, phone and ATMs). Core products

offered include deposits, credit cards, loans, investments and insurance. Refer to Note 11 for details on the sale of Asia Retail and Wealth

businesses.

 Pacific provides products and services to retail customers, small to medium-sized enterprises, institutional customers and Governments located in

the Pacific Islands. Products and services include retail products provided to consumers, traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial

solutions provided to business customers through dedicated managers.

Technology, Services & Operations and Group Centre

TSO and Group Centre provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, group operations, shared services, property, risk management,

financial management, strategy, marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. The Group Centre includes Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions

and minority investments in Asia. Refer to Note 11 for details on TSO and Group Centre discontinued operations.



ASX APPENDIX 4D - CROSS REFERENCE INDEX


122


Page

Details of the reporting period (4D Item 1) .................................................................................................................................................. After front cover

Results for Announcement to the Market (4D Item 2) ................................................................................................................................. After front cover

Net Tangible Assets per security (4D Item 3) .................................................................................................................................................................. 13

Details of entities over which control has been gained or lost (4D Item 4) ...................................................................................................................... 105

Dividends and dividend dates (4D Item 5) .................................................................................................................................................. After front cover

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (4D Item 6) .................................................................................................................................................... After front cover

Details of associates and joint venture entities (4D Item 7) ............................................................................................................................................ 105

ALPHABETICAL INDEX


123



PAGE

Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index ............................................................................................................................................................................ 122

Appendix 4D Statement .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2

Auditor’s Review Report and Independence Declaration ............................................................................................................................................... 108

Average Balance Sheet and Related Interest ................................................................................................................................................................ 114

Basis of Preparation ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80

Capital Management..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110

Changes in Composition of the Group .......................................................................................................................................................................... 105

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet ........................................................................................................................................................................ 77

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement ............................................................................................................................................................. 78

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement .................................................................................................................................................................. 75

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity .............................................................................................................................................. 79

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income ..................................................................................................................................... 76

Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets ................................................................................................................................................................. 106

Credit Risk ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 98

Definitions .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 119

Deposits and Other Borrowings ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 93

Derivative Financial Instruments ................................................................................................................................................................................... 118

Directors’ Declaration ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 107

Directors’ Report............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 74

Discontinued Operations... ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 94

Dividends ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 87

Divisional Results ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43

Earnings Per Share ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 88

Exchange Rates ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 118

Fair Value Measurement ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 100

Full Time Equivalent Staff ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 16

Group Results ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 17

Income ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 84

Income Tax Expense ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 86

Investments In Associates ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 105

Net Loans and Advances ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 91

Operating Expenses ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 85

Profit Reconciliation ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 67

Provision for Credit Impairment ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 92

Related Party Disclosures ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 105

Segment Analysis ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 89

Select Geographical Disclosures .................................................................................................................................................................................. 117

Share Capital................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 104

Shareholders’ Equity..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 104

Subordinated Debt .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 97

Subsequent Events Since Balance Date ....................................................................................................................................................................... 106

Summary .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 7

ALPHABETICAL INDEX


124


































THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

---

RESULTS PRESENTATION &
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

AUSTRALIAANDNEWZEALAND

BANKINGGROUPLIMITED

1 MAY 2018

2018 FIRST HALF

RESULTS

Financial information within this Results Presentation & Investor

Discussion Pack is on a Cash Profit (Continuing Operations) basis (as

defined in the Half Year 31 March 2018 Consolidated Financial Report,

Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D) unless otherwise stated.

C O N T E N T S
2018 FIRST HALF RESULTS

2

All figures within this investor discussion pack are presented on Cash Profit (Continuing operations) basis in Australian Dollars unless otherwise noted. In arriving at Cash

Profit, Statutory Profit has been adjusted to exclude non-core items, further information is set out on page 67-71 of the 2018 First Half Consolidated Financial Report.

CEO and CFO Results Presentations 3

CEO Presentation3

CFO Presentation14

Strategy & Financial Performance34

Group Treasury53

Risk Management61

Housing Portfolio78

Business Performance91

Australia Division Performance94

InstitutionalDivision Performance 101

New Zealand Division & Geography Performance109

Wealth Australia Division Performance118

Economics123

SHAYNE ELLIOTT
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

AUSTRALIAANDNEWZEALAND

BANKINGGROUPLIMITED

1 MAY 2018

2018 FIRST HALF

RESULTS

O V E R V I E W
DELIVERED ON OUR PROMISE TO SIMPLIFY ANZ

4

•Focusing where we can win

•Divesting non-core assets

•Reducing complexity

•Reducing fees and interest rates for many core services

•Decommissioning redundant technology applications

•Progressing customer and process remediation

•Re-shaping our workforce

F I N A N C I A L S N A P S H O T
5

STRENGTHENED THE BUSINESS, MANAGED COSTS, IMPROVED RETURNS

1H18 Change

$mvs 1H17

Statutory Profit

3,323

+14%

Cash Profit (continuing operations)

Cash Profit After Tax

3,493

+4%

Earnings Per Share (cents)

119.4

+4%

Return on Equity

11.9%

+32bp

Dividend PerShare (cents)

80

Stable

CET1 Ratio (APRA)

11.0%

+91bp

CET1 Ratio (Internationally comparable)

16.3%

+109bp

Net TangibleAssets Per Share ($)

18.27

+6%

F O U R P R I O R I T I E S
6

1. Creating a simpler,

better balanced bank

2. Focusing on areas

where we can win

3.Building a superior everyday

experience to compete in the

digital age

4. Driving a purpose and

values led transformation

A B E T T E R B A L A N C E D B A N K
7

Above allocation based on Regulatory Capital. Institutional shown under 2015 IIB Structure, including Global Institutional and Asia Retail & Pacific.

1.Pro forma incorporates the expected capital benefit from the Wealth Australia divestments (P&I, ADG and Life Insurance) and the second tranche of MCC, which remain subject to

regulatory approval, less the capital impact from the completion of the $1.5b share buyback

(%)

SEPTEMBER 15

Pro forma MARCH 2018

1

CAPITAL ALLOCATION

Retail & CommercialInstitutionalWealth

E X E C U T I O N E X C E L L E N C E
INSTITUTIONAL

1.Peter Lee Associates 2017 Large Corporate and Institutional Relationship Banking surveys, Australia and New Zealand (issued in June and August 2017 respectively)

2.Greenwich Associates 2017 Asian Large Corporate Banking Study (issued in March 2018)

3.The Greenwich Quality Index score is based upon a normalized composite of all qualitative evaluations transformed to a scale of 0 to 1,000 with the difference from the average shown.

8

ASIA

ASIA RETAIL AND WEALTH DIVESTMENTS

Delivered on schedule, under budget and with

a better financial outcome on sale

Sale and separation of 6 businesses

2 buyers, 6 countries

2 million customers

2,700 staff

10 international regulators

40 properties / branches transferred

77 ATMs decommissioned / transferred

69 systems & 15,000 gigabytes of data

5 million customer letters

700 trainingsessions

# 4 Corporate Bank

2

(~ Lead Bank Penetration) &

# 1 Overall Quality

3

24%

Bank 3Bank 2

26%

ANZ

31%

24%

Bank 4

28%

9%

25%

Bank 3ANZBank 2Bank 4

46%

AUSTRALIA

#1 Lead Bank Penetration in Aus& NZ

1

NEW ZEALAND

ANZ

33%

45%

Bank 3Bank 1Bank 2

58%

47%

C O M P E T I N G I N A D I G I TA L A G E
1.Apple App Store (Financial Category) (as at 29 April 2018)

2.as at 30 April 2018

3.Rating is out of 5.0 (as at 29 April 2018)

BUILDING A SUPERIOR EVERYDAY EXPERIENCE

9

•#1 ranked banking app in the Australian App store

1

•~25,000 users joining each day

2

•Delivered by our first team to adopt New Ways of

Working

•Dedicated team focused on maintaining leadership

AppRating

3

# of Ratings

ANZ4.67.9k

CBA2.81.7k

PayPal4.51.4k

NAB3.00.4k

Westpac3.60.7k

C O M P E T I N G I N A D I G I TA L A G E
DIGITAL WALLETS

LEADERSHIP POSITION WITHIN THE DIGITAL PAYMENTS MARKET

10

02/1604/1606/1608/1610/1612/1602/1704/1706/1708/1710/1712/1702/18

ANZ

Mobile

Pay

Apple

Pay

Android

Pay

MasterCard

launch

Retail Lost / Stolen

(mobile wallet card information)

Samsung

Pay

GoMoney

Apple Pay

Fitbit

Pay

Garmin

Pay

Commercial

Lost / Stolen

20

15

10

5

0

Mar

18

Sep

17

Mar

17

Sep

16

Mar

16

CARDS AVAILABLE WITHIN DIGITAL WALLETS

Index: Feb 16 = 100

000’s

30

0

5

10

15

20

25

Mar

16

Sep

17

Mar

17

Mar

18

Sep

16

DIGITAL WALLET # TRANSACTIONS

Index: Feb 16 = 100

000’s

35

25

20

30

15

5

10

0

Mar

17

Mar

18

Sep

16

Mar

16

Sep

17

DIGITAL WALLET $ TRANSACTIONS

Index: Feb 16 = 100

000’s

P U R P O S E & VA L U E S L E D T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
11

1.Australia Division retail branch Service Consultants and Personal Bankers

•Clear Purpose, Values, Expectations

•Long term focus on engaging our people

•Rebalancing performance scorecards

•Changing what we expect from leaders

•Critical driver of long term shareholder value

PERFORMANCE SCORECARD

1

Customer, people & reputationFinancial & disciplineRisk & process

Highest weighting

to good customer

outcomes

Published July 2017

O U T L O O K
12

•Australia, NZ & regional economies continue to grow

•Household debt has increased, at a slowing rate

•Credit conditions remain benign across the region

•Credit standards tightening

•Credit growth in the regulated sector is slowing

•Reinforces our strategy and the actions we’ve taken are right for the times

O U R F O C U S
NO CHANGE TO FY17

13

1.Capital efficiency

2.Absolute cost discipline

3.Customer experience & innovation

4.Transitioning to New Ways of Working (NWoW)

5.Consolidating improvements in Asia business

6.Engaging with community

7.Final reshaping of non core assets

MICHELLE JABLKO
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

AUSTRALIAANDNEWZEALAND

BANKINGGROUPLIMITED

1 MAY 2018

2018 FIRST HALF

RESULTS

1 H 1 8 O V E R V I E W
15

•Strengthened capital: CET1 11.0%

•$1.5bn share buyback underway

•4th consecutive half of absolute cost

reduction

•Continuing cash profit up 4.1% PCP,

up 1.1% HoH

3

•Better Risk Adjusted Returns

•Annualised credit losses 14bp

CASH EARNINGS PER SHARE

1

RETURN ON EQUITY

1

1.Cash basis (continuing operations)

2.Divested business includes Asia Retail, SRCB & MCC gains/losses on sale and divested business results and UDC cost recovery

3.PCP: 1H18 vs 1H17; HoH1H18 vs 2H17

%

cents

WORKED HARD TO BE A BETTER BALANCED, BETTER CAPITALISED & SIMPLER BANK

119.43.3

0.2

0.2

117.9

Divested

business

2

2H17Ongoing

business

Major

Bank Levy

-2.2

Change in

ANZ shares

1H18

11.89

0.30

0.04

0.02

11.75

Major

Bank Levy

2H17Divested

business

2

Ongoing

business

ANZ share

buyback

impact to

date

1H18

-0.22

A G E N D A
16

1.DIVESTMENT IMPACTS

2.BALANCE SHEET AND CAPITAL

3.PERFORMANCE OF ONGOING BUSINESSES

4.IFRS 9 UPDATE

D I V E S T M E N T I M PA C T S
1.Inclusive of P&I/ADG and OPL business results less Group elimination adjustments (whilst still part of ANZ Consolidated Group).

2.Inclusive of P&I/ADG and OPL loss on sale and business results (inclusive of separation costs incurred in 1H18) less Group consolidation adjustments (whilst still part of ANZ

Consolidated Group)

3.Each subject to regulatory approval.

SALE OF WEALTH AUSTRALIA BUSINESSES (DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS) –

IMPACT ON CASH PROFIT & CAPITAL

17

OnePathLife & OnePathPensions &

Investments classified as ‘discontinued

operations’ & shown separately from the

‘continuing operations’

PROFIT &LOSS SUMMARY1H172H171H18

$m

‘Discontinued operations’

56

1

73

1

(617)

2

‘Continuing operations’

(Reported less discontinued)

3,3553,4543,493

Group Cash Profit

(Total inclusive of discontinued)

3,4113,5272,876

EXPECTEDCAPITAL OUTCOME

3

Commencement of reinsurance

arrangement ($1b capital)

~25bp

With completion of divestments~55bp

Totalcapital benefit~80bp

18
$mAsia RetailSRCBMCCUDC

FY18 changein

contribution

Divested business results

FY18 vs FY17

Previous

Updated

Previous

Updated

Previous

Updated

Previous

Updated

Previous

Updated

Cash Profit impact*

(pre gain / (loss) on sale)

~(245)(238)(58)(58)(39)(39)~(40)-~(380)(335)

Gain / (loss) on sale (post tax)~255

1

~262

2

Capital(CET1) benefit (bp)~65+~59

FY18 CHANGE IN CONTRIBUTION FROM DIVESTED BUSINESSES (FY18 vs FY17)

O T H E R D I V E S T M E N T I M PA C T S

1.Includes Asia Retail $60m, MCC $245m, UDC +$100m and ~-$150m Wealth Australia (One Path P&I costs)

2.Includes gain on sale of Asia Retail businesses (Taiwan, Vietnam & Indonesia), MCC $245m, SRCB -$86m, UDC cost recovery $18m. Excludes Wealth Australia divestments (P&I/ADG and

OPL) which have been classified as discontinued operations

Previous: Indicative change from divestments as illustrated on slide 32 of ANZ FY17 Results Presentation and Investor DiscussionPack

Updated: Current earnings expectations of divested business in FY18 less actual earnings in FY17

*Indirect costs previously allocated to Asia Retail have now been reallocated to the ongoing business

Further detail on profit & Loss and gain / (loss) on sale impacts are contained in the Investor Discussion Pack (slide 40)

19
$mAsia RetailSRCBMCCUDCTOTAL

Divested business results 1H171H181H171H181H171H18

Announced

divestmentnot

proceeding

1H171H18

Revenue3709158-15-44391

Expenses –Direct*1203512035

Provisions71267126

Cash Profit impact

(pre gain / (loss) on sale)

1452458-15-21824

Gain / (loss) on sale (post tax)85(28)

1

12118

3

~138

4

(58)

2

Capital(CET1) benefit (bp)1040~4-5

-

~55

1H17 & 1H18 CONTRIBUTION FROM DIVESTED BUSINESSES

O T H E R D I V E S T M E N T I M PA C T S

1.Loss reflecting additional hedging and tax costs associated with the extended completion

2.Impact of equity accounted earnings of $58m (recognised in cash profit in 1H17) which increased the carrying value of the investment

3.UDC cost recovery with announced divestment not proceeding

4.Excludes Wealth Australia divestments (P&I/ADG and OPL) which have been classified as discontinued operations

*Indirect costs previously allocated to Asia Retail have now been reallocated to the ongoing business

B A L A N C E S H E E T & C A P I TA L P O S I T I O N
20

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 CAPITAL (CET1)

%

CAPITAL & LIQUIDITY

11.040.08

0.55

0.72

10.57

10.13

~11.8

Mar-18Mar-18

(Pro forma)

1

Dividends paid

-0.59

DivestmentsOrganic capital

generation

Sep-17OtherShare buyback

-0.29

Mar-17

1.Includes expected ~80bp capital benefit from Wealth Australia divestments (P&I/ADG, OPL) and ~5bp capital benefit from the 2nd tranche of MCC subject to regulatory approval, less

~10bp impact from completion of $1.5bn share buyback.

15bp above the average of 1H12

to 1H15 (prior to Institutional

portfolio rebalancing)

$1.1b of $1.5b buyback

completed to date

B A L A N C E S H E E T R E B A L A N C I N G
TOTAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

1

INSTITUTIONAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

1

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND DIVISIONS

2

1.Institutional RWAs are inclusive of Corporate Banking, transferred from Australia Division to Institutional in October 2017 and backdated for the purposes of chart time series. $2bn of

1H18 increase driven by FX.

2.Commercial was impacted by the Esanda divestment which occurred in FY16

$b

$b

21

192

179

169

159

166

121

147

150

161

161

55

60

57

56

58

20

23

21

15

Mar-17Mar-18

11

Sep-17Mar-16

388

391

396

397

Sep-16

409

Rest of GroupNew ZealandAustraliaInstitutional

Net Loans & Advances

$b

302

15

93

430

320

15

14

97

Mar-17

95

Mar-16

410

Mar-18

451

340

CommercialOther RetailHome Loans

113

103

101

66

65

79

Mar-16

192

Mar-17

169

Mar-18

166

Aus, NZ & PNGInternational

R I S K A D J U S T E D M A R G I N S & R E T U R N S
DIVISIONAL NET INTEREST INCOME / AVG CRWA

1.Excluding Markets

2.New model for Australian residential mortgages effective from June 2017 had a 17bp impact on Australia Division from 2H17 to 1H18

%

%

22

4.570.15

4.52

Portfolio

management

and improved

returns

Impact of

mortgage

RWA changes

-0.06

Impact of

Major

Bank Levy

-0.04

2H171H18

NII / AVERAGE CREDIT RWA

1

MOVEMENT

2.21

2H17

2.07

2.13

1H171H18

5.11

4.87

1H181H172H17

4.78

1H18

6.14

1H17

6.02

2H17

6.03

Australia

2

New Zealand

Institutional

1

N E T I N T E R E S T M A R G I N
GROUP NET INTEREST MARGIN (NIM)

1.Primarily discretionary liquids and trading securities

bp

23

193

197

1

2

2

198

1H18Asia Retail

exit

-1

Markets

Balance Sheet

activities

1

-3

1H18 ex

Markets

Balance Sheet

activities &

Asia Retail

Treasury

-1

AssetsDepositsMajor

Bank Levy

-2

Funding costsFunding &

Asset mix

-3

2H17

-1bp

Divested NLAs $3.3b,

Deposits $3.6b

2H18 impact on NIM

expected to be ~1bp

NIM dilutive but

ROE accretive

A U S T R A L I A
24

REVENUE CONTRIBUTION

REVENUE DRIVERS

$m

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE

3,014

3,106

3,295

1,588

1,545

1,568

1H161H18

4,602

4,651

4,863

1H17

RetailBusiness & Private Bank

1H18 Change

$mvs 1H17vs 2H17

Revenue

4,8634.6%1.7%

Operating Expenses

1

1,8128.6%5.8%

Profit Before Provisions

3,0512.3%(0.7)%

Provisions

312(33.3)%(25.2)%

Cash Profit

1,9158.9%3.1%

Net Loans & Advances ($b)

339.34.2%1.7%

CustomerDeposits ($b)

204.23.3%1.4%

Includes Major Bank Levy:

2H17 -$54m; 1H18 -$100m

1.1H18 includes $57m of restructuring charges

4,863

2

51

68

168

4,651

MarginMarginOther

Income

Other

Income

Volume

1H18

Volume

1H17

-30

-47

Retail Business & Private

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

$m

I N S T I T U T I O N A L
25

1.All periods are inclusive of Corporate Banking, transferred from Australia Division to Institutional in October 2017 and backdated for the purposes of chart time series

2.Large/notable items in 2H16 for mCVAderivative methodology change (-$237m) included in ‘Other’

3.On an FX Adjusted basis, HOH NLA growth is 3.2% and avgRWA growth (3.1)%

$m

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE

1

965

871

837

740

775

837

818

797

789

796

961

1,074

1,364

992920

-181

1H18

2,544

53

2H17

2,575

54

1H17

3,055

57

2H16

2,582

1H16

2,836

73

MarketsTransaction Banking (Trade & Cash Mgt)Loans & SFOther

REVENUE CONTRIBUTION

2

Major Bank Levy:

2H17-$32m; 1H18 -$77m

1H18 Change

$mvs 1H17vs 2H17

Revenue

2,544(16.7)%(1.2)%

Operating Expenses

1,371(3.6)%(1.5)%

Profit Before Provisions

1,173(28.2)%(0.8)%

Provisions

49(62.0)%232.4%

Cash Profit

793(25.5)%(7.7)%

Net Loans & Advances ($b)

3

137.94.4%4.8%

AvgRWA

3

161.7(8.5)%(2.4)%

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

I N S T I T U T I O N A L
26

INCOME CONTRIBUTION

$m

MARKETS INCOME

$m

1. Excludes Large/Notable item in 2H16 for mCVAderivative methodology change (-$237m)

439

451

483

Market

conditions

1H18

-12

1H17

-15

Client

exits

2H17

-7

Product

exits

-10

Market

conditions

MARKETS SALES INCOME

Includes Major Bank Levy:

2H17-$13m; 1H18 -$37m

483

451

439

542542

363

196

175

302

361

356

278

295

152

238

162

67

-67

992

1,364

920

1,074

961

2H161H172H17

11

1H181H16

-35

SalesTradingBalance SheetValuation adjustments

1

N E W Z E A L A N D
27

REVENUE CONTRIBUTION

1. During the March 2018 half, Business/Agricustomers transferred from Retail to Commercial. Prior period numbers have not been restated

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE

1,174

1,206

1,252

456

455

488

18

1,648

1H161H17

25

1,670

9

1,765

1H18

CommercialOtherRetail

REVENUE DRIVERS

NZDm

1,765

16

1

15

17

13

4

29

1,670

Other

income

VolumeMarginOther

income

Other

1H181H17

VolumeMargin

Retail

Commercial

1H18 Change

NZDmvs 1H17vs 2H17

Revenue

1,7655.7%3.2%

Operating Expenses

6420.9%1.1%

Profit Before Provisions

1,1238.6%4.4%

Provisions

22(43.6%)(50.0%)

Cash Profit

79310.6%6.9%

Net Loans & Advances ($b)

118.53.3%1.1%

CustomerDeposits ($b)

84.43.9%3.1%

REVENUE CONTRIBUTION

1

NZDm

EXPENSES
EXPENSES

$m

DRIVERS & PRODUCTIVITY

28

4,411

16

52

4,480

1H18

Continuing

BAU

-75

Royal

Commission

RestructuringDivestments

-62

2H17

Continuing

39,540

42,873

44,896

46,046

-2,023

Sep-17Mar-17Mar-18

1

Asia

Retail

-2,419

Ongoing

business

-914

Sep-17Wealth

discontinued

-2%

FULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF (FTE)

#

Includes FTE

reductions, property

consolidation &

other efficiencies

1. Excludes discontinued operations. Total FTE including discontinued operations as at March 18: 41,580

Includes Asia Retail

legacy costs ($275m

annualised)

I N V E S T M E N T S P E N D
29

INVESTMENT SPEND

1H18

482

46%

18%

1%

35%

1H17

368

44%

16%

2%

38%

1H16

469

38%

21%

10%

31%

1H15

437

38%

22%

9%

31%

Aus & NZ InstitutionalOther DivisionsTSO & Group Centre

COMPOSITION ($m)

BY DIVISION ($m)

82

115

94

110

49

81

76

102

306

273

198

270

1H18

482

1H17

368

1H16

469

1H15

437

Risk & ComplianceInfrastructure / OtherBusiness Initiatives

I N V E S T M E N T S P E N D
30

INVESTMENT SPEND

2.5

1.5

3.0

2.0

1.0

1H171H161H151H18

Average

amortisation

period 3.3 years

43%

57%

1H16

469

42%

58%

1H15

34%

66%

1H17

368

1H18

482

437

72%

28%

Expensed investment spendCapitalised investment spend

EXPENSED / CAPITALISED ($m)

Average

amortisation

period 4.9 years

CAPITALISED SOFTWARE BALANCE

$b

C R E D I T I M PA I R M E N T C H A R G E S
TOTAL PROVISION CHARGE

COLLECTIVE PROVISION CHARGE

$m

31

349

-75

186

384

366

268

357

216

196

380

134

447

225

203

-67

1H18

408

2H16

1,038

1H16

918

-22

28

2H17

479

-29

1H17

720

-9

26

Collective ProvisionInstitutional IPCommercial IPConsumer IP

-312

$m1H162H161H172H171H18

Lending Growth

50

(62)(25)(11)4

Change in Risk/P’foliomix

(37)59(75)(84)4

Eco Cycle

0

04134(24)

TOTAL (ex Asia Retail)

13

(3)(59)(61)(16)

Asia Retail

13

(6)(8)(14)(6)

TOTAL

26

(9)(67)(75)(22)

INDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGE

$m

-500

0

500

1,000

1,500

1H17

787

2H16

1,047

1H16

892

1H18

430

2H17

554

NewWritebacks & RecoveriesIncreased

Loss rate

14bp

I M P R O V I N G P O R T F O L I O R I S K P R O F I L E
32

Actions taken to improve risk profile:

•Sold Asia Retail & Wealth businesses (IEL 151bp)

1

•Sold Esanda Dealer Finance business (IEL 100bp)

2

•Largely exited Emerging Corporate portfolio in Asia (IEL 41bp)

1

•Restricted growth in commercial property & unsecured personal loans

•Focused housing growth to priority segments of Principal & Interest and Owner Occupier loans

LOWER LOSS RATE ASSET CLASSES

HIGHER LOSS RATE ASSET CLASSES

1. Internal expected loss as at September 2016

2. Internal expected loss as at September 2015

EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT ($b)(>20bp loss rate)

EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT ($b)(<5bp loss rate)

72.1

26.1

352.9

Sep-15

293.3

61.0

Mar-18

275.7

16.2

391.5

Corporates (Standardised)Corporate & Specialised (Advanced)Other Retail

173.5

190.0

Mar-18Sep-15

376.8

331.0

504.5

566.7

Banks & SovereignsResidential Mortgage

I F R S 9-E S T I M AT E D I M PA C T
COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE & COVERAGE (ESTIMATED IMPACT)

33

Based on September 2017

IAS 39

Sep 17 ($m)

IFRS 9

Equivalent ‘estimate’ ($m)

Collective Provision

2,662

~2,900 to ~3,200

CP balance / CRWA

0.79%

~0.86% to ~0.95%

Estimated ~$235m

to $535m increase

in Collective

Provision balance

Existing capital deduction

sufficient to cover the

estimated impact from IFRS 9

* $686m as at Mar 2018

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 CAPITAL (ESTIMATED IMPACT ON NON DEFAULTED)

Based on September 2017

IAS 39

Sep 17($m)

Existing deduction from CET1

APRABasel 3 expected loss

in excess of eligibleprovisions

719*

STRATEGY& FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
AUSTRALIAANDNEWZEALANDBANKING

GROUPLIMITED

2018 FIRST HALF

RESULTS

F O U R P R I O R I T I E S
35

1. Creating a simpler, better balanced

bank

2. Focusing on areas where we can win

3.Building a superior everyday

experience to compete in the digital age

4. Driving a purpose and

values led transformation

1.Constrained sector growth (High household debt, subdued business investment)

2.Changing customer preferences (More digital, more third party advice)

3.Industry transformation (Open data, new technologies)

4.Growing regulation (Capital, liquidity, compliance)

5.Intensifying competition (Incumbents, new technology entrants)

6.Changing community expectations (Greater accountability and regulation)

ASSUMPTIONS UNDERLYING THE STRATEGY

S T R AT E G I C F O C U S
36

1. Creating a simpler, better

balanced bank

1.Reduce operating costs and risks by removing product and management

complexity

2.Exit low return and non-core businesses.

3.Reduce reliance on low-return aspects of Institutional banking in particular.

4.Further strengthen the balance sheet by rebalancing our portfolio.

2. Focusing on areas

where we can win

1.Make buying and owning a home or starting, running and growing a small

business in Australia and New Zealand easy.

2.Be the best bank in the world for customers driven by the movement of goods

and capital in our region.

3.Building a superior

everyday experience to

compete in the digital age

1.Build more convenient, engaging banking solutions to simplify the lives of

customers and our own people.

4.Driving a purpose and

values led transformation

1.Create a stronger sense of core purpose, ethics and fairness.

2.Invest in leaders who can help sense and navigate the rapidly changing

environment.

S T R AT E G I C P R O G R E S S
1H18

37

1. Creating a simpler, better

balanced bank

•Finalised sale of retail and wealth business in Asia along with ANZ’s stake in

Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB) and half our stake in MetrobankCard

Corporation (MCC).

•Announced sale of the Australian Pensions & Investments and Aligned Dealer

Group businesses and the Australian Life Insurance business.

•Completed $1.1b of the $1.5b share buy back announced in December 2017.

2. Focusing on areas

where we can win

•Grew home lending in Australia by 6% PCP with strategic focus on owner-occupier

(P&I); customer deposits were up 3%. In New Zealand home lending increased

5% and deposits 4%.

•Maintained position as No. 4 Corporate Bank in Asia for sixth consecutive year

and No. 1 Lead Bank penetration in Australia and New Zealand.

3.Building a superior

everyday experience to

compete in the digital age

•New ANZ mobile banking app currently most highly rated in Australian Apple

Store.

•Extended mobile payment leadership with the launch of both Garmin Pay and

eftposon Android Pay.

•Preparing for Open Banking through strategic investment and partnership with

Australia’s leading data company, Data Republic.

•Introduced agile working practices to Australian Division Head Office and

Technology Division to increase speed-to-market for key customer initiatives.

4.Driving a purpose and

values led transformation

•Increased low carbon finance commitment from $10 billion to $15 billion by 2020,

with more than $8 billion financed since 2015.

•Signed the FX Global Code of Conduct, which provides a single set of global

principles governing good practice in the global FX market.

•Increased women in leadership to 31.9% (from 31.1% end-FY17); Employer of

the Year for LGBTI Inclusion; top private sector organisation for access and

inclusion for people with disability.

C O R P O R AT E S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y
OUR SUSTAINABILITY AGENDAPROGESS ON FY18 SUSTAINABILITY TARGETS

Unless otherwise stated, the information provided covers the period 1 October 2017 –31 March 2018 and has not been assured

1.Employee headcount is used for the basis of this disclosure. Includes all employees regardless of leave status excluding contractors (which are included in FTE)

2.Roy Morgan Single Source. Base: Australian population aged 14+, Main Financial Institution, six month rolling average to Mar’18.Ranking based on the four major Australian banks

38

As part of our strategic priority to drive a purpose and

values-led transformation of the bank, we are prioritising

our efforts on issues relating to environmental

sustainability, financial wellbeingand housing.

Our Corporate Sustainability Framework supports our

business strategy and is aligned with the bank’s purpose.

The public sustainability targets we set each year

address our strategic priorities and respond to our most

material environmental, social and governance issues.

Our 2018 Half Year Corporate Sustainability Update,

available at www.anz.com/cs contains detailed

progress against our targets, as well as case studies

on our priority areas.

Funded and facilitated $8.3 billion in low carbon and

sustainable solutions, including green buildings, low

emissions transport, green bonds, renewable energy,

efficient irrigation and low emissions gas power

generation, since 2015

Over 2,000 people recruited to our Saver Plus

matched savings program. Since 2004 more than

36,000 people have participated in this program.

Group-wide representation of Women in

Leadership has increased to 31.9%(up from

31.1% as at end of 2017)

1

Australia Retail Net Promoter Score (NPS)

ranking

2

increased to 3rd (from 4th at end of 2017)

GAIN/LOSS ON SALE SUMMARY
Asset

1H17 ($m)

Actual

2H17 ($m)

Actual

1H18 ($m)

Actual

2H18 ($m)

Expected

TOTAL GAIN

/ LOSS

Sale of Asia Retail & Wealth businesses (CashProfit continuing)

•Reclassification of Asia Retail & Wealth to heldfor sale(284)

•Net gain / loss on sale

1

1485(185)

SRCB (net impact through Cash Profit continuing)

Adjustments to statutory profit (full offsets)

•Reclassification of SRCB to Held For Sale

2

(316)(17)

•Release of reserves partly offset by net foreign exchange and tax costs

2

333

Net impact through cash profit

•Equity accounted earnings 1Q1758

•Offset to equity accounted earnings 1Q17 (via increase in carrying value)(58)

•Additional hedging and tax costs (due to extended completion)(28)(28)

MCC (Cash Profit continuing)

•Gain on sale (first tranche)121

•Gain on sale (second tranche, subject to exercise of put option)~124~245

UDC (Cash Profit continuing)

Cost recovery1818

P&I and ADG, OPL (Cash Profit Discontinued)

Gain / Loss on sale

3

(632)(632)

A N Z A N N O U N C E D D I V E S T M E N T S

1. China, Singapore, Hong Kong completed in 2H17; Taiwan, Indonesia, Vietnam completed in 1H18.

2. FY17 impacts comprise the write-down on reclassification as Held For Sale and additional tax and hedging costs consequent to the delay in completion. In the March 2018 half, the Group

recognisedthe release of foreign currency and available for sale reserves on completion, partly offset by further hedging and tax costs

3. Total loss on sale expected to be ~$600m at completion

39

40
$mAsia RetailSRCBMCCUDC

FY18 changein

contribution

Divested business results

FY18 vs FY17

Previous

Updated

Previous

Updated

Previous

Updated

Previous

Updated

Previous

Updated

Revenue

~(570)

(575)

(58)

(58)

(39)

(39)

~(80)

-

~(750)

(672)

Expenses –Direct*

~(185)

(182)

~(25)

-

~(210)

(182)

Provisions

~(85)

(98)

~(5)

-

~(90)

(98)

Cash Profit impact

(pre gain / (loss) on sale)

~(245)

(238)

(58)

(58)

(39)

(39)

~(40)

-

~(380)

(335)

*Indirect costs previously allocated to Asia Retail have now been reallocated to the ongoing business

Gain / (loss) on sale (post tax)

~60

85

Nominal

(28)

1

~245

~245

~100

18

3

~255

4

~262

5

(58)

2

Capital(CET1) benefit (bp)

~6+

10

~40

40

~9

~9

~10

-

~65+

~59

FY18 CHANGE IN CONTRIBUTION FROM DIVESTED BUSINESSES (FY18 vs FY17)

O T H E R D I V E S T M E N T I M PA C T S

1. Loss reflecting additional hedging and tax costs associated with the extended completion

2. Impact of equity accounted earnings of $58m (recognised in cash profit in 1H17) which increased the carrying value of the investment

3. UDC cost recovery with divestment not proceeding

4. Includes ~-$150m Wealth Australia (One Path P&I costs)

5. Excludes Wealth Australia divestments (P&I and OPL) which have been classified as discontinued operations

Previous: Indicative change from divestments as illustrated on slide 32 of ANZ FY17 Results Presentation and Investor DiscussionPack.

Updated: Current earnings expectations of divested businesses in FY18 less actual earnings in FY17.

3,331
0

0

0

86

3,493

617

2,876

-18

Asia Retail

-85

SRCBMCC

-121

1H18

Continuing

Discontinued1H18 Cash

Profit

MCCSRCB

-24

Asia RetailOther

1

1H18 ex

L/N items

UDC

D I S C O N T I N U E D & L A R G E / N O TA B L E I T E M S

41

FIRST HALF 2018 ($m)

L/N: Large/Notable items

1. Other includes Derivative Valuation Adjustments & Gain on sale of 100 Queen St, Melbourne in 1H17.

SECOND HALF 2017 ($m)

FIRST HALF 2017 ($m)

3,252

0

0

0

0

3,454

3,527

2H17 ex

L/N items

-24

UDCAsia Retail

-14

SRCBMCC2H17

Continuing

Discontinued

-73

2H17 Cash

Profit

SRCB

-117

Asia Retail

-47

Other

1

MCC

3,196

0

284

0

0

3,355

3,411

1H17 ex

L/N items

-58

MCC

-15

UDCAsia RetailSRCBMCC1H17

Continuing

Discontinued

-56

1H17 Cash

Profit

-145

Asia Retail

-225

Other

1

SRCB

GAIN/LOSS ON SALE

DIVESTMENT IMPACT

F I N A N C I A L P E R F O R M A N C E
42

1.Divested assets include Asia Retail, SRCB & MCC gains/losses on sale and divested business results and UDC cost recovery

CASH PROFIT (CONTINUING OPERATIONS)

1H18ChangeChange

(ex divested assets)

1

$mvs 1H17vs 2H17vs 1H17vs 2H17

Cash Profit (continuing)

3,493

4.1%1.1%(2.6)%1.0%

OperatingIncome

9,808

(1.7)%(0.3)%(3.8)%(0.3)%

Operating Expenses

4,411

(1.7)%(1.5)%0.2%(0.2)%

Profit Before Provisions

5,397

(1.7)%0.7%(7.0)%(0.4)%

Provisions

408

(43.3)%(14.8)%(41.1)%(10.3)%

Earnings per share (cents)

119.4

4.0%1.3%

Return on Equity

11.9%

+32bp+14bp

•$m

3,493

6

34

58

7

3,454

Australia1H18 Cash Profit

(Continuing)

2H17 Cash Profit

(Continuing)

Divested assetsOther

-66

New ZealandInstitutional

CASH PROFIT BY DIVISION (1H18 vs 2H17)

+1.1%

$m

C A S H P R O F I T D R I V E R S
43

CASH PROFIT -HALF ON HALF PERFORMANCE (1H18 vs 2H17)

$m

CASH PROFIT (CONTINUING OPERATIONS)

3,493

30

267

127

228

3,355

1H18 Cash Profit

(Continuing)

Taxation &

Minority interest

ProvisionsExpenses

-9

Other income

-505

Net interest incomeDivested business1H17 Cash Profit

(Continuing)

CASH PROFIT –PRIOR COMPARATIVE PERIOD PERFORMANCE (1H18 vs 1H17)

$m

3,493

8

44

7

34

7

3,454

1H18 Cash Profit

(Continuing)

Taxation &

Minority interest

ProvisionsExpensesOther income

-61

Net interest incomeDivested business2H17 Cash Profit

(Continuing)

+1.1%

+4.1%

I N C O M E C O N T R I B U T I O N
GROUP TOTALNZ DIVISION (AUD)

OTHER

2

1.Excluding Markets other operating income and Share of Associates Profit.

2.Other includes Wealth Australia (continuing), Asia Retail & Pacific and TSO & Group Centre

$m

$m

$m

$m

INSTITUTIONAL

$m

AUSTRALIA DIVISION

44

7,419

7,456

7,350

1,498

1,707

1,819

886

550

551

1H18

9,808

88

2H17

9,840

127

1H17

9,976

173

Share of Assoc Profit

Markets other op. income

Other op. income

1

Net interest income

4,049

4,169

4,304

1H18

4,863

559

2H17

4,784

615

1H17

4,651

602

Other op. income Net interest income

1,2601,259

1,278

317

336

338

1H18

1,616

2H17

1,595

1H17

1,577

Other op. income Net interest income

1,687

1,577

1,516

1,368

9981,028

1H18

2,544

2H17

2,575

1H17

3,055

Other op. incomeNet interest income

423

451

252

270

435

533

1H18

785

2H17

886

1H17

693

Other op. incomeNet interest income

R I S K A D J U S T E D M A R G I N S & R E T U R N S
GROUP NET INTEREST INCOME (NII) / AVG CRWA

1

DIVISIONAL NII / AVG CRWA

1

NII / AVERAGE CREDIT RWA

1

MOVEMENTPROFIT BEFORE PROVISIONS / AVERAGE RWA

1.Excluding Markets Business Unit.

2.Australia Division includes impacts from regulatory changes to Australian housing risk weights introduced 1 July 2016 and further increases to Australian housing risk weights following

APRA having completed its review of ANZ’s mortgage capital model and approved the new model for Australian residential mortgageseffective from June 2017

3.The new model for Australian residential mortgages effective from June 2017 and a 17bp impact on Australia Division from 2H17to1H18

%

%

%

45

1H182H17

4.52%

1H17

4.39%

2H16

4.59%

1H16

4.54%4.57%

6.036.02

6.14

7.12

7.71

5.11

4.87

4.784.724.79

2.21

2.13

2.07

2.041.94

1H182H171H172H161H16

4.570.15

4.52

Impact of

bank levy

2H17

-0.04

-0.06

1H18Portfolio

management

and improved

returns

Impact of

mortgage

RWA changes

Institutional (ex-Markets)NZAus.

3.79

3.96

4.01

4.55

4.94

3.68

3.47

3.33

3.20

3.33

1.46

1.42

1.85

1.15

1.24

1H171H182H161H162H17

NZAus.Institutional

Aus. ~185bp

change due

RWA changes

2

Aus. ~100bp

change due

RWA changes

2

N E T I N T E R E S T M A R G I N
46

2.00%

1.98%

1.93%

1H182H171H17

GROUP TOTALAUSTRALIA

INSTITUTIONAL

(ex Markets)

NEW ZEALAND

2.73%2.73%

2.78%

1H172H171H18

2.23%

2.17%

2.14%

1H181H172H17

2.30%

2.31%

2.37%

1H171H182H17

-2.4bp HoH

impact from

Major Bank Levy

-3bp HoHimpact

from Major Bank

Levy

-4bpHoHimpact

from Major Bank

Levy

I M PA C T S O F R AT E M O V E M E N T S
47

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Mar-

18

Sep-

17

Sep-

16

Sep-

15

Sep-

14

Sep-

13

Sep-

12

Sep-

11

Sep-

10

Sep-

09

Sep-

08

Sep-

07

Sep-

06

Sep-

05

Mar-

05

Replicating Yield3 Year Swap (spot)OCR

%

BILLS / OIS SPREAD 90 DAY MOVING AVERAGE

bp

LOWER RETURNS ON CAPITAL AND LOW RATE DEPOSITS

0

20

40

60

80

100

2008201020122014200420182016200620092017201320032005201120072015

Bill / OIS90 Day Moving Average

EXPENSES
48

EXPENSES

ASIA RETAIL LEGACY COST REDUCTION PROFILE

FULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF (FTE)

1.Excludes discontinued operations. Total FTE including discontinued operations as at March 18: 41,580

#

$m

$m

DRIVERS & PRODUCTIVITY

4,411

16

52

4,480

1H18

Continuing

BAU

-75

Royal

Commission

RestructuringDivestments

-62

2H17

Continuing

275

350

Residual

indirect costs

(Post FY19)

~140

FY19

~-50

FY18

-85

Sep-17FY17

-75

Sep-16

On track to meet

FY18 reduction

39,540

42,873

44,896

46,046

-2,023

Sep-17Mar-17Mar-18

1

Asia Retail

-2,419

Ongoing

-914

Sep-17Discontinued

-8%

-2%

14,208
14,143

13,687

13,898

13,885

13,701

8,093

7,518

7,052

6,950

6,783

6,505

6,718

6,570

6,472

6,417

6,372

6,319

12,757

12,725

11,987

11,214

11,257

10,921

5,555

5,318

4,794

4,637

3,664

2,821

2,622

2,562

895

46,554

Sep-17

48,896

899

Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17

912

1,199

Mar-18

50,152

44,015

39,540

42,873

Continuing operations basis

1

EXPENSES BY CATEGORY

Continuing Operations

EXPENSES

49

FTE BY DIVISION

Full time equivalent staff #

$m

$m

EXPENSES BY DIVISION

Continuing Operations

2,519

2,405

2,402

432

430

395

799

803

815

701

816

721

2H17

26

36

1H17

78

1H18

4,487

4,480

4,411

PersonnelOther

Restructuring

Technology

Premises

1,669

1,713

1,812

1,422

1,392

1,371

600593

588

336

366

371

334280

1H17

126

2H17

136

146

123

1H18

4,4874,480

4,411

Wealth Aus (Continuing)

Asia Retail & Pacific

TSO & Group Centre

New Zealand

Institutional

Australia

1.Excludes FTE in discontinued operations (1H17 2,031; 2H17 2,023; 1H18 2,040)

CUSTOMER DEPOSITS (BY DIVISION)
InstitutionalAustraliaOtherNZ

B A L A N C E S H E E T

50

$b

$b

596

584

580580

566

574

562

473

468

468

450

447

445

436

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

Mar-18Sep-17Mar-17Sep-16Mar-16Sep-15Mar-15

Funding gapCustomer DepositsGross Loans & Advances

$b

326

334

339

132

132

138

111

108

105

1H171H18

13

580

576

6

2H17

592

4

NET LOANS AND ADVANCES (BY DIVISION)

198201

181

189

204

191

75

74

79

-1

473

2H17

3

468

1H18

15

468

1H17

InstitutionalOtherNZAustralia

B A L A N C E S H E E T
51

Change

$mMar 17Sep 17Mar 18Mar 18 vs Sep17Mar 18 vs Mar 17

TOTAL GROUP (Continuing Operations)

Net Loans and Advances576,304580,293591,9482%3%

CustomerDeposits468,215467,630472,7641%1%

Risk Weighted Assets397,040391,113395,7771%0%

CONSISTING OF

Asia Retail & Wealth Divestment

Net Loans and Advances10,0913,30915(100)%(100)%

CustomerDeposits16,6143,61212(100)%(100)%

Risk Weighted Assets8,7432,921221(97)%(92)%

TotalGroup (Continuing Operations) excluding Asia Retail & Wealth

Net Loans and Advances566,213576,984591,9333%5%

CustomerDeposits451,601464,018472,7522%5%

Risk Weighted Assets388,297388,192395,5562%2%

C O S T T O I N C O M E & R E T U R N O N A S S E T S
52

GROUP

INSTITUTIONAL

%

%

%

RETURN ON ASSETS

AUSTRALIANEW ZEALAND

0.79

0.78

0.77

1H182H171H17

%

COST TO INCOME

1.13

1.12

1.09

1H182H171H17

0.38

0.42

0.52

1H182H171H17

1.31

1.23

1.20

1H182H171H17

45.0

45.5

45.0

1H182H171H17

37.3

35.835.9

1H182H171H17

53.954.1

46.6

1H182H171H17

36.4

37.1

38.1

1H182H171H17

GROUP

INSTITUTIONAL

%

%

%

AUSTRALIANEW ZEALAND

%

GROUP TREASURY
AUSTRALIAANDNEWZEALANDBANKING

GROUPLIMITED

2018 FIRST HALF

RESULTS

R E G U L AT O R Y C A P I TA L
54

CAPITAL UPDATEAPRA COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 (CET1)

BASEL III CET1

1.Based on APRA information paper “Strengthening banking system resilience -establishing unquestionably strong capital ratios” released in July 2017 2. Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s

information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July 2015). Basel III Internationally Comparable ratiosdonot include an estimate of the Basel I capital floor. 3. Based on Group 1 banks as identified by the

BIS (internationally active banks with Tier 1 capital of more than €3 billion). The top quartile of this group was 14.7% as at June 2017. 4. Cash Earnings excludes ‘Large/notable’ items. 5. Represents the movement in retained

earnings in deconsolidated entities, capitalised software, EL v EP shortfall and other intangibles.

Net Organic Capital

Generation +72bps

10.1

10.6

11.0

15.2

15.8

16.3

Mar-17Mar-18Sep-17

APRAInternationally Comparable

2

10.13

10.57

11.04

0.86

0.55

0.08

Mar-17Asset

Divestments

Sep-17Cash

NPAT

4

RWA

Business

Usage

Capital

Deductions

5

DividendsShare

Buy Back

OtherMar-18

-0.12

-0.59

-0.02

-0.29

Capital Position

APRA CET1 ratio of 11.0% is in excess of APRA’s ‘unquestionably

strong’ benchmark

1

and well ahead of 2020 implementation.

Internationally Comparable

2

CET1 ratio of 16.3% –above the

Basel top quartile

3

CET1 of 14.7%.

APRA Leverage ratio of 5.4% or 6.1% on an Internationally

Comparable basis.

Completed $1.1bn of the $1.5bn on-market share buy back.

Completion of this tranche is expected during 2H18.

Organic Capital Generation & Dividend

Interim dividend of 80 cents fully franked.

Net organic capital generation of +72bps in 1H18 compares

favourably to historical averages (+57bps ex Instorebalancing).

Capital Outlook

For the third consecutive half, ANZ intends to neutralise the 2018

Interim DRP by acquiring these shares on market.

Adoption of IFRS 9 is not expected to have a material impact on

Capital.

Completion of announced buyback and asset sales (including sale

and reinsurance of OPL, P&I and MCC businesses) will add

~75bps to CET1.

ANZ will continue to manage its capital prudently. Further capital

management initiatives will only be undertaken while ensuring

sufficient capital is available to support growth as well as being

subject to business conditions and regulatory approval after the

actual receipt of the relevant sale proceeds.

%

%

55
R E G U L AT O R Y C A P I TA L G E N E R AT I O N

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1

GENERATION (bp)

First half

average

1H12 –1H17

1H18

Cash Profit

1

9786

RWA movement(13)(12)

Capital Deductions

2

(13)(2)

Net capital generation7172

Gross dividend(68)(60)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan101

Corechange in CET1 capital ratio1313

Other non-core and non-recurring

items

934

Net change in CET1 capital ratio2247

58

52

5959

76

119

72

1H141H121H131H151H181H161H17

Avg+57bps

Avg+98bps

HISTORICAL NET ORGANIC CAPITAL GENERATION

1. Cash profit for 1H18 excludes ‘large/notable items’ (which are included as “as capital deductions” and “other non-core and non-recurring items”).

2. Represents movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities, capitalised software, EL v EP shortfall and other intangibles.

3. Institutional RWA reduction (excluding FX impacts) of ~$9bn (+21bps) and ~$10bn (+27bps) in 1H16 and 1H17 respectively.

Organic Capital Generation

Net organic capital generation of +72bps is +15bps stronger

relative to the average of 1H12 to 1H15 (prior to Institutional

portfolio rebalancing).

Non-Core and Non-recurring items

Non-core and non-recurring items in 1H18 includes benefits from

settlement of asset disposals (SRCB, Asia Retail assets and 20%

stake in MCC) partly offset by completed $1.1bn of share buy

back.

Institutional

portfolio

rebalancing

3

bp

56
I N T E R N AT I O N A L LY C O M PA R A B L E

1

R E G U L AT O R Y C A P I TA L P O S I T I O N

APRA Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) –31March 201811.0%

Corporate undrawn EAD and

unsecured LGD adjustments

Australian ADI unsecured corporate lending LGDs and undrawn CCFs exceed those applied in many

jurisdictions.

1.5%

Equity Investments & DTA

APRA requires 100% deduction from CET1 vs. Basel framework which allows concessional threshold prior

to deduction.

1.1%

Mortgages

APRA requires use of 20% mortgage LGD floor vs. 10% under Basel framework. Additionally, APRA also

requires a higher correlation factor vs 15% under Basel framework.

1.3%

Specialised Lending

APRA requires supervisory slotting approach which results in more conservative risk weights than under

Basel framework.

0.7%

IRRBB RWAAPRA includes in Pillar 1 RWA. This is not required under the Basel framework.0.3%

Other

Includes impact of deductions from CET1 for capitalised expenses and deferred fee income required by

APRA, currency conversion threshold and other retail standardised exposures.

0.4%

Basel III InternationallyComparable CET116.3%

Basel III Internationally Comparable Tier 1 Ratio18.7%

Basel III Internationally Comparable Total Capital Ratio21.3%

1. Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July 2015). Basel III Internationally Comparable ratios do not

include an estimate of the Basel I capital floor.

57
C E T 1 A N D L E V E R A G E I N A G L O B A L C O N T E X T

5%10%15%20%25%30%

Danske Bank

Nordea

Erste Bank

Commerzbank

Swedbank

SEB

Morgan Stanley

ABN Amro

UOB

ANZ

RBS

Standard Chartered

Rabobank

Groupe BPCE

Intesa Sanpaolo

Credit Agricole Group

ING Group

HSBC

Deutsche Bank

DBS

UBS

UniCredit

Barclays

OCBC

Credit Suisse

Raiffeisen Bank International

Wells Fargo

BNP Paribas

Citibank

JP Morgan

Svenska Handelsbanken

Societe Generale

Bank of America

RBC

Scotia

State Street

BMO

BBVA

Goldman Sachs

TD

Santander

3%4%5%6%7%8%

Rabobank

Raiffeisen Bank International (RBI)

DBS

Barclays

Group BPCE

Credit Suisse

SEB

Standard Chartered

TD

Intesa Sanpaolo

UOB

UBS

BBVA

OCBC

ING Group

RBS

Erste Bank

Danske Bank

ANZ

Swedbank

HSBC

UniCredit

Nordea

Credit Agricole Group

Commerzbank

Santander

ABN Amro

Svenska Handelsbanken

BNP Paribas

Scotia

Societe Generale

BMO

RBC

Deutsche Bank

APRA Top

quartile of

15.0%

3

Basel Top

quartile

14.7%

4

CET1

ANZ ranks in the top quartile

of the largest internationally

active banks

4

and equally is

ranked in the top quartile of

internationally active G-SIBs

and D-SIBs

CET1 RATIOS

1

LEVERAGE RATIOS

1,2

Leverage

ANZ compares equally well on

leverage, however international

comparisons are more difficult

to make given the favourable

treatment of derivatives under

US GAAP

Top Quartile Banks (CET1)

4

1. CET1 and leverage ratios are based on ANZ estimated adjustment for accrued expected future dividends where applicable. ANZ ratios are on an Internationally Comparable basis. All data sourced from

company reports and ANZ estimates based on last reported half/full year results assuming Basel III capital reforms fully implemented. 2. Includes adjustments for transitional AT1 where applicable. Exclude US

banks as leverage ratio exposures are based on US GAAP accounting and therefore incomparable with other jurisdictions which are based on IFRS. 3. Based on APRA information paper “Strengthening

banking system resilience -establishing unquestionably strong capital ratios” release in July 2017. 4. Based on Group 1 banks as identified by the BIS (internationally active banks with Tier 1 capital of more

than €3 billion). The top quartile of this group was 14.7% as at June 2017.

Short Term Assets
1

7%

Liquids 23%

Term Funding<12mth, 2%

Short Term Program Debt

8%

Short Term Funding

(inc.FI / Bank

Deposits and

Repo Funding), 19%

5.8

4.7

3.4

3.2

9.5

Discretionary

Liquids

Retail/Corp/

Operational

Deposits

FI/Bank

Deposits

& Repo

Funding

Long Term

Debt

Short

Term Debt

Net other

3

Non

Discretionary

Liquids

SHE &

Hybrids

Total Loan

4

-11.4

-1.7

0.0

-13.5

58

B A L A N C E S H E E T S T R U C T U R E

Corporate, PSE

Operational Deposits

2

20%

Retail/SME Loans

2

51%

AssetsFunding

Fixed Assets 2%

Corporate loans

2

17%

Retail & SME Deposits

31%

2

SHE & Hybrids 8%

Term funding>12mth

12%

$814b

$814b

FUNDED BALANCE SHEET

SOURCESUSES

SOURCES AND USES OF FUNDS

Sep 17 to Mar 18

$b

Sources of funds

Uses of funds

1. Includes FI lending, non-liquid asset trading securities, trade dated assets and other short-dated assets.

2. Based on NSFR Required Stable Funding (RSF) and Available Stable Funding (ASF) categories per APS 210.

3. Includes interest accruals, provisions and net tax liabilities, payables and other liabilities.

4. Excludes interbank, repo loans and bills of acceptances.

Wholesale funding
$140b

Customer deposits

& other

7

Net Cash Outflow

Liquids

and

Other Assets

2

Residential

Mortgages

4

<35%

Other

Loans

3

Wholesale

Funding

& Other

1

Capital

Retail/SME

Non Financial

Corporates

Available

Stable Funding

Required

Stable Funding

F U N D I N G & L I Q U I D I T Y M E T R I C S

59

All figures shown on a Level 2 basis. 1. ‘Other’ includes Sovereign, and non-operational FI Deposits. 2. ‘Other Assets’ include Off Balance Sheet, Derivatives, Fixed Assets and Other Assets. 3. All lending >35% Risk weight. 4. Includes

NSFR impact of self-securitised assets backing the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF). 5. Net of other ASF and other RSF. 6. Comprised of assets qualifying as collateral for the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF), excluding internal

RMBS, up to approved facility limit; and any assets contained in the RBNZ’s liquidity Policy –Annex: Liquidity Assets –Prudential Supervision Department Document BS13A 7. ‘Other’ includes off-balance sheet and cash inflows.

8. RBA CLF increased by $3.1b from 1 January 2018 to $46.9b (2017: $43.8b, 2016: $50.3b).

LCR COMPOSITION (AVERAGE)

Other ALA

1

$15b

Other ALA

6

$15b

NSFR COMPOSITION

Mar 2018

$492b

$428b

MOVEMENT IN AVERAGE LCR SURPLUS (A$b)

LCR Surplus

LCR Surplus

NSFR MOVEMENT

Sep 17 v Mar 18

%

Internal RMBS

Liquid Assets

Other ALA

6

$188b

HQLA2

HQLA1

47

2

7

0

2

Wholesale

Funding

2H17CLF

8

Retail/SMELiquid AssetsCorp/FI/SovOther1H18

-4

-5

48

2H17 v 1H181H18

LoansSep-17Retail/Corp/

Operational

Deposits

1.0%

FI Deposits

& Repo

Funding

CapitalLong Term

Debt

Liquids

113.9%

Other

5

Mar-18

-1.3%

0.2%

0.8%

0.0%

-0.2%

0.4%

114.9%

2H17

LCR 135%

1H18

LCR 134%

13
FY15

8

FY13

17

2H18FY14FY16

32

FY171H18FY21FY19FY20FY22FY23FY24+

24

13

24

19

22

23

22

22

8

T E R M W H O L E S A L E F U N D I N G P O R T F O L I O

1

60

PORTFOLIO BY CURRENCY

1. All figures based on historical FX and exclude AT1. Includes transactions with an original call or maturity date greater than 12 months as at the initial reporting date. Tier 2 maturity profile is based on the next callable date.

PORTFOLIO BY TYPE

ISSUANCEMATURITIES

$b

Tier 2Senior UnsecuredRMBSCovered Bonds

76%

15%

8%

1%

Senior Unsecured

Covered Bonds

Tier 2

RMBS

32%

40%

22%

6%

Domestic (AUD, NZD)

Asia (JPY, HKD, SGD, CNY)

North America (USD, CAD)

UK & Europe (£, €, CHF)

RISK MANAGEMENT
AUSTRALIAANDNEWZEALANDBANKING

GROUPLIMITED

2018 FIRST HALF

RESULTS

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
TOTAL PROVISION CHARGECP BALANCE BY DIVISION

TOTAL PROVISION CHARGE COMPOSITIONCRWA & CP AS % OF CRWA

IP: Individual Provision charge CP: Collective Provision charge CIC: Total Credit Impairment charge

1. 1H18 Eco Cycle release includes a $12m release of Retail Trade overlay and a $12m of New Zealand Agrioverlay.

$m

$m

$m

$b

TOTAL & COLLECTIVE PROVISION (CP) CHARGE

62

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

Mar 18

2,579

Sep 17

2,662

TSO Group CentreAsia Retail & PacificNZInsto.AUS

Mar18 vs Sep17$m

Divisional mvt-102

FX impact+19

1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

CIC

5106959181,038720479408

CPComposition

Lending Growth

545056

-59-30-180

Change in

Risk/Portfolio

Mix

862-3050-78-912

Eco Cycle

1

-7-720

04134-24

-500

0

500

1,000

1,500

-0.2

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

1H18

408

2H17

479

1H17

720

2H16

1,038

1H16

918

2H15

695

1H15

510

IP ChargeCP ChargeCIC as % Avg.GLA (RHS)

343

337

342

352

334

350

340

Mar 18

0.75%

Sep 17

0.81%

Sep 16

0.79%

0.86%

Mar 17

0.82%

Mar 16Sep 15

0.85%

Mar 15

0.86%

CP Bal. as % of CRWACredit Risk Weighted Assets

%

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
ANZ HISTORICAL LOSS RATESEXPECTED LOSS

IP CHARGE BY SEGMENTIP CHARGE COMPOSITION

1. Asia Retail portfolio size by Net loans & Advances: Mar 17=$10.1b , Sep 17=$3.3b, Mar 18=$15m . Excludes Pacific.

bp

$m

$m

INDIVIDUAL PROVISION (IP) CHARGE

63

0

100

200

300

Mar

18

Sep

17

Sep

14

Sep

11

Sep

08

Sep

05

Sep

02

Sep

99

Sep

96

Sep

93

Sep

90

Median IP Loss Rate (ex-current period)IP Loss Rate

-500

0

500

1,000

1,500

1H18

430

2H17

554

1H17

787

2H16

1,047

1H16

892

2H15

655

1H15

455

InstitutionalCommercialConsumer

-500

0

500

1,000

1,500

1H181H162H17

554

2H15

787

1H171H152H16

430

455

1,047

892

655

Writebacks & RecoveriesNewIncreased

%Mar 16Sep16Mar 17Sep 17Mar 18

Australia Div.

0.350.330.330.330.31

New Zealand Div.

0.250.260.260.220.21

Institutional Div.

0.370.360.350.300.32

Other1.471.791.601.691.95

Subtotal

0.340.330.330.300.30

Asia Retail

1

1.501.511.512.750

Total

0.370.350.350.320.30

Median IP Loss

Rate = 32 bps

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
CONTROL LISTGROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS BY DIVISION

NEW IMPAIRED ASSETS BY DIVISIONGROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS BY EXPOSURE SIZE

1. Other includes Retail Asia & Pacific and Australian Wealth.

Index Sep 09 = 100

$m

$m

$m

IMPAIRED ASSETS

64

0

50

100

150

Mar-

18

Sep

17

Sep

16

Sep

15

Sep

14

Sep

13

Sep

12

Sep

11

Sep

10

Sep

09

Control List by No. of GroupsControl List by Limits

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

Mar 18

2,034

Sep 17

2,384

Mar 17

2,940

Sep 16

3,173

Mar 16

2,883

Sep 15

2,719

Mar 15

2,708

Other

1

InstitutionalNew ZealandAustralia

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

1H18

963

2H17

1,425

1H17

1,787

2H16

1,844

1H16

1,784

2H15

1,783

1H15

1,197

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

Mar 18

2,034

Sep 17

2,384

Mar 17

2,940

Sep 16

3,173

Mar 16

2,883

Sep 15

2,719

Mar 15

2,708

> 100m10m to 100m< 10mOther

1

AustraliaNew ZealandInstitutional

336.8
342.8

3.1

3.5

Mar’18Risk

-0.5

Data/Meth.

Review

-0.1

Lending

Mvmt.

FX ImpactSep’17

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T

65

TOTAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

TOTAL RWA MOVEMENT

CRWA MOVEMENT

$b

$b

$b

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

391.1

395.8

6.0

1.2

Mar 18Mkt. RWAIRRBB RWA

-2.6

Op RWA

0.1

Credit RWASep 17

350

334

352

342

337

343

14

16

18

17

17

16

38

38

39

39

37

37

Mar 18

396

Sep 17

391

Mar 17

397

Sep 16

409

Mar 16

388

Sep 15

402

Op-RWACRWAMkt. & IRRBB RWA

Refer following slide

for further detail

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
66

GROUP EAD

1

& CRWAs

GROUP EAD

1

MOVEMENT

GROUP EAD

1

& CRWA GROWTH

2

MOVEMENT

1. Post CRM EAD, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral. Excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel asset classes.

2. Refers to lending movement, excluding FX Impact, Data/Meth Review and Risk.

MAR 18 v SEP 17 ($b)

$b

MAR 18 v SEP 17 ($b)

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

930.2

21.0

10.1

903.1

Mar 18Data/Meth.

Review

-4.0

Lending Mvmt.FX ImpactSep 17

6.0

-0.5

1.8

-4.4

18.1

1.6

-0.5

-0.2

-3.4

6.0

InstitutionalOtherNZAUS Non HLAUS HL

CRWA Gth.EAD Gth.

930

903

899

894

889

903

37.6%

Sep 15

38.7%

Mar 18

36.9%

Sep 17

37.3%

Mar 17

38.0%

Sep 16

39.4%

Mar 16

CRWA/EAD %EAD

I M P R O V I N G P O R T F O L I O R I S K P R O F I L E
67

INTERNAL EXPECTED LOSS (IEL)

(as a % of Gross Lending Assets)

1. Internal expected loss as at September 2016

2. Internal expected loss as at September 2015

GROUP TOTAL (%)INSTITUTIONAL (%)

AUSTRALIA (%)NEW ZEALAND (%)

0.37

0.35

0.30

Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

0.35

0.33

0.31

Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

0.37

0.35

0.32

Mar-18Mar-17Mar-16

0.25

0.26

0.21

Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

Actions taken to improve risk profile:

•Sold Asia Retail & Wealth businesses (IEL 151bp)

1

•Sold Esanda Dealer Finance business (IEL 100bp)

2

•Largely exited Emerging Corporate portfolio in Asia

(IEL 41bp)

1

•Restricted growth in commercial property & unsecured

personal loans

•Increased Institutional investment grade exposures to

84% of portfolio (from 81% 1H17)

•Focused housing growth to priority segments of

Principal & Interest and Owner Occupier loans

Category
% of Group EAD

% of Portfolio in

Non Performing

Portfolio

Balance in Non

Performing

Sep 17Mar18Sep 17Mar 18Mar 18

Consumer Lending41.5%40.5%0.1%0.1%$425m

Finance, Investment & Insurance17.2%18.5%0.0%0.0%$86m

Property Services6.6%6.6%0.3%0.3%$158m

Manufacturing4.5%4.5%0.7%0.5%$213m

Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing3.8%3.8%1.2%1.1%$378m

Government & Official Institutions7.2%7.1%0.0%0.0%$0m

Wholesale trade3.0%2.9%0.5%0.4%$107m

Retail Trade2.3%2.2%0.8%0.9%$188m

Transport & Storage2.0%2.1%0.7%0.2%$44m

Business Services1.7%1.7%1.1%0.9%$149m

Resources (Mining)

1.5%1.6%1.2%0.9%$131m

Electricity, Gas & Water Supply1.3%1.3%0.1%0.1%$15m

Construction1.4%1.4%2.3%1.8%$239m

Other6.0%5.9%0.6%0.4%$222m

Total100%100%$2,355m

Total Group EAD

1

$903b$930b

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T

68

EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD) AS A %

OF GROUP TOTAL

1. EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes and manual adjustments. Data provided is as at Mar 18 on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as

guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral.

PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION

40.5%

18.5%

6.6%

4.5%

3.8%

7.1%

2.9%

5.9%

2.2%

2.1%

1.7%

1.6%

1.3%

1.4%

TOTAL GROUP EAD (Mar 18)

= $930b

1

ELEC, GAS & WATER SUPPLY
P O R T F O L I O T R E N D

69

CONSUMER LENDINGWHOLESALE TRADE

FINANCE, INVEST. & INSURANCEBUSINESS SERVICES

Note: % of portfolio in non performing = % of segment non performing exposures as a % of total segment exposures.

$b

$b

$b

$b

$b

$b

PERCENTAGE OF PORTFOLIO IN NON PERFORMING

RETAIL TRADE

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Sep

-

12

Sep

-

14

Mar

-

13

Sep

-

13

Mar

-

14

Mar

-

16

Mar

-

15

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

17

Mar

-

18

% of NPL (RHS)EAD

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Sep 12

Mar 16

Sep 17

Mar 15Mar 13

Sep 14

Mar 14

Sep 13Sep 15Sep 16

Mar 17Mar 18

% of NPL (RHS)EAD

0

100

200

300

400

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Mar

-

15

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

12

Mar

-

16

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

13

Sep

-

13

Sep

-

14

Mar

-

14

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

17

Mar

-

18

% of NPL (RHS)EAD

0

100

200

300

400

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Sep

-

12

Mar

-

13

Mar

-

14

Sep

-

14

Mar

-

16

Sep

-

13

Mar

-

15

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

17

Mar

-

18

% of NPL (RHS)EAD

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Mar

-

13

Mar

-

18

Sep

-

14

Sep

-

12

Sep

-

13

Mar

-

16

Mar

-

15

Mar

-

14

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

17

% of NPL (RHS)EAD

%

%

%

%

%

%

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Mar

-

18

Sep

-

14

Sep

-

13

Sep

-

12

Mar

-

13

Mar

-

16

Mar

-

14

Mar

-

15

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

17

EAD% of NPL (RHS)

P O R T F O L I O T R E N D
70

CONSTRUCTIONAGRI, FORESTRY, FISHING

RESOURCESTRANSPORT & STORAGE

Note: % of portfolio in non performing = % of segment non performing exposures as a % of total segment exposures.

$b$b

$b

$b

$b

$b

PERCENTAGE OF PORTFOLIO IN NON PERFORMING

MANUFACTURING

PROPERTY SERVICES

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Sep

-

12

Mar

-

13

Mar

-

14

Sep

-

13

Sep

-

14

Sep

-

15

Mar

-

15

Mar

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

16

Sep

-

17

Mar

-

18

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Mar

-

16

Sep

-

12

Mar

-

13

Sep

-

13

Mar

-

14

Mar

-

15

Sep

-

14

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

17

Mar

-

18

% of NPL (RHS)EAD% of NPL (RHS)EAD

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Sep

-

13

Mar

-

13

Mar

-

18

Sep

-

12

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

14

Mar

-

14

Mar

-

16

Mar

-

15

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

17

% of NPL (RHS)EAD

%%

%

%

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Mar

-

15

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

12

Mar

-

16

Mar

-

14

Mar

-

13

Sep

-

13

Sep

-

14

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

17

Mar

-

18

% of NPL (RHS)EAD

%

%

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Mar

-

16

Sep

-

12

Mar

-

14

Sep

-

13

Mar

-

13

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

14

Mar

-

15

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

17

Mar

-

18

% of NPL (RHS)EAD

0

20

40

60

80

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

Sep

-

12

Mar

-

16

Mar

-

13

Sep

-

13

Mar

-

14

Sep

-

14

Mar

-

15

Sep

-

15

Sep

-

16

Mar

-

17

Sep

-

17

Mar

-

18

% of NPL (RHS)EAD

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
RESOURCES EXPOSURE BY SECTOR (%)

RESOURCES EXPOSURE CREDIT QUALITY (EAD)RESOURCES PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Total EAD (Mar 18): $15.1b

As a % of Group EAD (Mar 18): 1.6%

$b

GROUP RESOURCES PORTFOLIO

71

AUSNZASIAOTHER

7.30.62.74.6

75%

NZAUS

79%

21%

47%

53%

25%

ASIA

19%

81%

EA & Other

•Portfolio is skewed towards well capitalised and lower cost

resource producers.

•32% of the book is less than one year duration.

•Investment grade exposures represent 68% of portfolio vs.

66% at Sep 17 and Trade business unit accounts for 18% of

the total Resources EAD.

•Mining services customers are subject to heightened oversight

given the cautious outlook for the services sector.

2.6

4.5

8.3

1.1

3.0

1.8

4.6

7.2

1.1

2.4

1.4

3.7

9.4

0.9

1.4

1.0

4.4

7.6

0.9

1.2

Coal MiningOil & Gas ExtractionMetal Ore MiningOther MiningServices To Mining

Mar 15Mar 18Mar 16Mar 17

Sub-Investment GradeInvestment Grade

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
72

COMMERCIAL PROPERTY OUTSTANDINGS BY

REGION

1

COMMERCIAL PROPERTY OUSTANDINGS BY

SECTOR

1

PROPERTY PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

1. As per ARF230 disclosure.

2. APEA = Asia Pacific, Europe & America.

$b

%

COMMERCIAL PROPERTY PORTFOLIO

•Overall Australian volumes decreased modestly by 2%. Decreases in the

Residential/Land Subdivision sector was due to lower market activity

together with the effects of tightening strategy and followed by repayments

from some major REITs in the Offices sector. An increase witnessed in the

Other sector is due to new lending to a healthcare REIT.

•New Zealand volumes remained stable. Material repayments across the

Residential/Land Subdivision and Industrial sectors have been fully offset by

exchange rate movement over 1H18.

•APEA volumes for 1H18 increased $0.6b on the back of a number of large

transactions entered into in Hong Kong and Singapore. This follows

consecutive quarters of reduction arising from RWA optimization efforts.

24.6

24.4

25.7

24.8

25.5

25.4

24.9

8.3

8.4

8.8

9.5

9.59.7

9.7

4.54.7

3.9

3.6

2.7

2.4

3.0

8.0

7.5

7.0

6.5

6.0

5.5

5.0

Mar 18

37.6

Sep 17

37.5

Mar 17

37.7

Sep 16

37.9

Mar 16

38.4

Sep 15

37.5

Mar 15

37.4

APEA

2

New Zealand

Australia

% of Group GLA (RHS)

100

80

60

40

20

Mar 18Sep 17Mar 17

OtherResidentialTourismIndustrialRetailOffices

%

30%
36%

22%

12%

1.0

0.1

Syd

QLD

NSW

0.1

0.1

0.1

VIC

Melb

1.7

Bris

Other

0.4

R E S I D E N T I A L D E V E L O P M E N T

73

OVERVIEW

PROFILE (Mar 18)

1. Other Development comprises of Low Rise & Prestige Residential and Other Residential or Multi Project Development.

2. Calculated as the average of the qualifying pre-sales to the debt cover ratio, as determined under Bank policy.

COMMERCIAL PROPERTY EXPOSURE

•Overall Apartment Development limits have increased modestly by

$0.06bn (2%) in the first half of 2018.

•Growth has been subdued as appetite tightening strategies have taken

effect and market conditions slow.

•Limits to Inner City Apartment Developments have reduced to 9% of

Total as at Mar 18 (was 20% as at Sep 17)as a result of repayment

from completed projects in Brisbane and Melbourne.

•Average qualifying pre-sales

2

and LVRs were 116% and 53%

respectively for Inner City Apartment Developments. New Inner City

Apartment Developments continue to be subject to tight LVR, pre-sale

and % of foreign buyer parameters.

•Outside of Inner City, Apartment Development limits were weighted

54% towards NSW and 33% towards VIC, 12% for QLD and minimal

exposures in other states.

•Ongoing close monitoring of development projects with regular internal

management reporting, noting our facilities are continuing to be repaid

on time.

•Industry trends and risks are being closely monitored with appropriate

strategies implemented.

Total Residential Limits:

$9.7b

Apartment Development

$3.5b

Residential & Subdivision

Other Development

1

Apartment Development

Investment

$0.3b inner city

apartment

development

$3.2b other

apartment

development

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
AGRICULTURE EXPOSURE BY SECTOR (% EAD)

NEW ZEALAND

1

DAIRY CREDIT QUALITY

GROUP AGRICULTURE EAD SPLITS

3

1. Dairy exposures for all of ANZ New Zealand (includes Commercial and Agriculture, Institutional and Business Banking portfolios).

2. Wholesale PD model changes account for 55bps increase in FY16.

3. Security indicator is based on ANZ extended security valuations.

NZ$b

GROUP AGRICULTURE PORTFOLIO

74

Total EAD (Mar 18)As a % of Group EAD

A$930b3.8%

12.7

12.1

12.4

12.4

11.9

11.6

12.0

1.12%

2.24%

Sep 15Sep 16

1.91%

1.76%

Sep 17Mar 18

1.22%

Sep 12

0.88%

Sep 13

0.77%

Sep 14

NZ Dairy EADWt. Avg. Probability of Default

2

9.3%

13.9%

16.5%

12.7%

37.2%

10.4%

Grain/Wheat

Sheep & Other

Livestock

Horticulture/Fruit/

Other Crops

Forestry & Fishing/

Agriculture Services

Beef

Dairy

41.7%

58.0%

0.3%

AustraliaNew ZealandIntl. Markets

98.4%

1.6%

ImpairedProductive

73.7%

3.7%

6.1%

16.4%

Fully Secured

<60% Secured

60 -<80% Secured

80 -<100% Secured

FY17 PD decrease reflects subsequent impact of

milk price recovery which is continuing into 1H18.

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
NEW ZEALAND GEOGRAPHY GROSS IMPAIRED

ASSETS

NEW ZEALAND GEOGRAPHY TOTAL PROVISION

CHARGE

1

NEW ZEALAND DIVISION 90+DAYS DELINQUENCIESMORTGAGE DYNAMIC LOAN TO VALUE RATIO

2

1. Credit valuation adjustments (CVA) for customers with CCR10 are reported differently for cash profit and headline views of earnings.Inthe headline (statutory) view of provision reported

above, changes in CVA are reported in Other Operating Income, but in the cash profit view of earnings the change in CVA is reclassified to IP.

2. Average dynamic LVR as at March 2018 (not weighted by balance).

NZ$mNZ$m

% of portfolio

NEW ZEALAND

75

1,451

955

708

419

491

368

360

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

Mar 18Sep 17Sep 16Sep 15Sep 14Sep 13Sep 12

GIAGIA as % GLA

200

150

100

50

0

-50

-100

1H18

70

2H17

19

1H17

40

2H16

97

1H16

50

2H15

46

1H15

31

2H14

30

1H14

-39

2H13

22

1H13

44

2H12

99

1H12

103

2H11

105

IP ChargeCP charge

64%

18%

13%

2%

3%

90%+

81-90%

71-80%

61-70%

0-60%

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

Mar

18

Mar

17

Mar

16

Mar

15

Mar

14

Mar

13

Mar

12

Mar

11

Mar

10

Mar

09

Mar

08

CommercialAgriHome Loans

%

%

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
76

INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO SIZE & TENOR (EAD

2

)

ANZ INSTITUTIONAL INDUSTRY COMPOSITION

ANZ INSTITUTIONAL PRODUCT COMPOSITION

1. Country is defined by the counterparty’s Country of Incorporation. 2. Data provided is as at Mar 18 on a Post-CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives,

netting and financial collateral. Position excludes Basel Asset Class ‘Securitisation’, ‘Other Assets’, ‘Retail’ and manual adjustments. 3. ~88% of the ANZ Institutional “Property Services” portfolio

is to entities incorporated in either Australia or New Zealand. 4. Other is comprised of 47 different industries with none comprising more than 2.0% of the Institutional portfolio.

EAD (Mar 18): A$393b

2

$b

EAD (Mar 18): A$393b

2

ANZ INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO (COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION

1

)

400

200

350

150

50

100

300

250

0

China

88%

22%

62%

Total InstitutionalAsia

12%

APEA

51%

78%

49%

38%

Tenor < 1 YrTenor 1 Yr+

3%

3%

2%

16%

7%

27%

8%

31%

3%

Machinery & Equip Mnfg

Basic Material Wholesaling

Electricity & Gas Supply

Other⁴

Property Services

3

Government Admin.

Services to Fin. & Ins.

Finance (Banks and Central Banks)

Food Beverage & Tobacco Mnfg

13%

9%

16%

25%

23%

1%

13%

Trade & Supply Chain

Gold Bullion

Loans & Advances

Derivatives & Money Market Loans

Traded Securities (e.g. Bonds)

Contingent Liabilities & Commitments

Other

R I S K M A N A G E M E N T
77

COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION

1

ANZ ASIA INDUSTRY COMPOSITION

ANZ ASIA PRODUCT COMPOSITION

1. Country is defined by the counterparty’s Country of Incorporation. 2. Data provided is as at Mar18 on a Post-CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives,

netting and financial collateral. Position excludes Basel Asset Class ‘Securitisation’, ‘Other Assets’, ‘Retail’ and manual adjustments. 3. “Other” within industry is comprised of 44 different

industries with none comprising more than 3.2% of the Asian Institutional portfolio; Other product category is predominantly exposure due from other financial institutions.

EAD (Mar 18): A$92b

2

EAD (Mar 18): A$92b

2

EAD (Mar 18): A$92b

2

ANZ ASIAN INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO (COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION

1

)

4%

4%

55%

20%

3%

7%

4%

3%

26%

11%

5%

15%

20%

20%

3%

Contingent Liabilities & Commitments

Gold Bullion

Traded Securities (e.g. Bonds)

Derivatives & Money Market Loans

Trade & Supply Chain

Loans & Advances

Other

22%

28%

15%

11%

3%

7%

3%

4%

7%

TaiwanSingaporeChina

JapanHong KongSouth KoreaIndonesia

IndiaOther

Pers & Household Good Wholesaling

Machinery & Equip Mnfg

Communication Services

Basic Material Wholesaling

Petroleum,Coal,Chem & Assoc Prod Mnfg

Property Services

Finance (Banks & Central Banks)

Other³

HOUSING PORTFOLIO
AUSTRALIAANDNEWZEALANDBANKING

GROUPLIMITED

2018 FIRST HALF

RESULTS

A U S T R A L I A H O M E L O A N S
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW

79

1. Home Loans (excludes Non Performing Loans, excludes offset balances) 2. YTD (6months to) unless noted 3. New accounts includes increases to existing accounts and split loans (fixed and variable components of thesame loan)

4. The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupier, as reported to regulators and the market, is based on the classification at origination (as advised by the customer) and the ongoing precision relies on the customers obligation to

advise ANZ, and ANZ targeted activity to identify, any change in circumstances. 5. Excludes Equity Manager 6. Based on APRA definition ieincludes Equity Manager in the total composition 7. March Half to Date 8. Originated in the

respective half 9. Unweighted 10. Includes capitalised premiums 11. Valuations updated to Mar’18 where available 12. Source for Australia: APRA to Feb’18 13. % of Owner Occupied and Investment Loans that have any amount

ahead of repayments. Includes Offset balances. Excludes Equity Manager. Excludes Non Performing Loans. 14. Balances of Offset accounts connected to existing Instalment Loans 15. Low Doc is comprised of less than or equal to

60% LVR mortgages primarily for self-employed without scheduled PAYG income. However, it also has ~A$400m of less than or equal to 80% LVR mortgages, primarily booked pre-2008 16. Annualised write-off net of recoveries 17.

Based on Gross Loans and Advances 18. Based on Group Cash Profit basis.

Portfolio

1

Flow

2

1H161H171H181H18

Number of Home Loan

accounts

976k992k1,017k79k

3

Total FUM

1

$243b$256b$270b$31b

Average Loan Size$249k$258k$266k$387k

% Owner Occupied

4

60%62%65%69%

% Investor

4

36%34%32%29%

% Equity Line of Credit4%4%3%2%

% Paying Variable Rate

Loan

5

87%85%83%82%

% Paying Fixed Rate Loan

5

13%15%17%18%

%Paying Interest Only

6

37%36%26%14%

7

% Broker originated48%50%51%56%

Portfolio

1

1H161H171H18

Average LVRat

Origination

8,9,10

71%70%68%

Average DynamicLVR

9,10,11

51%51%51%

Market Share

12

15.6%15.6%15.8%

% Ahead of Repayments

13

71%71%71%

Offset Balances

14

$24b$26b$27b

% FirstHome Buyer7%6%7%

%Low Doc

15

7%5%4%

Loss Rate

16

0.01%0.02%0.02%

% of Australia Geography

Lending

17

63%63%64%

% of Group Lending

17,18

43%44%46%

54%
60%

64%

24%

19%

17%

22%

21%

19%

1H161H171H18

A U S T R A L I A H O M E L O A N S

LOAN BALANCE & LENDING FLOWS

1

PORTFOLIO

1,2

& FLOW

3

COMPOSITION

1. Excludes Non Performing Loans. 2. The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupier, as reported to regulators and the market, is based on the classification at origination (as advised

by the customer) and the ongoing precision relies on the customers obligation to advise ANZ, and ANZ targeted activity to identify, any change in circumstances. 3. YTD (6months to) unless

noted 4. Includes capitalised premiums

$b

PORTFOLIO GROWTH

80

60%

62%

65%

69%

36%

34%

32%

29%

Mar-17

4%

2%

Mar-16

4%

3%

Mar-181H18

31%

32%32%

39%

30%

31%

32%

36%

17%

16%

16%

13%

15%

14%

13%

7%

1H18

7%

Mar-16

7%

7%

Mar-17

5%

Mar-18

By purpose:

Portfolio

By origination LVR

4

:

Flow

By location:

Owner OccInvestorEquityWAVIC/TASSA/NTQLDNSW/ACT

Flow

Flow

Portfolio

<80% LVR80% LVR>80% LVR

HOME LOAN COMPOSITION

Payment

Type

Owner

Occupied

InvestorEquity LoanTotal

P&I Loan

146.244.0-190.2

Interest Only

28.343.2-71.5

Equity Loan

--8.78.7

Total

174.587.28.7270.4

$b

255

270

50

4

15

Repay

/ Other

Net OFI

Refi

Mar 17New Sales

exc Refi-In

Redraw &

Interest

Mar 18

-54

+6%

6-12
months

ahead

6%

<1 month

ahead

17%

6%

7%

>2 years

ahead

26%

1-3

months

ahead

9%

3-6

months

ahead

1-2 years

ahead

On Time

26%

Overdue

3%

A U S T R A L I A D I V I S I O N

HOME LOANS REPAYMENT PROFILE

1,2

HOME LOANS ON TIME & <1 MONTH AHEAD PROFILE

1,2

1. Excludes Non Performing Loans2. % of Owner Occupied and Investment Loans that have any amount ahead of repayments. Includes Offset balances. Excludes Equity Manager. Excludes

Non Performing Loans 3. Includes capitalised premiums 4. Valuations updated to Mar’18 where available 5. The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupier, as reported to regulators

and the market, is based on the classification at origination (as advised by the customer) and the ongoing precision relies on the customers obligation to advise ANZ, and ANZ targeted activity to

identify, any change in circumstances.

71% of accounts ahead of repayments

PORTFOLIO DYNAMICS

81

Mar 15Mar 17Mar 16Mar 18

Investment:

5

Interest payments may

receive negative gearing/tax benefits

NewAccounts: Less than 1 year old

Structural: Loans that restrict payments in

advance. E.g. interest only and fixed rate

Residual:Less than 1 month repayment

buffer

% composition of accounts (March 18)

DYNAMIC LOAN TO VALUE RATIO

1,3,4

% of portfolio

10

30

50

0

20

40

91-95%81-90%0-60%61-75%95%+76-80%

Mar 17Mar 15Mar 16Mar 18

1.0
0.0

0.5

1.5

2.0

VIC & TASNSW

& ACT

QLDWASA & NTPortfolio

A U S T R A L I A D I V I S I O N

PRODUCT 90+ DAY DELINQUENCIES

1

HOME LOAN DELINQUENCIES

1,3

HOME LOANS -90+ DPD (BY VINTAGE)

4

1. Excludes Non Performing Loans 2. Comprises Small Business, Commercial Cards and Asset Finance 3. The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupier, as reported to regulators

and the market, is based on the classification at origination (as advised by the customer) and the ongoing precision relies on the customers obligation to advise ANZ, and ANZ targeted activity to

identify, any change in circumstances 4. Home loans 90+ dpdvintages % ratio of ever delinquent (measured by # accounts) contains at least 6 application months of that fiscal year contributing

to each data point.

%

%

%

PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE

82

1.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

2.0

Mar

13

Mar

12

Mar

15

Sep

12

Sep

13

Mar

14

Sep

14

Sep

15

Mar

16

Sep

16

Mar

17

Sep

17

Mar

18

Corporate & Commercial

2

Home Loans

Consumer Cards

Personal Loans

2.0

1.0

0.0

0.5

1.5

Sep

12

Mar

18

Sep

13

Sep

14

Sep

15

Sep

16

Sep

17

90+ Owner Occupied

30+ DPD %90+ Investor

HOME LOANS 90+ DPD BY STATE

1

%

Note: FY14 vintages and prior were impacted by hardship prior to policy solutions

put in place and therefore not comparable to FY15 vintages and onwards

Mar 12

Mar 13Mar 15

Mar 14Mar 16

Mar 17

Mar 18

681012141618202224262830323436

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

FY17FY15FY16

Month on book

A U S T R A L I A H O M E L O A N S
WA OUTSTANDING BALANCE

HOME LOANS AND WA 90+ DELINQUENCIES

2

1. Losses are based on New Individual Provision Charges 2. Excludes Non Performing Loans

$b

%

AREAS OF INTEREST

83

•Greater focus on Acquisition & Collection management strategies

have been applied

•Exposure to WA has decreased since Mar-16 driven by the

economic environment and credit policy tightening (mining town

lending, etc)

•Currently WA makes up 13% of the portfolio FUM (and

decreasing), however makes up 30% of 90+ (and approximately

half of portfolio losses

1

)

•Tailored treatment of collection and account management

strategies

•Conservative approach to provisions management

HOME LOANS COMPOSITION OF LOSSES

1

20

40

30

25

35

Sep 14Mar 14Mar 15Sep 15Sep 17Mar 16Sep 16Mar 17Mar 18

57%

1H17

73%

2H16

27%

45%

2H15

43%

55%

1H16

48%

52%

51%

1H18

49%

49%

2H17

51%

2.0

0.0

1.0

0.5

1.5

Mar

14

Sep

13

Sep

14

Mar

15

Sep

15

Mar

16

Sep

16

Mar

17

Sep

17

Mar

18

Portfolio 90+ Rate

WA 90+ RatePortfolio 90+ Rate without WAWARest of the portfolio

A U S T R A L I A H O M E L O A N S
INTEREST ONLY FLOW COMPOSITION

1

SWITCHING INTEREST ONLY TO P&I AND SCHEDULED INTEREST ONLY TERM EXPIRY

2

1. Based on APRA definition (includes Equity Manager). 2. Includes construction loans

%

$b

INTEREST ONLY (IO)

84

38

42

27

14

1H182H162H171H17

30%

APRA’s 30% limit introduced March 2017

66

7

1111

8

10

8

7

4

5

3

4

4

8

2

1H172H191H182H172H181H192H212H202H221H211H23+1H221H20

•Serviceability assessment is based on ability to repay principal

& interest repayments calculated over the residual term of loan

•81% of IO customers have net income >$100k pa. (portfolio

64%)

•Arrears levels are lower for Interest Only vs overall portfolio

•Recent policy & pricing changes have led to a reduction in IO

lending. ANZ has met APRA’s 30% threshold lending

requirement and the interest only flow composition is now at

14% for 1H18.

•Proactive contact strategies are in place to prepare customers

for the change in their cash repayments ahead of Interest Only

expiry

ContractualEarly conversions

A U S T R A L I A H O M E L O A N S
UNDERWRITING PRACTICES AND POLICY CHANGES

1

85

1. 2015 to 2018 material changes to lending standards and underwriting 2. Customers have the ability to assess their capacity to borrow on ANZ

•End-to-end home lending responsibility managed

within ANZ

•Effective hardship & collections processes

•Full recourse lending

•ANZ assessment process across all channels

Multiple checks during origination process

Quality assurance, info verification & policy reviews

Know Your CustomerApplication

Income Verification

Income Shading

Expense Models

Interest Rate Buffer

Repayment Sensitisation

Serviceability

LVR Policy

LMI Policy

Valuations Policy

Collateral /

Valuations

Credit History

Bureau Checks

Credit

Assessment

Documentation

Security

Fulfilment

Income & ExpensesPre –application

2

Serviceability

Aug'15

Interest rate floor applied to new and existing

mortgage lending introduced at 7.25%

Apr'16

Introduction of an income adjusted living expense

floor (HEM*)

Introduction of a 20% haircut for overtime and

commission income

Increased income discount factor for residential rental

income from 20% to 25%

*The HEM benchmark is developed by the Melbourne Institute of

Applied Economic and Social Research (‘the Melbourne Institute’),

based on a survey of the spending habits of Australian families.

A U S T R A L I A H O M E L O A N S
UNDERWRITING PRACTICES AND POLICY CHANGES

1

86

1. 2015 to 2018 material changes to lending standards and underwriting 2. Excludes investment lending for specific medical practitioners (eligible Medicos) where LVR cap is a maximum of 90%

of lending. 3. Residential Investment Loans 4. Equity Manager Accounts

ANZ Policy changes

Jun'15LVR cap reduced to 70% in high risk mining towns

Jul'15LVR cap reduced to 90% for investment loans

Aug’15

Apr’16

Sep'16

Interest rate floor applied to new and existing mortgage lending introduced at 7.25%

Introduction of an income adjusted living expense floor (HEM)

Introduction of a 20% haircut for overtime and commission income

Increased income discount factor for residential rental income from 20% to 25%

Withdrawal of lending to non-residents

Limited acceptance of foreign income to demonstrate serviceability and tightened controls on verification

Dec'16Tightening of acceptances for guarantees

Jan'17Decreased maximum interest only term of owner occupied interest only loans to 5 years

May'17The maximum interest only period reduced from 10 years to 5 years for investment lending to align to owner occupier lending

Reduced LVR cap of 80% for Interest Only

2

lending

Interest only lending no longer available on new Simplicity PLUS loans (owner occupier and investment lending)

Jun’17Minimum default housing expense (rent/board) applied to all borrowers not living in their own home and seeking RILs

3

or EMAs

4

Oct’17Restrict Owner Occupier and Investment Lending (New Security to ANZ) to Maximum 80% LVR for all apartments within 7 inner city

Brisbane postcodes. Restrict Investment Lending (New Security to ANZ) to Maximum 80% LVR for all apartments within 4 inner city Perth

postcodes

Dec’17Update to clarifythat residential mortgage lending to trading companies is not acceptable.

Mar’18All InterestOnly loan renewals will be Credit Critical events (requiring full income verification and serviceability test) including (i) Changing

from P&I to IO and (ii) Converting to or Extending an IO term.

AssumptionsCurrentYear 1Year2Year 3
Unemployment

rate

5.5%9.0%10.5%11.5%

Cash Rate1.5%0.25%0.25%0.25%

Real GDP year

ended growth

2.4-3.8%-2.4%4.7%

Cumulative

reduction in house

prices

--26.8%-38.3%-32.7%

Portfolio size

1

(A$b)

298297290281

OutcomesBaseYear 1Year2Year 3

Net Losses (A$m)

-158724749

Net losses (bps)

-52527

ANZ conducts regular stress tests of its loan portfolios to

meet risk management objectives and satisfy regulatory

requirements.

Stress tests are highly assumption-driven; results will

depend on economic assumptions, on modelling

assumptions, and on assumptions about actions taken in

response to the economic scenario.

This illustrative recession scenario assumes significant

reductions in consumer spending and business investment,

which lead to eight consecutive quarters of negative GDP

growth. This results in a significant increase in

unemployment and material nationwide falls in property

prices.

Estimated portfolio losses under these stressed conditions

are manageable and within the Group’s capital base, with

cumulative total losses at A$1.6b over three years (net of

LMI recoveries).

The results are not materially different from the stress test

six months ago.

A U S T R A L I A N H O M E L O A N S

87

1.Exposure at default

STRESS TESTING THE AUSTRALIAN MORTGAGE PORTFOLIO

L E N D E R S M O R T G A G E I N S U R A N C E
MARCH HALF YEAR 2018 RESULTSLMI & REINSURANCE STRUCTURE

ANZLMI MAINTAINS LOW LOSS RATIOS

1

1.Negative Loss ratios are the result of reductions in outstanding claims provisions. Source: APRA general insurance statistics (loss rationet of reinsurance) last published November 2017; 2. Quota

Share arrangement -reinsurer assumes an agreed reinsured % whereby reinsurer shares all premiums and losses accordingly with ANZLMI ; 3. Aggregate Stop Loss arrangement –reinsurer

indemnifies ANZLMI for an aggregate (or cumulative) amount of losses in excess of a specified aggregate amount. When the sum of the losses exceeds the pre-agreed amount, the reinsurer will

be liable to pay the excess up to a pre-agreed upper limit.

Australian Home Loan portfolio LMI and Reinsurance Structure

at 31 Mar 2018 (% New Business FUM Oct-17 to Mar-18)

ANZLMI HAS MAINTAINED STABLE LOSS RATIOS

88

GrossWritten Premium ($m)

$81.4m

Net Claims Paid ($m)

$7.7m

Loss Rate (of Exposure)

2.7bps

ANZLMI uses a diversified panel of reinsurers(10+)

comprising a mix of APRA authorised reinsurers and reinsurers

with highly rated security

Reinsurance is comprised of a Quota Share arrangement

2

with reinsurers for mortgages 90% LVR and above and in

addition an Aggregate Stop Loss arrangement

3

for policies

over 80% LVR

Quota Share

2

Arrangement

(LVR > 90%)

Aggregate Stop Loss

3

Arrangement on

Net Risk Retained

(LVR > 80%)

LVR 80% to 90% LMI

Insured

LVR > 90% LMI

Insured

2018 Reinsurance

Arrangement

8%

5%

-50

0

50

100

150

FY11FY12FY13FY14FY16FY06FY07FY08FY09FY10FY15

IndustryANZ LMIInsurer 1Insurer 3Insurer 2

LVR<80% Not

LMI Insured

87%

N E W Z E A L A N D M O R T G A G E S
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW

1

89

1.New Zealand Geography

2.Average data as of March 2018

3.Source for New Zealand: RBNZ, as of February 2018. Changes in RBNZ data reporting from February 2017 onwards has resulted in a step change in data vs prior periods

4.Excludes revolving credit facilities

5.Low Documentation (Low Doc) lending allowed customers who met certain criteria to apply for a mortgage with reduced income confirmation requirements. New Low Doc lending ceased

in 2007

PortfolioGrowth

1H171H18

1H18 v

1H17

Number of Home Loan accounts

515k523k1.6%

Total FUM

NZ$75bNZ$79b4.7%

Average Loan Size at Origination

2

NZ$295kNZ$274k-6.9%

Average Loan Size

2

NZ$145kNZ$150k3.1%

% of NZGeography Lending

61%62%123bps

% of Group Lending

12%13%44bps

% Owner Occupied

73%74%76bps

% Investor

27%26%-76bps

% Paying Variable Rate Loan

22%20%-183bps

% Paying Fixed Rate Loan

78%80%183bps

% Broker Originated

34%35%122bps

PortfolioGrowth

1H171H18

1H18 v

1H17

Average LVRat Origination

2

59%58%-126bps

Average DynamicLVR

2

42%42%-63bps

Market Share

3

31.1%30.9%-16bps

%Paying Interest Only

4

23%21%-134bps

%Paying Principal & Interest

77%79%134bps

%Low Doc

5

0.48%0.41%-7bps

Mortgage Loss Rates-0.01%0.00%1bps

N E W Z E A L A N D
FLOW

2

PORTFOLIO

MARKET SHARE

4

ANZ MORTGAGE LVR PROFILE

5

1.New Zealand Geography

2.Retail and Small Business Banking mortgage flow. Branch includes Small Business Banking Managers

3.Other includes loans booked centrally (Business Direct, Contact Centre, Lending Services, Property Finance)

4.Source: RBNZ, changes in RBNZ data reporting from February 2017 onwards has resulted in a step change in data vs prior periods

5.Dynamic basis, as of March 2018

HOME LENDING

1

90

51%

49%

38%

41%

11%

10%

1H171H18

45%

46%

10%

10%

11%

11%

21%

21%

6%

7%

1H171H18

7%

5%

Other Sth Is.

Auckland

WellingtonOther³

ChristchurchOther Nth Is.

BranchBrokerMobile mortgage managers

78%

80%

22%

20%

1H171H18

FixedVariable

31.5%

4.5%

2H16

5.0%

3.1%

31.1%

2.0%

1H17

1.8%

31.1%

2.7%

2.8%

2H17

30.9%

2.2%

Feb 18

ANZ growthANZ market shareSystem growth

64%

18%

13%

3%

2%

0-60%

61-70%

90%+

71-80%

81-90%

PORTFOLIO

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE
AUSTRALIAANDNEWZEALANDBANKING

GROUPLIMITED

2018 FIRST HALF

RESULTS

F I N A N C I A L S
92

REVENUE CONTRIBUTION

1

1. Other includes Wealth Australia (continuing business), Asia Retail & Pacific and TSO & Group Centre.

DIVISIONAL CONTRIBUTION

EXPENSES

1

4,651

4,784

4,863

3,055

2,575

2,544

1,577

1,595

1,616

886

785

2H17

9,808

693

1H17

NZ Div

1H18

Institutional

Aus Div

Other

9,976

9,840

1,669

1,713

1,812

1,422

1,392

1,371

600

593

588

796

782

640

2H17

4,487

1H17

Aus Div

1H18

NZ Div

Other

Institutional

4,480

4,411

Group

Total

Australia

Division

Institutional

Division

New Zealand

DivisionOther

1H18v 1H17-1.7%+4.6%-16.7%AUD: +2.5%

NZD: +5.7%

+13.3%

1H18 v 2H17-0.3%+1.7%-1.2%AUD: +1.3%

NZD: +3.2%

-11.4%

1H18v 1H17-1.7%+8.6%-3.6%AUD: -2.0%

NZD: +0.9%

-19.6%

1H18 v 2H17-1.5%+5.8%-1.5%AUD: -0.8%

NZD: +1.1%

-18.2%

$m

$m

F I N A N C I A L S
93

PROFIT BEFORE PROVISIONS

1

1. Other includes Wealth Australia (continuing business), Asia Retail & Pacific and TSO & Group Centre.

DIVISIONAL CONTRIBUTION

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

1

3,071

3,052

2,982

1,183

1,173

1,633

1,002

1,028

977

Other

NZ Div

Institutional

Aus Div

1H18

5,397

144

2H17

5,360

104

1H17

5,489

-103

1,759

1,857

1,915

1,065

859

793

677

692

726

Other

NZ Div

Institutional

Aus Div

1H18

3,493

59

2H17

3,454

46

1H17

3,355

-146

Group

Total

Australia

Division

Institutional

Division

New Zealand

DivisionOther

1H18v 1H17

-1.7%+2.3%-28.2%AUD: +5.2%

NZD: +8.6%

+239.8%

1H18 v 2H17

+0.7%-0.6%-0.8%AUD: +2.6%

NZD: +4.4%

+38.5%

1H18v 1H17

+4.1%+8.9%-25.5%AUD: +7.2%

NZD: +10.6%

+140.4%

1H18 v 2H17

+1.1%+3.1%-7.7%AUD: +4.9%

NZD: +6.9%

+28.3%

$m

$m

1,812
1,669

1,708

1,681

1,713

36.8%

2H171H18

36.5%

2H161H16

35.9%35.8%

1H17

37.3%

A U S T R A L I A D I V I S I O N

94

REVENUETOTAL PROVISIONS

CASH PROFITSTABLE RETURNS

$m

$m

$m

$m

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

1

$b

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

EXPENSES

4,863

4,651

4,638

4,602

4,784

350

344

337

335

325

2H171H161H182H161H17

Revenue/Avg FTE ($k)RevenueExpensesCTI

1,915

1,857

1,759

1,738

1,724

1H162H161H172H171H18

121121

124

126

127

26

26

35

34

Mar 16

0

147

Sep 161H172H171H18

121

161

150

161

6.2%

2.4%

2H16

2.9%

2.7%

1H16

6.0%

7.8%

2.4%

1H172H17

2.4%

1H18

7.2%

6.3%

Revenue/Avg RWA (annualised)

Return on Avg RWA (annualised)

%

Additional regulatory costs

BAU

1.Additional regulatory costs largely relate to the increased capital requirements for Australian residential mortgage exposures.

235

213

204

191

124

177

192

204

169

126

62

46

2H161H16

49

60

57

1H172H171H18

458

454

468

417

312

Home Loans, Deposits & Payments

Cards & Personal Loans

B&PB

A U S T R A L I A D I V I S I O N
PRIORITIES

95

1.Reported YTDX

2.Cross-sell as at reporting period, 1H18 on a PCP basis

3.APRA system growth numbers

4.Supported wallet transactions includes Apple Pay, Samsung Pay, Android Pay, Fitbit Pay, Garmin Pay and ANZ Mobile Pay

MOVEMENTS

PRIORITIESACTIONSMETRICS

FY15FY16FY171H18

STRATEGIC

FOCUS

Create a simpler, better

capitalised, better balanced

and more agile bank

Simplified products# Products decommissioned<10<104763

Optimised branch footprint# Branches751724684658

More digital branches# Digital branches5408199

More self service# Over-The-Counter transactions

1

37.3m33.8m29.1m27.5m

More digital salesDigital % of retail sales15%16%21%24%

More digitally active customersDigitally active customers2.9m3.0m3.3m3.4m

Focus efforts on attractive

areas where we can carve

out a winning position

Attract more customers

# Retail Customers5.3m5.4m5.6m5.7m

Retail customers > 1 product60.0%60.9%61.5%61.6%

Deepen customer relationshipsCommercial cross sell (% growth)

2

4.8%10.8%8.4%11.3%

Grow FUM

Housing lending (ANZ v system)

3

1.2x1.0x1.2x1.0x

Household deposits (ANZ v system)

3

0.9x0.6x1.1x0.8x

Build a superior experience

for our people and

customers to

compete in the digital age

Launch innovative solutions to

improve banker and customer

experience

Supported wallet transactions (000's)

1,4

-5,11026,36946,812

Bladepaytransactions (000's)

1

-n/a62540

Electronic verification uptake (trans / month)-4,4059,82821,220

EFTPOSon Apple Pay and Android Pay -

launched Oct/Nov 2017 respectively

First Home Buyer coach launched

Campaign for BladePay

A U S T R A L I A D I V I S I O N
DELIVERING SUSTAINABLE RESULTS

96

311

316

326

334

339

184

188

198

201

204

Sep 17Mar 16Sep 16Mar 17Mar 18

DepositsNLA

1,915

1,857

1,759

1,7391,725

1H17

2.73%

2.81%

2.73%

1H162H162H17

2.78%

2.78%

1H18

Cash ProfitNIM (%)

2H16

0.27%

1H18

0.26%

0.35%

0.30%

2H171H16

0.29%

1H17

0.20%

0.33%

0.33%

0.35%

0.36%

GIA as a % of GLAIP Loss Rate (annualised)

MANAGING OUR RISK

CONSISTENT GROWTHSUSTAINABLE RETURNS

FINANCIAL OUTCOMES

$b

$m

Growth in Home Loans FUM, biased to priority

segments of Principal & Interest and Owner Occupier

loans

Improvement in credit impairment charges from

improving asset quality and collections strategies

6%

9%

33%

Increase in cash profits and delivering on our

strategic agenda

% pcp%

A U S T R A L I A D I V I S I O N
AGILE WAYS OF WORKING

$m

EXPENSES

97

1,669

1,812

49

4

90

Other1H17Restructuring1H18Personnel & Inflation

Group technology support

Investment spend

Asia Retail indirect cost

reallocation

•Small, multidisciplinary, teams responsible for specific, measurable outcomes

•Iterative ways of working to deliver these outcomes faster, in smaller increments

•Transparencyand accountability through visual management techniques and

structured team-based feedback and evaluation

•Explicit alignmentbetween company objectives and what teams work on day-to-day

•Leadership, with an emphasis on personal development and coaching

Delivering value to customers faster.

Evidenced by: release frequency, customer

engagement

Higher employee engagement & satisfaction

ultimately becoming an employer of choice

Simplifying our operations, products,

systems & processes

Speed to Value

for our

Customers

Simplification

& Efficiency

People

Engagement &

Talent

Attraction

Restructuring increase largely relating to Agile ways of working

‘Other’ expense growth solely driven by:

MANAGING RISK
Offsets

+7%

A U S T R A L I A D I V I S I O N

CONSISTENT GROWTHGROWING IN OUR PRIORITY SEGMENTS

HOME LOANS PORTFOLIO MIX

1

1.The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupier, as reported to regulators and the market, is based on the classification at origination (as advised by the customer) and the

ongoing precision relies on the customers obligation to advise ANZ, and ANZ targeted activity to identify, any change in circumstances.

$b

Retail FUM ($b) , PCP growth (%)

RETAIL

98

254

258

267

275

282

109

112

117

119

121

Mar 16Sep 16Mar 17Mar 18Sep 17

NLADeposits

$271b

$11b

$282b NLA

Mar 18

Investor

60%

36%

OOP&I

62%

IO

36%

60%

59%

66%

71%

32%

37%

36%

31%

26%

60%

34%

61%

63%

65%

34%

33%

Sep 17Mar 16Sep 16Mar 17Mar 18

0.16%

1H16

0.09%

0.18%

0.10%

0.18%

2H16

0.11%

1H17

0.19%

0.11%

2H17

0.14%

0.12%

1H18

GIA as a % of GLAIP Loss Rate (annualised)

Mar 18

$31b

$14b

$27b

$49b

$121b Deposits

Savings

~flat

Transact

+7%

P&I +24%

I/O -22%

OO +10%

Inv+1%

Home LoansCards & Personal Loans

Term Deposit

+4%

%%

IMPROVING CRWA PROFILEIMPROVING DEPOSITS MIX
A U S T R A L I A D I V I S I O N

MANAGING RISKBALANCED GROWTH

BUSINESS AND PRIVATE BANK

99

58

5858

48

4950

5.37%

5.31%

1H17

5.52%

2H171H18

$b

$b

Note: Financials exclude the Esanda Dealer Finance portfolio sold in November 2015

42.7

44.2

44.7

27.3

26.3

26.6

11.4

80

10.4

Mar 17Mar 18Sep 17

83

11.9

82

TransactTerm DepositsSavings

57

58

58

58

58

75

76

80

82

83

Mar 17Mar 16Mar 18Sep 16Sep 17

NLADeposits

0.60%

1H16

0.72%

0.74%

1.42%

1H172H16

0.64%

2H17

0.47%

1H18

1.51%

1.46%

1.46%

1.35%

GIA as a % of GLAIP Loss Rate (annualised)

NLACRWANII/Avg cRWA (annualised)

%

$b

A U S T R A L I A D I V I S I O N
DIGITAL

100

1.Digital logons include app and internet logons

DELIVERING SUPERIOR EXPERIENCE FOR OUR

PEOPLE AND CUSTOMERS

TRANSLATING INTO BUSINESS OUTCOMES

Industry leading mobile payment services

ANZ continues to lead the banking sector with its mobile payment

services delivering more options for customers than any other major

Australian bank.

Support for making purchases on all the major wearable brands.

The launch of Android PayTMfor eftposcardholdersenablesANZ

customers to access a complete suite of digital payment options.

Making banking easier for our customers

Launched the new ANZ App, combining the best of the Grow and

goMoneyapps, offering a single location for ANZ customers

banking, super, insurance and investments.

The new app supports voice ID activated payments making it easier

for our customers to complete high value transactions on their

smartphones.

70%

75%

80%

85%

Mar-18Sep-17Sep-16

of value transactions

(deposits and withdrawals)

are now completed digitally

84%

digitally active customers

3.4m

of Australia retail sales are

completed digitally

24%

15%

20%

25%

Mar-18Sep-17Sep-16

2.7m

3.0m

3.3m

3.6m

Mar-18Sep-17Sep-16

Digital logons weekly

19.2m

ANZ partnership with Data Republic

Announced February 2018 and provides ANZ access to the Data

Republic platform, a secure data sharing control centre.

Leading market positions with customers
2

On strategy, profitable customer revenue

3

growth,

up 2% excluding Major Bank Levy in 1H18

I N S T I T U T I O N A L

CREATING A PLATFORM FOR PROFITABLE GROWTH

101

$49bn(24%) RWA reduction and ~5,000 client exits

in FY16-17

Rebalanced portfolio toward home markets (from

56% to 62% in FY16-17)

1

and higher returning

products

SIMPLIFY AND

RIGHT SIZE THE

BUSINESS

DRIVE PROFITABLE

GROWTH & CAPITAL

EFFICIENCY

IMPROVE RISK

PROFILE & RETURNS

ABSOLUTE COST

REDUCTION

FTE have reduced ~1,600 (20%) since September

2015

Fourth consecutive half year of absolute cost

reduction, with more to follow

Improved portfolio quality since FY15 with 84%

(+400bps) now investment grade

Risk adjusted margin has improved 33bps (17%)

since FY15 to 2.29%

4

in 1H18

1. Proportion of Institutional EOP RWA in Australia and New Zealand; 2. Refer to following page; 3. Customer Revenue comprises L&SF, Trade, PCM and Markets Franchise Sales; 4. Institutional ex-

Markets net interest income excluding impact of Major Bank Levy divided by average credit risk weighted assets

I N S T I T U T I O N A L
102

AUSTRALIAASIA

1. Peter Lee Associates 2017 Large Corporate and Institutional Relationship Banking surveys, Australia and New Zealand (issued in June and August 2017 respectively); 2. Greenwich Associates

2017 Asian Large Corporate Banking Study (issued in March 2018)

#1 Lead Bank Penetration

1

Top 4 Corporate Bank

2

#1 Lead Bank Penetration

1

MAINTAINED OUR LEADING MARKET POSITIONS ACROSS OUR KEY GEOGRAPHIES

NEW ZEALAND

24%

ANZBank 4Bank 3Bank 2

31%

26%

24%

58%

Bank 1

33%

47%

Bank 2Bank 3ANZ

45%

46%

ANZBank 2

28%

Bank 3Bank 4

25%

9%

= #4

#1 Overall

Quality

I N S T I T U T I O N A L
103

TOTAL PROVISION CHARGES

CASH PROFIT

1

RETURN

1,2

1.If you exclude the Major Bank Levy and incremental Asia Retail costs in 2H17 and 1H18, then HoHInstitutional: Revenue $14m (1%) higher; customer revenue $50m (2%) higher;

expenses $53m (4%) lower; cash profit $11m (1%) lower; return on average RWA 2bps higher;

2.Cash Profit divided by average Risk Weighted Assets

$m

$m

$m

AVERAGE RWA

$b

PROFITABLE CUSTOMER REVENUE GROWTH AND CONTINUED ABSOLUTE COST

REDUCTION, DESPITE MAJOR BANK LEVY AND ASIA RETAIL HEADWINDS

EXPENSES

1

1,065

-8%-26%

1H18

793

-55

2H17

859

-23

1H17

129

-37

49

1H182H171H17

3,055

2,038

2,009

2,146

-17%-1%

1H18

2,544

-77

2H17

2,575

-32

1H17

Customer Revenue

Major Bank Levy

Revenue

REVENUE

1

$m

1,371

1,392

1,422

-2%-4%

1H18

54%

2H17

54%

1H17

47%

Cost-to-income ratioExpenses

177

166

162

-8%-2%

Mar 18Sep 17Mar 17

Major Bank LevyCash Profit

1H18

1.0%

3.2%

2H17

1.0%

3.1%

1H17

1.2%

3.5%

Revenue/Average RWA

Return on Average RWA

2

37
35

34

95

86

84

18

18

18

139

Mar 17

150

-2%-9%

Mar 18

136

Sep 17

I N S T I T U T I O N A L

104

REVENUE CONTRIBUTION

1,2

AVERAGE CREDIT RWA

1.L&SF = Loans and Specialised Finance; Trade = Trade and Supply Chain; PCM = Payments and Cash Management

2.Individual product results exclude impact of Major Bank Levy as it is shown separately for the Division

$m

$b

EXCLUDING MAJOR BANK LEVY, ALL BUSINESSES PERFORMING WELL

OtherL&SFTrade

837

755

808

576

582

580

221

211

223

1,005

957

1,364

1H17

3,055

57

1H18

2,544

-77

53

-1%-17%

2H17

2,575

-32

54

Bank TaxOtherL&SFPCMTradeMarkets

Driven

primarily by

Derivative

Valuation

Adjustments

I N S T I T U T I O N A L
105

INCOME CONTRIBUTION

1

VOLATILITY

Indexes: rebased to 100 (1H17)

$m

MARKETS INCOME

$m

1. Individual product results exclude impact of Major Bank Levy as it is shown separately for the Division

2. Deutsche Bank Currency Volatility Index –average for each period shown

3. CBOE Interest Rate Volatility Index –average for each period shown

4. AUD vs. USD 3 month at-the-money implied volatility –average for each period shown

MARKETS AVERAGE VALUE AT RISK (99% VAR)

70

80

90

100

1H182H171H17

AUD/USD

4

Rates (SR VIX)

3

Currencies (CVIX)

2

0

10

20

30

40

50

1H171H182H17

Non-traded interest rate risk (LHS)Traded market risk (LHS)

162

356

278

295

363

209

212

483

451

439

67

1H17

1,364

-30%-5%

1H18

957

11

2H17

1,005

Derivative valuation adjustments

Balance Sheet

Franchise Trading

Franchise Sales

I N S T I T U T I O N A L
VOLUMES

1

RISK ADJUSTED NIM (EXCLUDING MAJOR BANK LEVY)

4

1. Average Gross Loans & Advances for L&SF and Trade, Average Customer Deposits for Payments and Cash Management; 2. Lending business margins represent Loan Product, Specialised

Finance and Trade. Deposit business margin represents Payments and Cash Management; 3. Institutional ex-Markets net interest margin excluding impact of Major Bank Levy; 4. Institutional ex-

Markets net interest income excluding impact of Major Bank Levy divided by average credit risk weighted assets

$b

bps

bps

VOLUME GROWTH AND HIGHER RISK ADJUSTED MARGINS DRIVING IMPROVED RETURNS

106

154

148

149

1H17

-3

154

-7

2H171H18

145142

73

72

74

73

73

1H171H18

0

2H17

-1

72

254

250

251

1H171H182H17

145146

162

1H172H171H18

173

172

177

1H182H171H17

222

221

223

1H172H171H18

262

252

240

1H172H171H18

256

250

248

1H181H172H17

177

161

156

1H181H172H17

229

216

207

2H171H171H18

MARGIN

2,3

223

221

222

214

1H17

217

-4

1H182H17

-8

223

bps

Lending BusinessDeposit Business

NIM ex Markets

108

103

107

1H181H172H17

Gross Loans & Advances

92

94

95

1H171H182H17

Customer Deposits

NIM BY REGION (EXCLUDING MAJOR BANK LEVY)

3

Major Bank Levy

Aus & PNGNZInternationalInstitutional

Aus & PNG

NZ

International

Institutional

I N S T I T U T I O N A L
107

EXPENSE CONTRIBUTION

FTE

$m

674

615

86

90

601

662

687

82

655

1H17

33

2H171H18

1,422

1,392

1,371

-4%-2%

Aus & PNGAsia Retail CostsNZInternational

FOURTH CONSECUTIVE HALF OF ABSOLUTE COST REDUCTION, DESPITE ASIA RETAIL

HEADWINDS

1,098

1,074

1,011

3,025

2,932

2,775

2,462

2,424

2,353

365

Mar 17

6,950

Mar 18

353

Sep 17

366

6,505

6,783

-6%-4%

Aus & PNGNZOperations Hubs

1

International

1H18 EXPENSE DRIVERS

$m

1,392

1,425

1,371

87

13

2

2H17Asia Retail

Cost Uplift

Asia

Retail

Recovery

-38

Asia

Retail

Costs

Extracted

2H17

Adjusted

InvestmentInflationSavings1H18

-16

-69

+2%

-4%

1H162H161H172H171H18

Expenses1,569 1,497 1,4221,3921,371

FTE7,518 7,052 6,950 6,783 6,505

1. The cost associated with Operations hubs are allocated to all geographies

33

I N S T I T U T I O N A L
108

EXPOSURE-AT-DEFAULT

1

NEW IMPAIRED ASSETS

INDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGESTOTAL LOSS RATE

2

1.Net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral. Includes amounts for 'Securitisation' and 'Other Assets' Basel asset classes

2.Credit Impairment Charges divided by average Gross Lending Assets

$b

$m

$m

$m

COLLECTIVE PROVISION CHARGES

$m

IMPROVED PORTFOLIO QUALITY AND BENIGN CREDIT ENVIRONMENT

GROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS

225

-29

28

1H181H172H17

-96

-8

21

1H181H172H17

620

275

229

465

451

303

31

Mar 18Sep 17

58

94

Mar 17

1,143

757

626

-45%-17%

NZAus & PNGInternational

141

153

4

444

190

Mar 17

14

4

Mar 18

78

Sep 17

42

599

347

124

-79%-64%

Aus & PNGNZInternational

0.07%

-0.05%

0.19%

2H171H171H18

81%

383

19%

380

37%

Mar 17

83%

17%

35%

Sep 17

84%

16%

35%

Mar 18

404

+6%+6%

Investment Grade

Sub-investment Grade

CRWA/EAD %

N E W Z E A L A N D
109

REVENUETOTAL PROVISIONS

CASH PROFITRETURN

1.1H16 and 2H16 includes large/notable items relevant to New Zealand Division. These are software capitalisation changes and restructuring costs

NZDm

NZDm

NZDm

NZDm

RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS

NZDb

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

1

EXPENSES

1,648

1,672

1,670

1,711

1,765

495

511

517

529

554

1H162H161H172H171H18

RevenueRevenue/Avg FTE ($k) annualised

639

676

636

635

642

38.8%

40.4%

38.1%

37.1%

36.4%

1H162H161H172H171H18

ExpensesCTI

46

83

39

44

22

2H161H161H181H172H17

700

662

717

742

793

2H171H162H161H171H18

61

63

62

61

61

Mar 16Sep 16Mar 18Sep 17Mar 16

2.28%

1H172H161H16

2.30%

2H17

2.12%

2.59%

2.43%

1H18

5.36%

5.35%

5.37%

5.60%

5.77%

Return on RWARevenue/RWA

N E W Z E A L A N D D I V I S I O N
PRIORITIES

110

1.Source: McCulleyResearch Brand Tracking (online survey, first choice or seriously considered); six month rolling average

2.Source: Camorra Retail Market Monitor (RMM); six month rolling score

3.Source: RBNZ, March 2018 FUM market share as of December 2017

4.Source: RBNZ, March 2018 share of all banks as of February 2018. Changesin RBNZ data reporting from February 2017 onwards has resulted in a step change in data vs prior periods

5.New Zealand Geography (NZD)

6.Dynamic basis, as of March 2018

PRIORITIESACTIONSMETRICSMAR 16MAR 17MAR 18

STRATEGIC FOCUS

#1 in service

Grow customer

satisfaction and brand

consideration

Brand Consideration

1

45.8%51.6%52.1%

Migrant Banking Brand Consideration

1

65.3%72.3%72.3%

Retail Net Promoter Score

2

0.19.915.9

KiwiSaver Provider

3

24.6%24.4%24.6%

Home ownership and

runninga small

business

Make banking easier for

home owners and small

business

Home Loans (MarketShare)

4

31.6%31.1%30.9%

Home Loan (FUM)

5

$70.6b$75.0b$78.5b

Household Deposits (Market Share)

4

31.7%34.1%33.8%

Business Loans (Market Share)

4

30.1%28.9%27.4%

Leading digital bank

Build a digital bank with

a human touch

Digitallyactive customers

1.2m1.3m1.4m

Value transactions completed digitally

76%80%83%

Leaderin mobile banking

2

30%36%37%

Create a simpler better

balanced bank

Continueto automate,

simplify and industrialise

Fundinggap

5

$27.4b$26.7b$25.4b

NLA

5

$117.5b$123.0b$126.2b

Deposits

5

$90.1b$96.3b$100.8b

Mortgages LVR <80%

6

89.1%93.3%94.5%

FTE

6,5706,4176,319

CTI

38.8%38.1%36.4%

N E W Z E A L A N D
111

BALANCE SHEET

1

PROFITABILITY & MARGIN

2

MORTGAGESLOAN TO VALUE RATIO

3

FTE & CTI

2

1.NZ Geography

2.NZ Division

3.Dynamic basis, as of March 2018

NZDb

NZDm

STRATEGIC FOCUS –SIMPLER, BETTER BALANCED BANK

117.5

90.1

123.0

96.3

126.2

100.8

27.4

26.7

25.4

Mar 17Mar 18Mar 16

Funding gap (RHS)DepositsNLA

Focus on customer deposit growth

encouraging New Zealanders to save

700

717

793

1H16

2.39%

1H18

2.30%

1H17

2.37%

Cash ProfitNIM

10.9%

94.5%

Mar 16Mar 17

89.1%

Mar 18

93.3%

6.7%

5.5%

< 80% LVR mortgages> 80% LVR mortgages

Continue to de-risk the bank by

improving credit profile

6,570

6,417

6,319

38.8%

38.1%

36.4%

1H181H161H17

FTECTI

Simplification and automation

contributing to FTE and CTI reductions

N E W Z E A L A N D
112

NET CUSTOMER GROWTH

BRAND CONSIDERATION

1

RETAIL NET PROMOTER SCORE

2

BRAND CONSIDERATION –MIGRANTS

1.Source: McCulleyResearch Brand Tracking (online survey, first choice or seriously considered); six month rolling average

2.Source: Camorra Retail Market Monitor (RMM); six month rolling score

3.Source: Statistics NZ Net Migration, 12 months to Februrary2018

(‘000)

New Zealand Division (‘000)

STRATEGIC FOCUS –# 1 IN SERVICE

1H181H16

30

1H17

37

31

Net Retail acquisition (new less defection)

#2#1#1

45.8%

51.6%

52.1%

Mar 16Mar 17Mar 18

ANZ brand consideration

0.1

9.9

15.9

Mar 16Mar 17Mar 18

67

71

69

65.3%

72.3%

72.3%

Mar 16Mar 17Mar 18

Brand consideration

1

(RHS)Net migration

3

N E W Z E A L A N D
113

GDP

1

INFLATION

2

HOUSE PRICES

3

CONSUMER CONFIDENCE

4

1.Source: ANZ Research

2.Source: ANZ, Statistics NZ

3.Source: ANZ, REINZ

4.Source: Roy Morgan, ANZ Research

Index

Annual average % change

%

Annual % change (3 month avg)

ENVIRONMENT

3.5%

4.0%

2.9%

3.0%3.0%

2.5%

20152018F20162019F20172020F

100

110

120

130

140

15121314161718

-5

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

15121413161718

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

Mar

16

Sep

16

Mar

15

Sep

15

Mar

18

Mar

17

Sep

17

Inflation expectationsActual CPI

Seasonally adjustedActualNZ ex-AucklandAuckland

N E W Z E A L A N D
RETAIL

114

1.Source: RBNZ, share of all banks as of February 2018

2.Source: RBNZ, FUMmarket share as of December 2017

3.Source: FSC (Financial Services Council), share of all providers as of December 2017

MARKET SHARE

•Maintained our leading position in core banking products to support our vision of helping more Kiwis succeed

•Focus on well managed sustainable growth means our deposit growth has exceeded that of lending

Mortgages

1

•Maintained our #1 market share position while continuing to lend responsiblyand supporting first home buyers through the

process with the introductionofHome Loan Coaches

Household deposits

1

•In acompetitive environment maintained our #1 market share position with continued focus on encouraging New Zealanders to

save

Credit cards

1

•Simplified our product offerings and digital capability with a particular focus on commercial card products

KiwiSaver

2

•#1 KiwiSaver provider with more than 740,000 KiwiSaver memberswith over $11.7bfundsunder management

Life insurance

3

•Improved the quality of proprietary distribution, with bank channel lapse rates improving 130bps from last year

30.9%

33.8%

27.0%

9.4%

24.6%

N E W Z E A L A N D
115

COMMERICAL AND AGRI PORTFOLIO (GLA)

1

AGRI PORTFOLIO (GLA)

2

COMMERICAL AND AGRI CREDIT QUALITY

AGRI MARKET SHARE

3

1.During 1H18 Business Agricustomers transferred from Retail to Commercial

2.NZ Geography (Gross Loans and Advances)

3.Source: RBNZ, changes in RBNZ data reporting from February 2017 onwards has resulted in a step change in data vs prior periods

NZDb

GIA AS % OF GLA

COMMERCIAL

Dairy as a % oftotal NZ Geography

12.4%11.9%11.7%10.9%10.0%9.7%

0

5

10

20

15

25

FY14FY13FY15FY16FY171H18

Other ruralSheep & BeefDairy

0.6%

30.3%

Feb 18

29.0%

2H171H17

-4.7%

2.5%

2H16

0.7%

29.7%

-2.8%

29.2%

2.4%

-0.7%

0.0%

ANZ market shareANZ growthSystem growth

50%

26%

6%

12%

3%

3%

Property

Agri

Entertainment, Leisure

& Tourism

Manufacturing

Other

Wholesale & Retail Trade

2H17

0.67%

0.47%

1H162H161H171H18

0.94%

0.68%

0.52%

DIGITAL
N E W Z E A L A N D

116

DELIVERING SUPERIOR EXPERIENCE FOR OUR

PEOPLE AND CUSTOMERS

TRANSLATING INTO BUSINESS OUTCOMES

1.As at point of time, March 2018

2.Retail transactions

3.Source: Camorra Retail Market Monitor (RMM)

Making it easier for business customers by partnering

with SmartPayrollto deliver a fast and easy payroll

solution

A more intuitive banker experience means everyday

customer requests are simplified and automated

Giving customers the ability to make international

money transfers through goMoney

Enhancing the home loan customer experience through

improved features and greater self service

Delivering more customer functionality more often with

automated weekly no outage releases

20%

30%

40%

1H161H171H18

+7%

considered a leader in

mobile banking

3

#1

digitally active customers

1.4m

of value transactions

1,2

(deposits and withdrawals)

are now completed digitally

83%

70%

75%

80%

85%

1H161H171H18

+6%

1.2m

1.3m

1.4m

1H161H171H18

+187k

N E W Z E A L A N D G E O G R A P H Y
117

1.RWA is on an APRA basis

CASH PROFIT

1H172H171H18

NZDmNZDmNZDm

Income

2,0482,029

2,107

Net interest

1,5341,544

1,572

Other income

514485535

Expenses

718728

737

PBP

1,3301,301

1,370

Provisions charge

4019

70

Cash profit

928927

941

CTI

35.1%35.9%

35.0%

Customer deposits

96,25996,829

100,771

NLA

122,954124,880

126,239

RWA

1

74,51172,162

73,014

PROFIT BEFORE PROVISIONS

BALANCE SHEET

NZDb

NZDm

2,048

2,029

2,107

-718

-728

-737

1H172H171H18

1,330

1,301

1,370

123

125

126

96

97

101

Sep 17Mar 17

222

Mar 18

219

227

Customer DepositsNLA

RevenueExpenses

W E A LT H A U S T R A L I A
OVERVIEW OF CONTINUING AND DIVESTED BUSINESSES

118

1.Pro forma NPAT is pre ANZ consolidation adjustments and amortisation of acquisition related intangibles

2.Pro forma NPAT includes DAC/DEF related net charge of $24m (post tax) and is pre ANZ consolidation adjustments and amortisation of acquisition related intangibles

3.Includes estimated separation and transaction costs. Final gain/loss will be determined at completion

4.FTE as at 30 June 2017. ADG aligned advisors are sourced from ASIC (as at 3 October 2017)

CONTINUING OPERATIONSDIVESTED BUSINESSES

ANZ Wealth Australia One Path Life (OPL)One Path Pensions & Investments (P&I)

Insurance

Lender’s Mortgage Insurance

Distribution of general insurance products

Advised Life (incl.OneCare)

Direct Life

Group and Mastertrust Insurance

ConsumerCredit Insurance

Funds ManagementANZ Share Investing

Legacy run-off portfolio ofPension and

Investment products issued by OPL

Advised Retail (incl. OneAnswer Mastertrust)

Advised Wrap (incl. ANZ Grow & Oasis)

ANZ Smart Choice Employer & Retail

Other closed products issued by OnePath P&I

Advice

ANZ FinancialPlanning

Regulatory compliance and remediation

projects

AlignedDealer Groups (Millennium3, RI

Advice, Financial Services Partners and Elders

Financial Planning)

Distribution

20 year strategic alliance agreement with ANZ to distributeZurich and IOOF products to ANZ

customers via bancassurance channels

DIVESTED BUSINESSES –TRANSACTION METRICS (BASED ON DISCLOSURESON DATES OF ANNOUNCEMENTS)

OPLP&I

Date of announcement12 December 201717 October 2017

Total proceeds$2,850m $975m

PE Multiple15.1x2017 pro forma cash NPAT~25x FY17 pro forma cash NPAT

FY17 pro forma NPAT$189m

1

$39m

2

Accounting gain/loss

3

Accounting loss on sale of ~$520mAccounting loss on sale of ~$120m

Separation and transactioncosts~$75m post tax~$300m post tax

ANZ FTE

4

~900~1200and 717 aligned advisors

58
44

3

1

1H17 cash

profit

1H18 cash

profit

IncomeExpensesTax

(18)

As part of the sale agreements with each acquirer, ANZ will

enter into two distinct 20–year strategic alliances offering:

•IOOF superannuation and investment products to ANZ

customers

•Zurich life insurance solutions distributed through ANZ’s

distribution channels

1

The strategic alliance will commence upon completion of the

sale of OPL & OnePath P&I (late calendar year 2018)

ANZ’s partnership with CMC Markets to provide ANZ Share

Investing’s trading platform (including customer migration) is

expected to complete by September 2018

W E A LT H A U S T R A L I A

SUMMARY OF BUSINESSES RETAINEDFINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

SUMMARY OF STRATEGIC ALLIANCES

1.Australia division’s expected income on the distribution of life insurance products is expected to be broadly similar to the distribution income received from OPL

2.General Insurance refers to ANZ Lenders Mortgage Insurance premiums

$m

CONTINUING BUSINESS

119

ANZ will retain the following businesses within Australia

Division post completion:

•Lender’s Mortgage Insurance

•ANZ Financial Planning

•ANZ Share Investing

•Distribution of general insurance products

Decline due to:

•Non-recurring LMI reinsurance

profit share benefit included in

1H17 result and strengthening of

claims provisioning in 1H18

•Lower ANZ Financial Planning

new business volumes

Remediation costs incurred largely

absorbed by productivity benefits and

focus on cost discipline

ANZ Financial Planning

Average FUA

10.8

10.5

10.6

1H172H171H18

-2%

165

173

177

2H171H171H18

+7%

$b

$m

General Insurance

2

Closing In-force premiums

•Prepared on a standalone pro forma basis
1

and excludes ANZ

Group consolidation adjustments

•Is not comparable with financial performance as reported within

ANZ discontinued operations

W E A LT H A U S T R A L I A

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCEGROSS MARGIN

2

P&I CLOSING FUM

3

ADG CLOSING FUA (ONE PATH ONLY)

1.Pro forma NPAT is prepared on a consistent basis as the UNPAT disclosed by IOOF on 17 October 2017 transaction announcement. This excludes DAC/DEF related net charges, ANZ

consolidation adjustments and amortisation of acquisition related intangibles. This includes normalisation and market pricingadjustments

2.Gross margin excludes DAC/DEF related net charges and includes normalisation

3.Closing FUM excludes legacy run-off portfolio of Pension and Investment products acquired by Zurich and FUM related to ANZ Private Bank trusts (1H18 Closing FUM: $1.3b)

$m

$m

$b

$b

DIVESTED BUSINESSES -PENSIONS AND INVESTMENTS (P&I) AND ALIGNED

DEALER GROUPS (ADG)

120

157

169

17

163

75.8%

175

74.9%

1H17

154

15

2H17

12

69.7%

1H18

174

47.447.4

48.0

2H171H171H18

+1%

P&ICTIADG

33

39

6

1H17

Pro forma

NPAT

1

Flat

IncomeExpense1H18

Pro forma

NPAT

1

756

711

661

1H181H172H17

8.28.3

8.2

0%

Aligned advisers (#)

W E A LT H A U S T R A L I A
INFLOWS AND OUTFLOWS BY SOLUTION

DIVESTED BUSINESSES –P&I FUM AND FLOWS

1H172H171H18

InflowsOutflowsInflowsOutflowsInflowsOutflows

Open solutions2.3(1.8)2.6(2.1)2.1(2.0)

ANZSmart Choice1.1(0.6)1.2(0.8)1.1(0.8)

Wrap0.4(0.5)0.5(0.6)0.4(0.5)

OneAnswerFrontier0.7(0.6)0.9(0.7)0.6(0.7)

Closed solutions0.2(1.3)0.4(1.3)0.2(0.9)

Legacy Retail0.2(1.0)0.3(1.1)0.1(0.7)

Legacy Employer0.1(0.3)0.1(0.3)0.0(0.2)

Total2.5(3.0)2.9(3.4)2.3(2.9)

$b

CLOSING FUM BY SOLUTION

1

$b

1H18 NETFLOWS BY SOLUTION

$m

321

(140)

ANZ Smart

Choice

WrapLegacy

Retail

OneAnswer

Frontier

Legacy

Employer

(137)

(11)

(607)

Open solutions

Closed solutions

15

16

17

11

11

11

7

7

7

1H181H17

32

2H17

34

35

+8%

Wrap

OneAnswer Frontier

ANZ Smart Choice

12

11

11

3

3

1H172H17

2

1H18

15

14

13

-13%

Legacy EmployerLegacy Retail

GUIDE TO FUM AND FLOW DISCLOSURES

Open solutions

Closed solutions

•Definition of open and closed solutions is consistent with

the classification disclosed by IOOF on 17 October 2017

ASX announcement and it is not comparable with Funds

Management cash flows by product historically published in

ANZ results

•FUM and flows information presented herein is not

comparable with industry data as it excludes products not

acquired by IOOF

•FUM outflows include pension payments

•This analysis has been prepared on a standalone pro forma

basis

1.Closing FUM excludes legacy run-off portfolio of Pension and Investment products acquired by Zurich and FUM related to ANZ Private Bank trusts (1H18 Closing FUM: $1.3b)

ECONOMICS
AUSTRALIAANDNEWZEALANDBANKING

GROUPLIMITED

2018 FIRST HALF

RESULTS

E C O N O M I C S
AUSTRALIA FORECAST TABLE

123

201420152016201720182019

Australia –annual % growth GDP

2.62.52.62.22.83.1

Domestic final demand

0.91.21.92.92.62.2

Headline CPI

2.51.51.31.92.22.1

Core CPI

2.62.21.51.81.92.0

Employment

0.72.01.72.22.62.2

Wages

2.62.22.02.02.22.4

Unemployment (ann. avg)

6.16.15.75.65.35.1

Current Account(% of GDP)

-3.1-4.7-3.1-2.5-3.1-4.2

Terms of Trade

-7.5-11.50.211.6-2.2-7.1

RBA cash rate (% year end)

2.502.001.501.501.502.00

3yr bond yield (% year end)

2.132.021.962.132.202.45

10 year bond yield(% year end)

2.742.882.772.633.053.13

AUD/USD (year-end value)

0.820.730.720.780.720.70

E C O N O M I C S
1.Quarterly GDP are annualisedgrowth rates.

2.Fiscal years e.g. 2017 is year-ending March 2018. New GDP base year is 2011-2012.

3.NZ GDP numbers are production based GDP(P).

Source: Consensus Economics, Tomson Reuters Datastream, ANZ Research.

GLOBAL & ASIA FORECAST TABLES

124

GROSSDOMESTIC PRODUCT (YEAR-AVERAGE % CHANGE)

1998-2007 average2008-2016average20172018F2019F

UnitedStates3.11.1

2.32.62.1

Euro area2.40.0

2.32.42.0

United Kingdom2.90.1

1.71.41.6

Japan1.00.2

1.71.21.0

China10.08.9

6.96.56.3

Korea4.93.1

3.13.12.9

Taiwan5.03.1

2.83.02.4

Indonesia4.65.9

5.15.35.4

Thailand3.92.9

3.94.14.0

Hong Kong3.92.7

3.83.53.3

Malaysia4.34.6

5.95.75.5

Singapore5.65.0

3.64.03.0

Philippines4.25.2

6.76.46.2

Vietnam6.85.8

6.86.87.0

East Asia ex. Japan7.27.1

6.15.95.7

India

2

7.27.1

6.56.97.5

Australia3.62.6

2.22.83.1

New Zealand

3

3.41.7

2.93.03.0

World4.33.3

3.83.93.8

Our Shareholderinformation
shareholder.anz.com

DISCLAIMER & IMPORTANT NOTICE: The material in this presentation is general background information

about the Bank’s activities current at the date of the presentation. It is information given in summary form and

does not purport to be complete. It is not intended to be relied upon as advice to investors or potential investors

and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or needs of any particular investor.

These should be considered, with or without professional advice when deciding if an investment is appropriate

This presentation may contain forward-looking statements including statements regarding our intent, belief or

current expectations with respect to ANZ’s business and operations, market conditions, results of operations

and financial condition, capital adequacy, specific provisions and risk management practices. When used in this

presentation, the words “estimate”, “project”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “should” and similar

expressions, as they relate to ANZ and its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of

the date hereof. Such statements constitute “forward-looking statements” for the purposes of the United States

Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. ANZ does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the

result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date

hereof to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

EquityInvestors

Jill Campbell

GroupGeneral Manager Investor Relations

+61 3 8654 7749

+61 412 047 448

jill.campbell@anz.com

Cameron Davis

Executive Manager Investor Relations

+61 3 8654 7716

+61 421613 819

cameron.davis@anz.com

Katherine Hird

Senior Manager Investor Relations

+61 3 8655 3261

+61 435 965 899

katherine.hird@anz.com

Retail InvestorsDebt Investors

Michelle Weerakoon

Manager Shareholder Services & Events

+61 3 8654 7682

+61 411 143 090

michelle.weerakoon@anz.com

Scott Gifford

Head of Debt Investor Relations

+61 3 8655 5683

+61 434 076 876

scott.gifford@anz.com

Mary Karavias

Associate Director Debt Investor Relations

+61 3 8655 4318

Further Information

---

1 MAY 2018
NEWS RELEASE

ANZ FIRST HALF 2018 RESULT

ANZ today announced a Statutory Profit after tax for the Half Year ended 31 March 2018 of

$3.32 billion up 14% and a Cash Profit

1

on a continuing basis of $3.49 billion up 4% on the prior

comparable period. ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio was 11.0% up 91 basis points (bps).

Return on Equity increased 32 bps to 11.9% with Cash Earnings per Share up 4% to 119.4 cents.


The 2018 Half Year result demonstrates continued progress in ANZ’s transformation to build a

simpler, better capitalised, better balanced bank.


An Interim Dividend of 80 cents per share will be paid, fully franked, reflecting a payout ratio of

66% of Cash Profit on a continuing basis and is broadly in line with ANZ’s target fully franked full

year payout ratio of 60 to 65%.

Group Financial Information

Earnings ($M) 1H18 1H17 Movement

Statutory Profit After Tax 3,323 2,911 14.2%

Cash Profit (continuing basis) 3,493 3,355 4.1%

Profit before credit impairment & tax 5,397 5,489 -1.7%

Earnings Per Share (cents) 119.4 114.8 4.0%

Return on Equity (%) 11.9% 11.6% 32bps

Net Interest Margin (%) 1.93% 2.00% -7bps

Credit Quality 1H18 1H17

Total credit impairment charge as a % of average GLAs 0.14% 0.25%

Balance Sheet ($B) 1H18 1H17

Gross Loans and Advances (GLAs) 595.5 580.4

Total Risk Weighted Assets (RWAs) 395.8 397.0

Customer Deposits 472.8 468.2

Leverage Ratio (%) 5.4% 5.3%

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (%) 11.0% 10.1%

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio Internationally Comparable Basel III

2

(%) 16.3% 15.2%

Return on Net Tangible Assets (continuing basis) 13.2% 13.3%

Other 1H18 1H17

Full time equivalent staff - FTE (including discontinued operations) 41,580 46,046


1

All financials on a Cash Profit Continuing Basis with Growth Rates compared to First Half 2017 unless otherwise stated.

2

CET1 Internationally Comparable Basel III aligns with APRA’s Information Paper: International Capital Comparison Study, 13 July 2015.

2

CEO COMMENTARY

ANZ Chief Executive Officer Shayne Elliott said: “This result demonstrates our strategy to build a

better balanced, better capitalised and simpler bank is delivering results for customers and

shareholders despite continued headwinds for the sector.


“We have increased the allocation of capital to our higher performing businesses, delivered on our

simplification promise by divesting non-core assets, reduced product complexity and continued to

reshape our workforce so we can better respond to changing market dynamics.


“We are now benefiting from a more focused organisation with sector-leading capital and improving

returns. While we expect this trend to continue, we have needed to manage additional regulatory

costs, softer industry revenue growth and the impact of the bank tax. We must also respond

comprehensively to the very real concerns that the Royal Commission identifies.


“Our business efficiency has improved, with expenses reducing in absolute terms for each of the

past four halves. This discipline allowed us to increase investment in our digital capability in

Australia, which is already delivering results in terms of better customer experience.


“Our retail markets of Australia and New Zealand performed well with solid growth in both lending

and deposits, increasing market share in our targeted segments, particularly owner-occupier

principal and interest (P&I) home loans.


“Customers also continue to benefit from our focus on building a superior banking experience. We

extended our leadership in the mobile payments space with the addition of Fitbit Pay (Australia),

Garmin Pay and eftpos on Apple Pay and Android Pay. We also introduced a new mobile banking

app that is currently the top rated banking app in the Australian Apple store, with daily registrations

the highest on record for ANZ. The launch of our unique voice biometrics capability has contributed

to five-fold growth in the value of payments using mobile devices from November 2017 to March

2018.


“A highlight of the half was finalising the sale of our six Asian retail and wealth businesses. This was

a significant execution task involving hundreds of ANZ staff transferring around two million

customers, 40 branches, 69 systems and 2,700 employees on schedule and under budget. The sale

allows us to further strengthen our focus on Institutional, which continues to have a strong regional

footprint across 15 markets in Asia and was again named a top four corporate bank in Asia and

number one for overall quality

3

.


“In a fast changing and unpredictable environment, ANZ’s experienced team is committed to

building a business that is both nimble and focused on execution. The progress of our multi-year

transformation demonstrates we have the right team in place to manage difficult conditions and

deliver for our customers and our shareholders.”








3

According to the 2017 Greenwich Associates Large Corporate Banking study

3

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

Create a simpler, better capitalised, better balanced and more agile bank

Aim - Reduce operating costs and risks by removing complexity and exiting low return and non-

core businesses.

 Completed sale of six retail and wealth businesses in Asia

4

, ANZ’s stake in Shanghai Rural

Commercial Bank (SRCB) and the first tranche of Metrobank Card Corporation (MCC).

5


 Announced the sale of the Australian Life Insurance business, following the announcement

of the sale of the Australian Pensions & Investments and Aligned Dealer Group (ADG)

businesses in October 2017.

 The Group CET1 ratio up 91bps year on year to 11.0%, pro-forma 11.8%.

6


 60% of Group Capital allocated to Retail and Commercial businesses in Australia and New

Zealand, up from 44% in 2015. Total Institutional RWA reduced $42 billion (-20%) since

FY15.

 Completed $1.1 billion of the $1.5 billion share buyback announced in December 2017, and

neutralised the impact of the Dividend Reinvestment Program for the third consecutive half.

Focus our efforts on areas where we can carve out a winning position

Aim - Make buying and owning a home or starting, running and growing a small business in

Australia and New Zealand easy. Be the best bank in the world for customers driven by the

movement of goods and capital in our region.

 Helped start more than 2000 businesses in the half through our ‘Business Ready’

collaboration with Honcho in Australia.

 Grew home lending in Australia by 6% with strategic focus on owner-occupier (P&I);

customer deposits up 3%. In New Zealand home lending increased 5% and deposits 4%.

 Introduced First Home Coaches in New Zealand following the success of the program in

Australia.

 Maintained position as No. 4 Corporate Bank in Asia for sixth consecutive year

7

and No. 1

Institutional Lead Bank penetration in Australia and New Zealand.

8


Drive a purpose and values-led transformation of the Bank

Aim - Create a stronger sense of core purpose, ethics and fairness, investing in leaders who can

help sense and navigate a rapidly changing environment.

 Increased low carbon finance commitment from $10 billion to $15 billion by 2020, with more

than $8 billion financed since 2015.

 Signed the FX Global Code of Conduct, which provides a single set of principles governing

good practice in the FX market.

 Increased women in leadership to 31.9% (from 31.1% end-FY17); Employer of the Year for

LGBTI Inclusion

9

; top private sector organisation for access and inclusion for people with

disability.

10


 Released report on the Financial Wellbeing of adults in Australia and New Zealand, the

findings of which will inform future development of products and services.


4

Includes the sale of Retail & Wealth businesses in Singapore, China, Hong Kong, Taiwan and Indonesia to DBS and retail business in Vietnam to Shinhan Financial Group.

5

ANZ finalised the sale of its 20% stake in SRCB in December 2017 and half of its 40% stake in MCC in January 2018. ANZ also entered into a put option to sell its

remaining 20% stake in MCC to Metrobank, which is exercisable in the fourth quarter of FY18.

6

Proforma incorporates the expected capital benefit from the Wealth Australia divestments (P&I, ADG and Life Insurance) and the second tranche of MCC, which remain

subject to regulatory approval, less 10 bps impact from the completion of the $1.5b share buyback.

7

Greenwich Associates 2017 Asian Large Corporate Banking Study; ANZ ranked equal No.4 in 2016 & 2017.

8

Peter Lee Associates 2017 Large Corporate & Institutional Relationship Banking surveys, Australia & New Zealand.

9

2017 Australian Workplace Equality Index.

10

2018 Access & Inclusion Index.

4

Build a superior everyday experience for our customers and our people to

compete in the digital age

Aim - Build more convenient, engaging banking solutions to simplify the lives of customers and

our people.

 New ANZ banking app currently most highly rated in Australian Apple Store. 937,000 active

users since its February launch, growing at 15,000 per day.

 Extended mobile payment leadership with the launch of Fitbit Pay (Australia), Garmin Pay

and eftpos on Apple Pay and Android Pay. More than 18.5m mobile payment transactions

completed (increase of 156% PCP); with total spend up more than 100% to $594m.

 Preparing for Open Banking through a strategic partnership with Australia’s leading data

company, Data Republic, allowing the sharing and analysis of data with trusted third parties

in a secure environment.

 Introduced agile working practices to the Australia and Technology Divisions to increase

speed-to-market for key customer initiatives.

CAPITAL AND DIVIDEND

The APRA CET1 capital ratio at 31 March 2018 was 11.0% or 16.3% on an Internationally Comparable

basis. This places ANZ above the APRA prescribed ‘unquestionably strong’ threshold well ahead of

the 2020 deadline.


Completed asset sales during the half increased the CET1 position by ~55bps providing the capacity

for ANZ to commence a $1.5 billion on market share buyback in January 2018. As at 31 March $1.1

billion of this had been completed allowing the cancellation of ~40 million shares.


The completion of further asset sales and associated re-insurance arrangements for One Path Life

should provide ANZ with flexibility to consider further capital management initiatives in the future.

These will only be undertaken if capital is available to support growth and subject to business

conditions and regulatory approval after the receipt of the relevant proceeds.


As with the 1H17 and 2H17 Dividend Reinvestment Program (DRP), we intend to neutralise the

impact of shares allocated under the DRP by acquiring an equivalent number of shares on-market.

CONTINUING BUSINESS AND LARGE ITEMS

ANZ announced two separate Wealth business transactions in 2017. In 1H18 the results of these

businesses have been classified as ‘discontinued operations’ in accordance with accounting

standards, and shown separately from the ‘continuing operations’. Prior period comparative results

have been restated to reflect this.


Consistent with the Group’s practice in FY17, ANZ has also disclosed a summary of large and notable

items, which are included within the cash profit of its continuing operations. These items relate to

the impact of divestments on the continuing operations, including any gains or losses on sale and

the underlying results of the businesses that will no longer form part of future cash profits.



5

CREDIT QUALITY


The total provision charge for the half was $408 million which equates to a loss rate of 14 bps, down

from 21 bps at the end of FY17. New Impaired asset declined 32% over the half with gross impaired

assets down 15% over the same period.


The corporate credit environment remains benign with demand muted. The change in the loss rate

for ANZ reflects both the benign macro environment together with strategic changes to both the

size and composition of the asset book. This includes a 13 % reduction in Institutional CRWA since

March 2016, as well as the exit of the Asia Retail and Wealth portfolio in six countries and the exit of

small business lending in Asia.

ROYAL COMMISSION


A Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services

Industry was established in December 2017, with Commissioner Hayne expected to submit a final

report by 1 February 2019.


It is expected that ANZ’s external legal costs for the Royal Commission will be around $50 million for

the 2018 financial year. ANZ remains committed to engaging with the Inquiry in an open,

constructive and transparent manner. ANZ is unable to predict the outcome of the Inquiry or its

impact on either the bank or the broader industry.

OUTLOOK


Commenting on the outlook Mr Elliott said: “We expect revenue growth for the second half of

2018 to continue to be constrained by intense competition as well as the impact of increased

regulation. Australia’s economic growth is expected to pick up in the coming year, led by a

broad lift in the business sector and additional stimulus from public spending. However,

historically high levels of household debt and low wage growth will offset some of the positive

impact of recent strong employment data, so consumers are likely to remain cautious.


“The difficult trading conditions we originally forecast in 2016 are expected to continue for the

foreseeable future. This reinforces the decision we took to focus our business on areas where

we can deliver exceptional customer outcomes, solve real customer needs and generate a

decent return for shareholders. Our focused strategy of simplification and digital

transformation remains appropriate.


“The Royal Commission into Financial Services in Australia will also continue to have an impact

on the sector. ANZ will learn from this Inquiry and continue to take real action to restore trust

within the community. We’re committed to playing our part and will continue to engage with

the Commission in an open, constructive and transparent manner.”


Video interviews with Chief Executive Officer Shayne Elliott and Chief Financial Officer

Michelle Jablko are available at bluenotes.anz.com


For media enquiries contact: For investor enquiries contact:

Liz Rudall, +61 403 130 207 Jill Campbell, +61 412 047 448

Nick Higginbottom, +61 403 936 262 Cameron Davis, +61 421 613 819

---

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited ABN 11 005 357 522
News Release

For release: 1 May 2018


Transcript: bluenotes interview with ANZ CEO Shayne

Elliott on ANZ’s 2018 Half Year Results.



The following is a transcript of a video interview with ANZ Chief Executive Officer Shayne

Elliott discussing ANZ’s 2018 half year results.


The interview was conducted by Andrew Cornell, Managing Editor of bluenotes, ANZ’s digital

publication for news, opinion and insight and can be viewed at www.bluenotes.anz.com


Andrew Cornell: Good morning Shayne, thank you for speaking with bluenotes on this

morning of the ANZ interim result. The headline numbers look good, statutory and cash

earnings, return on equity, capital generation, credit quality, they all look pretty good. But

there are a lot of moving parts in this particular result. Can you talk us through what

pleased you and areas where you want to focus a bit more.


Shayne Elliott: I think first of all moving parts are inevitable when you’re reshaping a

business and that’s what we’ve been doing for the last couple of years. It’s all about focus.

We think that the only way for us to win in the eyes of our customers is to do a few things

and do them really well and be operationally excellent. And in order to get there we need to

sell some things, shrink some things, stop doing some things and that’s where the moving

parts come in. So you know it’s an inevitable outcome of that. It’s still a good thing and it’s

our job to be able to explain that to investors and to the market. So what are the highlights?

The highlights are our core business continues to do really quite well. So more customers

are choosing ANZ, we’re continuing to pick up market share where we want to. So for

example in Australia that’s owner occupiers, people who want to buy and own their own

home. We like that sector for lots of reasons and that’s where we have been growing, so

that’s a good highlight. The other thing that I think is just the operational excellence that

you saw through here. The way that we have been disposing of some of the businesses has

shown that we’ve got a team who are really on top of their game and know how to get those

things done. So a couple of really good highlights in there, and I think it’s really about being

well managed through difficult times.


Andrew Cornell: You speak about the re-shaping being ongoing, and simplification

obviously is ongoing. A lot as you just mentioned is about execution, are there numbers that

you can point to in aspects of the result today that shows that we are doing a good job?


Shayne Elliott: There is probably a couple of things. There is one way of looking at inputs

and outputs, if you will. So the inputs are, if I look at the Asia retail business, which we

announced quite a while ago that we were going to sell and it was six separate counties,

which are essentially six different businesses. We’ve had to transition a couple of million

customers, dozens of branches, thousands of people. We sent out five million letters to

customers advising them of the changes and keeping them up to date. We were able to do

that ahead of schedule and under budget and actually ended up with a better financial result

than we had indicated at the time. So I think that is about operational excellence. That is

very good. The other thing is really more of an outcome. Part of the reason that we are

simplifying the bank to be more focused, was essentially to de-risk it. There are different

ways of thinking about Risk – you certainly want to de-risk it from a reputational point of

view and an operational point of view, but also from good old fashion credit risk point of

view. You saw in this result our loss rate has really come down quite significantly.

Undoubtedly some of that is because the environment we’re operating in is pretty benign.

But over and above that what you’ve seen is really a re-structuring benefit. By not being in
certain business (emerging cooperating in Asia, Asia retail, Esanda dealer finance business

etcetera) that has de-risked our book and we got the results in this half really in quite a

material way.


Andrew Cornell: You’ve noted headwinds. There is obviously a Royal Commission going on

at the moment. There is a lot of cost pressure around and revenue growth is reasonably flat.

How do you anticipate having to manage those operational headwinds as we move in to the

current year?


Shayne Elliott: Actually for the last couple of years we’ve talked about headwinds. I think

our sector has had a golden period for 20 plus years and we don’t think that’s going to

continue, it is going to be harder. And so in a tough world with headwinds, all of those

things that you mentioned, only the fit will really survive and prosper and that’s what we

have been about, getting fit for that. I hate to harp on about it, but it’s just about doing a

few things and doing them extremely well and being really tight in terms of what we can do.

We think revenue is going to be harder to come by for our sector.


Andrew Cornell: Is there actually any tailwinds?


Shayne Elliott: Surprisingly there are. The economy is still doing pretty well. The tailwinds

come that there is still strong business formation in Australia and New Zealand, so more and

more Australians and New Zealanders are setting up small businesses. Small businesses

need a bank and we are a great place to come to. The one that is most visible is probably

trade. Despite a lot of the rhetoric around trade wars etcetera, trade volumes are actually

on the rise particularly in our part of the world in our back yard here in the Asia area. ANZ is

at its heart a really great trade bank, so we’ve seen a little bit of a tail wind from there. And

of course perversely, because of global growth and a little bit of optimism interest rates are

rising in other parts of the world. As a general rule that tends to be of a mild positive for

somebody like ANZ. So there are a few tail winds, not too many. It’s not going to be easy

but it’s not all doom and gloom.


Andrew Cornell: You’ve spoken about the Royal Commission and obviously it’s ongoing,

but a couple of points you’ve made is that you won’t be trying to pre-empt the commission

findings but you won’t be waiting until they report before you start to do things. The second

part is that the area that has had the most focus to date anyway is financial advice. Is that

still something banks should do?


Shayne Elliott: I think so. So I’ll answer the first part of your question first. Look,

obviously we have to participate in the Royal Commission and we are doing so in an open

and transparent way and there will be a report and recommendations. But that doesn’t

mean that we should just sit on our hands and wait. When we see things where there has

been legitimate questions raised, either about us, about our actions or that we see in

others, we sit down and say what shall we modify and what shall we change. We are doing

that as we speak. I imagine there will be lots of changes that ourselves and other

participants will make over the time. In terms of financial planning, absolutely there is a role

to play for that. People need advice, I do. We live in a complex world – superannuation,

taxes, investment alternatives, life insurance. There are lots of things out there for people to

make choices on and you need a good guide to help you make some of those decisions. So

there is absolutely a role for planners. Do we have to rethink about the educational

standards, about their incentives, about transparency? Absolutely we do. And again, my

guess is that there will be changes along some of those areas before the Royal Commission.

Actually the industry has already been trying to make changes in those areas already, and

some of those are announced, perhaps too slow and not sufficient, but we will get there.


Andrew Cornell: Thanks very much for speaking with us today.


Shayne Elliott: Thank you

---

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited ABN 11 005 357 522
News Release

For release: 1 May 2018


Transcript: bluenotes interview with ANZ Chief Financial

Officer Michelle Jablko on ANZ’s 2018 Half Year Results.


The following is a transcript of a video interview with ANZ Chief Financial Officer Michelle

Jablko discussing ANZ’s 2018 half year results.


The interview was conducted by Andrew Cornell, Managing Editor of bluenotes, ANZ’s digital

publication for news, opinion and insight and can be viewed at www.bluenotes.anz.com


Andrew Cornell: Morning Michelle. Thanks very much for speaking again with bluenotes on

this, the morning of the bank’s interim result. It’s a story of an ongoing transformation of

the bank, the simplification process, the rebalancing process. From your position as Chief

Financial Officer, when you look at these results today are there things you can point to in

the result to show that that process is playing out or playing out well?


Michelle Jablko: I’ll point to three things. The first is our capital. We’ve increased our

capital to 11 per cent, which is a really, really strong outcome. This is partly driven by

divestments, but also driven by the work we’ve done within the business to generate more

capital and use it more effectively. So that’s the first thing.


The second thing is that as a result of that, our risk adjusted returns continue to increase

and that is a really important measure as we look at our business. That’s saying, are we

being paid enough for the capital we’re putting to use. And then finally, is when I look at

costs, what we’re trying to do is be simpler and more focused and you can see that our

costs are down and they’re down for the fourth half in a row. But at the same time as that

we’re investing more proportionately in our ongoing businesses. That shows we can take the

benefits of simplification and really put our dollars to work where they most count.


Andrew Cornell: And is it fair to say that that simplification has had a benefit on the credit

quality line as well? Because credit provisions are very good in this result – one of the

strengths of this result. And people say ‘well that’s because the external environment is

benign’ but is some of this what you’ve been doing with the bank?


Michelle Jablko: Yes, it is a combination of both. So our provision charge was lower this

half, our loss rate was 14 basis points on an annualised basis and clearly the credit

environment has been relatively benign which has helped us. But we’ve also done some

really serious work over the last couple of years.


We’ve done things like selling Esanda, the dealer finance business in Esanda; we’ve sold

Asia retail both of which had quite high loss rates. We’ve exited, or largely exited, emerging

corporate in Asia. We’ve tightened our risk appetite in a number of areas, like unsecured

loans in small business and personal loans, and also in commercial property. And the other

big thing we’ve done is we’ve been prioritising Owner Occupied Principal and Interest

mortgages above Interest Only and Investor.


So, it’s really a combination of those things as well as the environment that I think has

helped us to the result today.


Andrew Cornell: And is that something that’s sustainable, that level of provisions?

Michelle Jablko: As I look at it I think we will benefit from having a lower risk portfolio into
the future.


Andrew Cornell: Given that the external environment is, it’s a good external environment,

but it’s certainly not like bull run years, costs are always going to be then a focus; how is

the cost story unrolling?


Michelle Jablko: I think what you can see with us is that we’ve shown really good

discipline and execution in how we manage costs, but it really is a focus on sustainable

simplification and sustainable cost reductions. We want to do things that are right for the

business and by that I mean making sure we don’t have duplication where we don’t need to,

that we simplify our processes. We have a lot of manual processes that are just way too

complicated and we can really simplify those. And what we’re doing, while cost is really an

outcome of all of those and is a big area of focus, the things we’re doing are really being

done to have good customer outcomes and good outcomes for our people as well. Because

it really is about being simpler, rather than just short-term cost focus.


Andrew Cornell: Looking back again at capital, you talk about the capital efficiency that

the bank’s working towards, the other side of that is obviously regulators and what’s

happening with prudential standards and things. Can you talk us through the moving parts

of the capital picture and how it may play into dividends or capital returns?


Michelle Jablko: So the way we look at it, and we’ve worked really hard to get to a strong

capital position early – so we’re at 11 per cent core equity capital today – and that’s come

from, like I said at the start, how we’ve managed our business in terms of where we put our

capital as well as selling assets that are no longer core to ANZ. That gives us enormous

flexibility going forward. And as we look at it there are a number of things we ask. So as

divestment proceeds come in, for example, and we’re sitting on well above the regulatory

minimum, first question we ask is, well what’s the level of capital we think we need to hold

for the current time? What could we better do in our business? Because if we can use capital

more effectively in our business for strong returns then we’ll do that.


But, likely as you saw when the SRCB capital was paid to us, we looked at it, we set our

levels we were comfortable with. We didn’t have an alternative use in the business and so

we commenced a buyback and gave it back to shareholders and we continue to assess on

that same basis.


Andrew Cornell: Again, when we look at the sort of external factors that are playing for all

banks, funding costs particularly at the short end have started to – rose anyway in the first

quarter. We’re also seeing probably coming out of the Royal Commission more scrutiny of

responsible lending, of credit growth. So how does this play out in the overall terms of credit

growth and margins do you think?


Michelle Jablko: There’s probably two questions there, so I’ll start maybe with credit

growth and credit growth has been slowing for the system. And we look at it and say, it

probably will continue to slow a bit. That’s for the industry and system as a whole, different

players and different participants in the industry will be able to do a bit better or a bit worse

than that based on what their starting point is and things they’re doing in their business.


If I then go to margins, you’re right, short term funding costs have really picked up in

recent weeks. It didn’t have a big impact in the first half. In terms of the future impact on

that, there are a few moving parts, not just the level of the costs themselves, but also what

the mix of our balance sheet is and how certain assets and liabilities behave over time. All

things being equal if I look at it today and say ‘if rates stayed where they were today and

our balance sheet mix stayed, it would have an impact in the second half.


Andrew Cornell: Thanks very much for talking through the numbers with us today. Thanks

Michelle.


Michelle Jablko: Thank you. Thanks Andrew.

---

BUILDING A BETTER BANK
2018 FIRST HALF FINANCIAL RESULTS

FOUR STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

Create a simpler, better

capitalised, better balanced

and more agile bank

Focus our efforts

on areas where we

can carve out a

winning position

Build a superior everyday

experience for our customers

and our people to compete

in the digital age

Drive a purpose and

values-led transformation

of the bank

anz.com

1. This includes green buildings, low emissions transport, green bonds, renewable energy, efficient irrigation and low emissions gas power

generation, since 2015.

2. Since 2004 more than 36,000 people have participated in the Saver Plus program.

3. Up from 31.1% as of 2017. Employee headcount is used for the basis of this disclosure. Includes all employees regardless of leave status excluding

contractors (which are included in FTE).

4. Up from 4th at end of 2017. Roy Morgan single source. Base: Australian population aged 14+, main financial institution, six month rolling average

to March 2018. Ranking based on the four major Australian banks.

All financial figures within this document are presented on a Cash Profit Continuing Basis in Australian Dollars except for New Zealand figures (in

NZD). New Zealand figures are representative of New Zealand Division.

Growth rate and basis point (bps) movements compare First Half 2018 to First Half 2017 unless otherwise stated.

KEY FINANCIAL MEASURES

$3.49b

Cash Profit

+4%

119.4c

Cash Earnings per Share

+4%

80c

Interim Dividend per Share

Fully Franked

11.0%

CET1 Capital Ratio

+91bps

11.9%

Cash Return

on Equity

+32bps

BETTER

BALANCED

PORTFOLIO

Capital

Allocation

W

E

A

L

T

H








R

E

T

A

I

L


&


C

O

M

M

E

R

C

I

A

L


A

U

S


&


N

Z

























































































































I

N

S

T

I

T

U

T

I

O

N

A

L

SHAPING A WORLD WHERE PEOPLE AND COMMUNITIES THRIVE

Group-wide representation

of Women in Leadership has

increased to 31.9%

3

Funded and facilitated

$8.3b in low carbon and

sustainable solutions

1

Australian Retail NPS

(Net Promoter Score)

ranking increased to 3rd

4

More than 2000 people

recruited to our Saver Plus

matched savings program

2

$1.9b
Cash Profit

+9%

$0.8b

Cash Profit

+11%

$204b

Customer Deposits

+$7b / +3%

$84b

Customer Deposits

+$3b / +4%

$4.9b

Revenue

+5%

$1.8b

Revenue

+6%

$339b

Customer Lending

+$14b / +4%

$119b

Customer Lending

+$4b / +3%

$1.8b

Expenses

+9%

$0.6b

Expenses

+1%

AUSTRALIA

NEW ZEALAND

3.4m of our customers

are digitally active,

up 3% from 2017

1.4m digitally active

customers

24% of all retail sales

are completed via

digital channels, up from 21%

in 2017

84% of value transactions

are completed via

digital channels

83% of value transactions

are completed via digital

channels

5.7m retail customers bank

with us

#1 in mobile banking

1

30,000 in

net customer growth

anz.com

1. Camorra Retail Market Monitor (RMM); six month rolling score.

All financial figures within this document are presented on Cash Profit Continuing Basis in Australian Dollars except for New Zealand figures (in

NZD). New Zealand figures are representative of New Zealand Division.

Growth rate and basis point (bps) movements compare First Half 2018 to First Half 2017 unless otherwise stated.

$0.8b
Cash Profit

-8%

$1.4b

Expenses

-2%

5

$2.0b

Customer Revenue

+1%

2

Top 4 Corporate Bank

in Asia for the 6th

consecutive year and #1

for overall quality

3

45% of our revenue is

sourced from customers

who transact with us in

four or more countries

#1 in Australia and

New Zealand for overall

market and lead bank

penetration and the quality

of service

4

Risk adjusted Net Interest

Margin is 2.21%

6

, up 8bps

Strong portfolio quality with

loss rates at 7bps

INSTITUTIONAL [HALF-ON-HALF PERFORMANCE

1

]

29% of Australia and

28% of New Zealand

revenue sourced from our

international network

anz.com

1. Half-on-half comparisons presented due to significant risk weight reductions over the course of Full Year 2017, and significant Global Markets

performace in First Half 2017.

2. +2% excluding bank tax.

3. (Equal) No. 4 Corporate Bank in Asia – 2018 Greenwich Associates Large Corporate Banking study.

4. No. 1 rank for overall market and lead bank penetration as well as overall relationship strength in the 2017 Peter Lee Associates Large Corporate

and Institutional Relationship Banking Surveys, Australia and New Zealand.

5. Fourth consecutive half year of absolute cost reduction.

6. Excluding bank tax, risk adjusted Net Interest Margin is 2.29%, up 13bps.

All financial figures within this document are presented on Cash Profit Continuing Basis in Australian Dollars except for New Zealand figures (in

NZD). New Zealand figures are representative of New Zealand Division.

Growth rate and basis point (bps) movements compare First Half 2018 to Second Half 2017.

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.